THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

EASTERN SHORE

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL

GRADUATE CATALOG

2007-2009

OFFICIALS Dr. James White Associate Vice President for Student life and Enrollment BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE Management UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF MARYLAND Dr. Charles Williams Vice President for Academic Affairs

Dr. C. Dennis Ignasias Clifford M. Kendall, Chairman Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs Orlan M. Johnson, Vice Chairman Dr. Bernita Sims-Tucker Patricia S. Florestano, Treasurer Interim Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs Barry P. Gossett, Assistant Treasurer Dr. Ronnie E. Holden The Hon. C. Thomas McMillen, Secretary Vice President for Administrative Affairs James L. Shea, Assistant Secretary Mr. Alverne Chesterfield Gary L. Attman Assistant Vice President for Administrative Affairs Norman R. Augustine Mrs. Nelva Collier-White Sarah Elfreth, Student Regent Assistant Vice President for Administrative Affairs Louise Michaux Gonzales Dr. Maurice Ngwaba Linda R. Gooden Assistant to the Vice President for Administrative Affairs Earl F. Hance, ex officio Mr. Gaines Hawkins The Hon. Francis X. Kelly, Jr. Vice President for Institutional Advancement A. Dwight Pettit, Esq. Dr. Ronald Forsythe, Jr. Dr. Frank M. Reid, III Vice President for Technology & Commercialization Thomas G. Slater, Esq. Dr. Emmanuel Acquah John L. Young, M.D. Executive Director for International Programs

Dr. Stanley Nyirenda OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM Director for Institutional Research, Planning & Assessment (Selected) Dr. Frances McKinney Director for Title III Dr. William E. Kirwan Chancellor DEPARTMENT CHAIRS Ms. Tina Madarang Executive Assistant to the Chancellor Dr. Robert Dadson (Acting) Ms. Betty Bowen Agriculture Special Assistant to the Chancellor Dr. Ali Eydgahi Ms. Kathleen M. (Katie) Ryan Airway Science and Engineering Senior Advisor to the Chancellor Dr. Kate Brown Dr. Theresa Hollander Business, Management & Accounting Associate Vice Chancellor Dr. David Spinner Dr. Irwin Goldstein Criminal Justice Senior Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs Dr. Karen Verbeke Mr. Joseph F. Vivona Education Chief Operating Officer and Vice Chancellor for Administration Dr. Betty Taylor-Thompson (Acting) and Finance English and Modern Languages Mr. Leonard R. Raley Dr. James Hiemdal Vice Chancellor for Advancement Exercise Science Ms. Anne Moultrie Mr. Ernest Satchell Associate Vice Chancellor for Associate Vice Chancellor Fine Arts Communication Dr. Earnest Boger III Mr. Patrick J. Hogan Hotel/Restaurant Management Associate Vice Chancellor for Government Relations Dr. Dr. Nina Lyon-Bennett (Acting) Dr. E. William Chapin Human Ecology Chairman, Council of University System Faculty Dr. Gurdeep S. Hura Mr. Willie L. Brown Mathematics and Computer Science Chairman, Council of University System Staff Dr. Joseph Okoh Mr. Brady Walker Natural Sciences Chairman, UMS Student Council Mrs. Darlene Jackson-Bowen Physician Assistant OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION Dr. James Junker Pharmacy UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND EASTERN SHORE Dr. Fred Farris Pharmacy Practice & Administration Dr. Thelma B. Thompson Dr. Raymond Blakely President Physical Therapy Dr. Emmanuel T. Acquah Dr. William Talley Senior Executive Assistant to the President Rehabilitation Services Ms. Rolanda Burney Dr. L. Jay Bishop Special Assistant to the President Social Sciences Dr. Quentin R. Johnson Dr. Leon Copeland Vice President for Student life and Enrollment Management Technology Mrs. Cheryll Collier-Mills Assistant Vice President for Student life and Enrollment Management

1

GRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS School of Agricultural & Natural Sciences Dr. Jennifer Keane-Dawes (Interim) Dr. George Shorter School of Graduate Studies Agriculture & Extension Education Ms. Shelia Bailey Dr. Gurdeep Hura Library Services Applied Computer Science Dr. Gerald Day DIRECTORS (Selected) Career & Technology Education Dr. David Spinner Ms. Chenita Reddick Criminology & Criminal Justice Advancement Services Dr. Robert Dadson Ms. Kimberly C. Dumpson Food & Agricultural Sciences Alumni Affairs & Planned Giving Dr. Jurgen Schwarz Ms. Theresa Queenan Food Science & Technology Career Services & Cooperation Education Dr. Cheryl Bowers Ms. Bonita Byrd Guidance & Counseling Comptroller Dr. Douglas Ruby Dr. Patricia Tilghman Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Counseling Center Dr. Mary Agnew Mr. James Kellam Master of Arts in Teaching Financial Aid Dr. Harry Hoffer Mr. Michael Hall Organizational Leadership Health & Wellness Center Dr. Derry Stufft Mrs. Marie Billie Education (Ed.D) Human Resources Management Dr. Raymond Blakely Ms. Gail Stephens Physical Therapy Public Relations Dr. Lakeisha Harris Mrs. Cheryl Holden-Duffy Rehabilitation Counseling Registrar Dr. Karen Verbeke Mr. Marvin Jones Special Education Residence Life Dr. Ali Ishaque Ms. Sharone Grant Toxicology Student Health Center Mrs. Catherine Bolek GRADUATE COUNCIL Sponsored Research and Programs Mr. James Lunnermon Dr. Joseph Arumala Student Activities Dr. Jay Bishop Ms. Marva Jacobs Dr. Raymond Blakely WESM Radio Station Dr. Cheryl Bowers Dr. Edward Chapin Dr. Ibibia Dabipi Mr. Rakesh Dontula* Mr. Mark Gooden* Dr. Lakeisha Harris Dr. Ali Ishaque Dr. Malik Malik Dr. Lurline Marsh Dr. Thomas Mosely Dr. Abhijit Nagchaudhuri Dr. Joseph Okoh Dr. Emmanuel Onyeozili Dr. Joseph Pitula Dr. Kimberly PooleSykes Dr. Michael Rabel Dr. Maryam Rahimi Dr. Douglas Ruby Dr. Jurgen Schwarz Dr. Gurbax Singh Dr. David Spinner Dr. Margarita Treuth Dr. Karen Verbeke Dr. Mark Williams

* - Student Representative

DEANS

Dr. Ayodele Alade School of Business & Technology Dr. Rita Lamb (Interim) School of Arts & Professions Dr. Gladys Shelton (Interim)

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS Inter-Campus Enrollment (USM) 22 Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 23 DISCLAIMER 5 Undergraduate Credit for Graduate GRADUATE SCHOOL ADDRESS 5 Level Courses 23 Credit by Examination 23 THE UNIVERSITY Transfer of Credit 24 Mission, Academic Program, Campus 5 Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate Credit 24 GRADUATE STUDIES GENERAL Course and Credit Changes 25 INFORMATION Withdrawal and Cancellation 25 Governance, Accreditation 6 Grades for Graduate Students 25 Grading Systems 26 ADMISSION TO GRADUATE SCHOOL Computation of Grade Point Average 26 General 7 Grade Change; Repeating Courses 27 Criteria for Admission 7 Auditing and Prerequisite Courses 27 Policy on Applicant Rejection 8 The Academic Record (transcript) 27 Categories of Admission to Degree Programs 8 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Collaborative Programs 11 Graduate School Requirements Applicable Offer of Admission and Deferments 11 to all Master’s Degree Programs 28 Admission Time Limits 11 Graduate School Requirements for Degrees Change of Degree-Level, Program of Master of Arts & Master of Science 30 or Status 11 Thesis Option 30 Termination of Admission 12 Non-Thesis Option 31 Readmission/Reinstatement Process 12 Graduate School Requirements for the Policy on Dismissal for Non-Academic Degree of Master of Arts in Teaching 31 Reasons 12 Graduate School Requirements for the Application Instructions 13 Degree of Master of Education 31 International Student Application 15 Graduate School Requirements Applicable Records Maintenance and Disposition 17 to the Ph.D. & Ed.D. Degrees 32 Fees and Expenses 17 Graduate School Requirements for the Payment, Withdrawal and Refund 17 Degree of Doctor of Physical Therapy 34 Graduate and Supplemental Fees 18 Established Procedures for Conduct of Financial Assistance 19 Master’s Thesis Examination 35 Grants, Fellowships, Traineeships 19 Established Procedures for Conduct of Assistantships 19 Doctoral Dissertation Defense 38 Work Study Program 20 Other Graduate School Policy 41 Loans 20 Commencement 41 Maryland Senior Citizens 20 Institutional Policies Governing Veterans Benefits 20 Students 42

REGISTRATION, CREDITS AND GRADES SELECTED STUDENT SERVICES Academic Schedule (Classes) 20 Health Center 42 Developing a Program of Study 20 Counseling Services 43 Exceptions, Waivers, Appeals and Student Services Center 43 Grievances 21 Career Services 43 Course Numbering System 21 Disabilities Services 43 Designation of Full- and Part-time Academic Support Services 43 Graduate Students 21 Athletic Center 44 Continuous Enrollment 22 Computing Resources 44 Minimum Registration Requirements; 22 for Doctoral Candidates 22

3

GRADUATE RESEARCH AND INSTRUCTION RESOURCES The University Library Services 44 Special Research Resources 44 Sponsored Research and Programs Office 44

DEGREE PROGRAMS BY SCHOOL AND DEPARTMENT 45 Discontinued Program 46

UMES GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS Food and Agricultural Sciences 47 Food Science and Technology 56 Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences 61 Toxicology 77 Criminology and Criminal Justice 76 Guidance and Counseling 85 Special Education 91 Master of Arts in Teaching 98 Education Leadership 103 Organizational Leadership 116 Applied Computer Science 127 Career and Technology Education 135 Physical Therapy 145 Rehabilitation Counseling 155

GRADUATE FACULTY 159

INDEX 165

4

DISCLAIMER The provisions of this publication are THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the University of The University of Maryland Eastern Maryland Eastern Shore. At the time of the Shore is one of eleven degree-granting campuses publication, every reasonable effort was made to of the University System of Maryland. It was attain factual accuracy in the material presented. founded in 1886 as the Delaware Conference The catalog is not intended to be a complete Academy under control of the Methodist statement of all procedures, processes and Church. regulations governing graduate or professional UMES offers major programs leading to degree programs which may be covered in baccalaureate degrees in 26 disciplines in the separate program and office manuals and arts and sciences, professional studies and handbooks. The University of Maryland Eastern agricultural sciences. UMES has 13 teaching Shore reserves the right to make changes in fees, degree programs and two pre-professional course offerings and general regulations and programs, as well as an Honors Program academic requirements without prior notice. designed to prepare students for study in For the most up-to-date information on professional schools. course offerings, program requirements and UMES offers graduate degrees in the deadlines, please write, call or e-mail the following fields: the M.S. and the Ph.D. in the program or department to which you are Marine- Estuarine-Environmental Sciences and applying. in Toxicology; the Ph.D. in Food Science and Technology and in Organizational Leadership; GRADUATE SCHOOL ADDRESS the Ed.D in Education Leadership; the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT); the M.S. in Applied Graduate Studies Office Computer Science, Criminology & Criminal University of Maryland Eastern Shore Justice, Food and Agricultural Sciences and Childhood Development Center Rehabilitation Counseling; the M.Ed. in Princess Anne, Maryland 21853-1299 Guidance and Counseling, Special Education Telephone: (410) 651-6507 and Career and Technology Education; the Fax: (410) 651-7571 Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT). E-mail: [email protected] URL website: www.umes.edu/grad THE CAMPUS AND ENVIRONMENT

Date of Publication: July, 2007 Located in the small, historic town of Princess Anne, on the Eastern Shore of THE UNIVERSITY Maryland, UMES is located on 745 acres of land with 90 buildings. UMES offers suitable THE UMES MISSION facilities for its graduate programs such as well The University of Maryland Eastern equipped, state-of-the-art laboratories and Shore (UMES) is the doctoral degree granting, instrumentation, computing and research/teaching University on Maryland’s telecommunications and networking capability, Eastern Shore, and the 1890 Land Grant and resource centers. institution for the State of Maryland. UMES is a Behind the East Campus are about 300 growing, primarily residential university with a acres of farmland. Innovative agriculture, teaching, research and extension mission environmental, and aquaculture research, consistent with its legacy as an 1890 Historically serving both local and global economies, is Black Land Grant institution. UMES emphasizes conducted by several institutes, centers and its commitment to equal educational programs. opportunity, and strives to provide educational, Programs in the marine, estuarine and research and public service programs to the state environmental sciences and in the agricultural and region. sciences also benefit from the Eastern Shore of Maryland as a field laboratory with its diverse natural resources: the land, the ecosystem of the

5

Chesapeake Bay estuary and the Atlantic Coast, graduate studies and research, embodied within state forests and parks, and a National Seashore the Graduate School. (at Assateague Island). There is easy access to outdoor recreation opportunities such as GOVERNANCE camping, fishing and water sports. Within a several hour drive are the resources of The Graduate Faculty Maryland's Western Shore and the federal sector located in the Washington, D.C.-Baltimore- The Assembly of the Graduate Faculty Northern corridor. consists of all regular and associate members of The graduate programs in quantitative the Graduate Faculty who, through their fisheries, education, computer science, physical participation in research and graduate therapy, criminology & criminal justice and instruction, have displayed a capacity for rehabilitation counseling serve and address individual research or creative and scholarly community and regional needs for professionals work at the highest levels. and technical specialists. The Graduate Faculty, working through The international dimension of the the Assembly and the Graduate Council, UMES campus can be evidenced by the flags of establishes policies governing admission to over 50 nations that fly, on a rotational basis, at graduate study and the minimum requirements the campus entrance. These flags are a reminder to be met by all students seeking advanced of the various nationalities of students enrolled degrees awarded by the Graduate Faculty at the at UMES. University of Maryland Eastern Shore. The faculty of the various departmental graduate GRADUATE STUDIES programs may set additional requirements for GENERAL INFORMATION the admission to specific programs or for the completion of degrees within those programs, The University of Maryland Eastern which are beyond the minimum established by Shore's Graduate School believes that it can best the Graduate Council. serve societal needs and respond to the challenges of graduate education through its The Graduate Council commitment to time-honored principles. Accordingly, the major role of the UMES The Graduate Council consists of Graduate School is to provide for the education members of the Graduate Faculty elected by the of students in the scholarly methods of Assembly, as well as appointed and ex-officio intellectual inquiry and critical analysis; to train members. It is charged with formulation of them in the discipline and skill necessary for policies and procedures for the graduate beneficial research, applications and practice; programs at UMES. These include, but are not and to foster in them a dedication to creative limited to, admission standards, review of new thought and the search for knowledge. The graduate programs and courses, review of the UMES Graduate School promotes the freedom UMES Graduate Faculty membership. and intellectual environment necessary to stimulate research and scholarship of the highest Graduate Students quality for both students and faculty. In terms of governance, each campus of Student opinion and participation in the University System of Maryland is determining matters of policy, procedure, and administered by a President who is responsible administration are appreciated and encouraged. for all academic programs. The delegated In addition to their election to the Graduate administration of the graduate programs at Council, graduate students may also serve on UMES, within the office of the Vice President departmental and campus committees. for Academic Affairs, is the Graduate Dean. A Graduate Faculty Assembly and Graduate National/Regional Organizations Council on the campus provide the organization by which the Graduate Faculty discharges its The University of Maryland Eastern responsibilities for the quality and scope of Shore maintains membership in national

6

organizations such as the Council of Graduate country will be considered for admission to the Schools and the National Association of State UMES Graduate School. Regionally accredited Universities and Land Grant Colleges. college or university refers to accreditation by one of the six regional accrediting associations ACCREDITATION in the U.S. recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education. The University of Maryland Eastern Students may apply for admission to Shore is accredited by the Middle States UMES during or after their final year of Commission on Higher Education. UMES has undergraduate or graduate study, but must professional accreditation for the graduate furnish proof of degree award before the end of programs in Physical Therapy, Rehabilitation their first term of enrollment at UMES. Counseling and Teacher Education (Career and Students applying for admission to a Technology Education, Guidance and Master's or doctoral degree program in a field of Counseling, Special Education and 11 content specialization in which they already hold a areas for the Master of Arts in Teaching). Three Master's or doctoral degree or its equivalent, other graduate programs have selected an may do so only if the previous degree program accreditation agency. was of a substantially different character or was not accredited by a regional association. ADMISSION TO GRADUATE SCHOOL Admission is open to non-U.S. citizens (permanent residents, immigrants or non- General immigrants). There is no separate application process for them. Responsibility for admitting applicants The decision to admit an applicant to a to graduate programs rests with the Dean of the program is based primarily on a combination of Graduate School in consort with the advice of the following criteria, which are consistent with the departmental program coordinators and requirements of the specific graduate programs: graduate admission committees for each graduate program. Standards applied by the 1. The quality of previous undergraduate and, as UMES Graduate School and the departmental applicable, graduate work. programs are to ensure that students admitted are highly qualified and have a reasonable The UMES Graduate School requires as expectation of successfully completing a a minimum standard a B average or 3.0 graduate program. In order to maintain programs cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) on a 4.0 of outstanding quality, the number of spaces in scale, in a program of study resulting in the each program may be limited by the availability award of a baccalaureate degree from a of faculty, and departmental and campus regionally accredited U.S. college or university, resources. In addition, there is a 30% ceiling on or the U.S. credit hours equivalent of a out-of-state (including international) admissions Bachelor’s degree from another country. and enrollment. Graduate admissions committees look closely at Graduate credit for courses will not be courses studied and grades earned in the major given unless students have been admitted to the area of study. The student's undergraduate UMES Graduate School or have its consent if a program should include completion of any UMES senior according to the pertinent policy prerequisites for graduate study in the chosen set in the Graduate Catalog. field. In individual programs where resources are available, applicants who do not meet the CRITERIA FOR ADMISSION above minimum standard for their undergraduate (Masters and Doctoral) work, may be provisionally-admitted if there is evidence, on the basis of other criteria, of a Those who have earned or will earn a reasonable likelihood of success in the program Bachelor's or Master’s degree at a regionally the applicant desires to enter. Doctoral program accredited college or university in the United applicants will also submit Master’s program States or the U.S. credit hours equivalent of a transcripts. Bachelor’s or Master’s degree from another

7

2. Strength of letters of evaluation an applicant to a graduate program, including (recommendation). but not limited to academic achievement, personal and professional references, scores on Three letters of evaluation are required admission examinations, writing samples, from persons competent to judge the applicant's personal interviews, character and integrity, probable success in graduate school. Usually personality, and potential to perform as a these letters are from the applicant's former graduate student and as applicable to a instructors who are able to give an in-depth profession. Applicants should consider evaluation of the applicant's strengths and licensing/registration/credential requirements of weaknesses with respect to academic work. For a profession in which past personal history or applicants who have been out of school for a conviction/criminal record may restrict number of years, evaluations may come from completion of a degree program (the employers or supervisors who are familiar with professional phase) and the eligibility to practice the applicant's work experience and strengths in a profession if graduated from a program. and weakness. Applicants should instruct their references to send the letters of evaluation to the GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS Graduate School. (GRE)

3. Scores on a nationally standardized Although not all graduate programs at examination (as may be required by a program). UMES require the GRE, almost all will use such test scores as an additional measure of an Because the predictive utility of these applicant's qualifications. The GRE may be scores may vary from one group of applicants to taken in either or both of two forms: the General another, a discriminating use of all relevant Test, and the Subject Test. Applicants can take materials will be made in each applicant's case. the test(s) in their senior year or when The most widely used standardized submitting the application for admission. Note examinations at UMES are the Graduate Record that some programs may require the GRE test Examinations and the PRAXIS (formerly the scores prior to an admissions decision. For National Teachers Examination). details, applicants should contact Educational Testing Service (www.ets.org/gre). The General 4. A Statement of Purpose. Test will be revised in August 2011. Applicants should take the Subject Test package appropriate The Statement of Purpose form is used for the program to which they are seeking by the applicant to explain why he or she wishes admission. to pursue graduate study at UMES, his or her For information on the UMES graduate career objectives and/or research interests which programs requiring the GRE, consult the specific are pertinent to the intended program of study. graduate program in this catalog. This statement helps the specific graduate Official examination scores should be program to identify applicants whose purposes sent directly to the Graduate School. The UMES are compatible with the objectives of the institutional code for the GRE is 5400. graduate program. Photocopies of test score results are acceptable for initial review, but not for Regular Admission 5. Other evidence of preparation. status should the test score(s) be required by the program. Individual programs may require a personal interview, a writing sample essay or CATEGORIES OF ADMISSION TO evidence of prior work experience in the field of DEGREE PROGRAMS study. Regular or Full Graduate Status Policy On Applicant Rejection For admission to this category, an UMES may review a number of applicant must have received a baccalaureate different factors to determine whether to admit degree and, if applicable, a master’s degree,

8

from a regionally accredited institution (defined required to obtain the degree. Students who are above in “Criteria for Admission”) or the U.S. unable to qualify for full admission under the equivalent of a bachelor’s and/or master’s conditions specified (e.g., by failure to fulfill degree in another country, and be otherwise them), will have their admission terminated. fully qualified in the judgment of the individual program and the Graduate School. Advanced Special Student Status

Provisional Graduate Status The Advanced Special Student Status is designed for individuals who do not have an This designation may be used by the immediate degree objective in mind, but wish to graduate program: 1) when quality of the take graduate level courses for personal or previous academic record at a regionally- professional enrichment. Although the primary accredited institution in the U.S. or abroad is mission of the UMES Graduate School is to lower than established standards (see Criteria for conduct programs of graduate instruction Admission section above, item 1.) or when there leading to advanced degrees, the Graduate is a lack of adequate prerequisite course work in Faculty welcomes, to the extent that resources the chosen field; 2) when applicants have allow, qualified students who have no degree majored in another program area with a objectives. Unofficial transcripts or photocopies creditable record but there is some doubt about of degrees will be accepted with the application their ability to pursue the chosen program of for evaluation purposes, but by the end of the study; 3) when the applicant is engaged in first semester of enrollment, the student must undergraduate or graduate study at another submit official copies of all required documents. institution but is not able to furnish a transcript Official transcripts must be submitted from all indicating completion of course work or degree institutions attended except for the University of requirements; or 4) when the applicant has Maryland Eastern Shore; the Graduate Studies completed a baccalaureate or master’s degree office obtains the UMES transcript. Since but has not yet submitted official verification of Advanced Special students enroll in the same the last semester's work and receipt of the classes as degree-seeking students and are degree. Final official transcripts indicating subject to the same course prerequisites, receipt of the degree must be submitted before standards for admission to this status cannot be the end of the first semester of enrollment at lower than what the degree programs would UMES. allow for regular or provisional admission. Conditions to correct any deficiencies in Applicants for admission to Advanced preparation for graduate study at UMES will be Special Student Status must hold a baccalaureate outlined by the faculty. Full-time matriculated degree and satisfy at least one of the following students are expected to remove condition(s) for criteria: provisional admission within the time period A. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a U.S. stated on the admission recommendation form, regionally accredited institution or the U.S. normally within the first year of matriculation credit hours equivalent of this degree from depending upon the program (e.g., the first two another country, with an overall "B" (3.0) consecutive semesters which might include the average. Applicants must submit official adjacent summer). Part-time matriculated transcripts covering all credits used in satisfying students are expected to remove condition(s) of the baccalaureate degree requirements; provisional admission no later than the end of the second year of matriculation (the fourth B. Hold a Master's or Doctoral degree from a semester which might include the adjacent regionally accredited institution, or the summer, depending on the program). equivalent of these degrees from another When all conditions have been met, the country. Applicants must submit an official program may recommend admission of the transcript showing the award of a Master's or student to full or regular status. This statement Doctoral degree; also applies to any conditions set by the Graduate School (e.g., degree award, C. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a final/original transcript, etc.). Regular status is regionally accredited institution or the U.S.

9

credit hours equivalent of this degree from admission to a degree or certificate program, a another country, a cumulative GPA between 2.5 student must submit the application for degree and 2.99 and have successful post-baccalaureate program form and meet all admission work or professional experience. Applicants requirements, including an overall grade point must submit an official transcript showing the average of 3.0 among the graduate courses taken award of the baccalaureate degree, and at UMES. summarize their post-baccalaureate work or Because Advanced Special is a non- professional experience on that section of the degree status, it is not allowable for international application form or submit a resume; applicants on a F-1 (student) visa. Advanced Special is allowable for F-2 visa holders D. Achieve a score which would place an (dependents) and may be allowable in some applicant in the upper 50th percentile of instances for other visa holders (e.g., H-1). appropriate national standardized aptitude The application deadline for examinations such as the GRE or Miller's consideration of Advanced Special Student Analogies Test. Status is no later than ten (10) school days prior to the registration date set for each semester or Admission to Advanced Special Student session. status is granted by the Dean of Graduate Studies for a period of five years. Advanced Visiting Graduate Student Status Special Students must meet course prerequisites and maintain a 2.75 cumulative grade point A graduate student matriculated in average. There are restrictions on graduate another graduate school and who wishes to courses in which Advanced Special Students enroll in the UMES Graduate School but may not enroll (e.g., Physical Therapy, the intends, thereafter, to return to the graduate MAT, and the doctoral weekend programs). school in which he/she is matriculated, may be Heavy enrollment programs such as Applied admitted as a Visiting Graduate Student. Computer Science require that Advanced (NOTE: This section does not apply to graduate Special Students who will earn six credit hours students matriculated within the University in Applied Computer Science courses with a System of Maryland campuses, who should grade of B or better must apply to the graduate follow the provisions given in a later section on program in Applied Computer Science before the "Inter- Campus Enrollment"; however, inter- taking any further courses in Applied Computer institutional enrollment for Salisbury University Science if they seek that graduate program. and UMES students follows the section below Registration for Advanced Special Students in on “Collaborative Programs with Salisbury the Applied Computer Science program is University”.) restricted. Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are Advanced Special Students must pay all admission to and good academic standing in standard graduate fees. Students in this status are another recognized graduate school. The not part of any of the UMES graduate programs, applicant need not submit full transcripts of and therefore are not eligible to hold any credits, but must apply for admission to the Graduate Assistantships or receive similar forms UMES Graduate School (the application form of financial aid. All other services, e.g., parking, for non-degree) and pay the application fee. In library privileges, etc., are the same as those lieu of transcripts, a student may have his/her accorded to other graduate students. graduate administrator certify in writing to the Admission to Advanced Special Student UMES Graduate School, that the student is in status is not intended to be used as a preparatory good standing and that the credits to be earned at program for later admission to a Doctoral or UMES will be accepted toward the graduate Master's program. Only six credits earned while degree at the home institution. Unless otherwise in this status may be applicable to a degree or specified, admission to this status will be offered certificate program at a later time, with the for one year only. approval of the faculty in the desired program, if The application deadline for the student is subsequently accepted for a degree consideration under this status is one month or certificate program. For consideration of prior to the registration date set for each

10

semester or session for full-time study, and ten application and fee if they want to be (10) school days for part-time study. reconsidered for admission at a later date. Applicants who are unsuccessful in Collaborative Programs with Salisbury gaining admission to a graduate program are University notified in writing, usually by the program. The Graduate School informs non-degree applicants Students matriculated into a graduate who are unsuccessful in gaining admission. program at either Salisbury University (SU) or A student can be admitted to only one UMES or for the joint Master of Arts in graduate program at any one time. There are no Teaching Program follow the modified dual degree programs at the graduate level. procedures for the Visiting Graduate Student Applications may be sent to more than one Status to enroll in classes at either institution. graduate program for review, but only one offer Students use the inter-institutional concurrent of admission to one degree program will be enrollment process for any eligible semester or granted. session class taken with the host institution. Admission Time Limits for Degree Programs Non-degree Student Status - Undergraduate Applicants admitted to a Master's degree This is an undergraduate classification. program must complete all program\ It may be assigned by the Director of requirements within a five-year period of the Admissions (undergraduate division) to those date of entrance specified in the offer of applicants who have received the baccalaureate admission or deferred admission. Applicants or an advanced degree from a regionally- admitted to a doctoral degree program accredited institution but who do not desire, or (traditional or accelerated and intensive) must be who do not qualify for graduate admission. Non- admitted to candidacy status within five years of degree seeking students who do not have a the date of entrance specified in the offer of baccalaureate degree or an R.N. must submit admission, after which another four-year period transcripts and meet regular admission is permitted for the completion of the remaining standards. Transcripts are not required from requirements. students with baccalaureate degrees or an R.N. Application for "Non-degree Student Change of Degree-Level, Program or Status Status--Undergraduate" (Special Student) must be made directly to the Office of Admissions, Students are admitted only to a specified not to the Graduate School. program and within that program only for the The student is advised that no credit specified objective, e.g., Master's or Doctoral earned while in a "Non-degree Student Status- degree. If matriculated students wish to change Undergraduate" may be applied at a later date to either the program or their non-program status a graduate degree program at UMES. (for example, from Advanced Special Student to degree status), they must submit a new Offer of Admission; Deferments appropriate application along with the Change of Degree Program form if applicable and provide A written offer of admission is made by the any other form or information as specified. Graduate School to all accepted applicants and Admission to the new program and/or status is specifies the date of entrance (semester or not granted automatically. session). The offer of admission also permits the Students must be re-admitted when the applicant to register for courses. Graduate credit original objective has been attained. For for courses taken at UMES will not be given example, when a student who is admitted for the unless students have been admitted to the UMES Master's degree completes the requirements for Graduate School. that degree, if the student wishes to continue for Individuals whose original offers of the Doctorate, a new application for admission admission have lapsed, or lapsed after one to the Doctoral program must be submitted. requested deferment of the date of entrance (up However, programs which offer both the M.S. to a 12-month period), must submit a new and the Ph.D. degrees may consider qualified

11

baccalaureate students for a probationary period involves special conditions to be met by the before full admission into the doctoral degree returning student. program. Their requests for admission to the The admission of all students, both Doctoral program are subject to the same review degree and non-degree, is continued at the process applied to others seeking admission to discretion, as applicable, of the academic that program. advisor or committee, the department chair, the program coordinator and the Graduate School. Termination of Admission (Time Limits; Grades - GPA; Academic Probation and Readmission/Reinstatement Process Dismissal; Academic Suspension) The Graduate School form “Application A student’s admission terminates: a) for Readmission or Reinstatement” contains when time limits for the completion of degree or information on the process of seeking non-degree status expire, b) if the student is no readmission or reinstatement. The student longer in good academic standing with an completes the front and backside of the form, academic dismissal, c) with voluntary provides any additional material needed and withdrawal from a graduate program, d) with the submits all to the graduate program for review failure to meet Provisional Admission and recommendation to the Graduate School for conditions, and e) with the intent to defraud, final action on acceptance or denial of the among other actions. To be in good academic request. standing, degree seeking students must maintain a grade point average of 3.0 ("B") or better in all Policy on Dismissal for Non-Academic graduate courses taken for credit toward a Reasons degree program at UMES, and must otherwise satisfy all additional requirements of the UMES reserves the right to dismiss or Graduate School and the specific graduate fail to graduate any student who does not program. This makes them eligible to re-enroll maintain standards of academic and professional each semester/session without restriction. integrity, ethics, and conduct appropriate to the For most programs, graduate students discipline/degree program during the student’s who receive academic probation notices from course of study at UMES, including clinical the Graduate School must comply with the experiences, practica, and internships. Students following requirement in order to retain their should also consider licensing, registration, admission status at UMES. They have two credential requirements of a profession in which consecutive semesters in which to bring their past personal history or conviction and criminal cumulative grade point average back to 3.0 record may restrict completion of a degree ("B") after it falls below that level. Summer is program (the professional phase) and the an academic semester for programs with a eligibility to practice in a profession if graduated required nine or more credit hour curriculum from a program. over the Summer period. Some graduate programs may stipulate additional or more Admission of Faculty stringent academic probation and dismissal criteria (see also section on 'Grades for Graduate No member of the faculty employed by Students'). UMES with the rank of assistant professor or Academic suspension temporarily above is permitted to enroll in a graduate interrupts a student’s continued enrollment for a program leading to an advanced degree offered specific time period, but allows the student to in his or her academic school. A faculty return to his admitted status. Academic dismissal member who wishes to take course work for is a termination of admission. It may be a personal enrichment in his or her academic permanent separation, or if a graduate program school may choose the Advanced Special allows, a separation for a time period, removed Student status. A faculty member with rank of only by review by the program and acceptance assistant professor or above who wishes to of the case for reinstatement. Reinstatement pursue an advanced degree (e.g. Doctorate) in a UMES graduate program outside of his or her

12

academic school may do so by obtaining written official transcripts covering all credits earned or permission from the Graduate School, in progress at any post-secondary institution; subsequent to obtaining written consent from the and 3) letters of evaluation. Any print materials Deans of both the academic school in which he are sent to The Graduate School, University of or she is employed and from which he or she Maryland Eastern Shore, Princess Anne, seeks a degree. Maryland 21853. Departments employing faculty below Applicants are advised to carefully the rank of assistant professor must monitor and follow the instructions in the application booklet seek to avoid possible conflict of interest and to respond to all applicable requests for situations in cases of faculty appointments information. Some programs may have a which will involve a dual role, as a supplemental information form or checklist to be teacher/researcher in the department and a completed and submitted with the application. matriculated graduate student in an advanced Incomplete application materials (i.e., degree program housed in the department to insufficient information or responses), will delay which the faculty member is attached. the start of the admissions review process. The Graduate School forwards all APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS materials received to the appropriate Graduate Program Coordinator to start the application Application Forms and Materials review process by the program's Admissions Committee. It is important, then, for applicants For a copy of the application for to arrange to have all application materials graduate admission booklet, write, call or e-mail requested to arrive around the same time period the Graduate School, or visit the Graduate in order to facilitate, rather than delay, the School’s Prospective Students webpage for admissions review process. The Graduate forms and the section on “important application School and the Graduate Program involved information to read.” There are separate jointly track the application materials received. application forms for degree program and for Applicants, however, are solely non-degree status. Applicants should submit responsible for making certain that their materials as instructed on each of application transcripts, letters of evaluation/recommendation form. For further explanation of the graduate and any applicable application attachment forms application and admissions process described in have, in fact, been received. No follow-up this Catalog, including summary checklists, refer action can be taken by the UMES Graduate to pages 1-9 of the UMES Application for School for missing, misdirected or incomplete Graduate Admission 2007 booklet (also items. available on the Graduate School webpage under Prospective Students). There is also an on-line Transcripts graduate application on the University System of Maryland’s web-site accessed through the Each applicant must submit official Graduate School’s Prospective Students copies of all of his/her academic transcripts for webpage. The introductory narrative in the undergraduate and graduate work taken to date, UMES application for graduate admission regardless of whether a degree was awarded. booklet (latest annual release) is also useful Each transcript should bear the signature of the background information for those submitting the registrar and the seal of the granting institution on-line application. and should include the years of attendance, courses taken, grades received, and the degree, The Initial Application Process diploma or certificate conferred. For applicants who attended UMES, the UMES Graduate To apply for a degree program, School may obtain the records for courses applicants must send: 1) the completed completed on this campus and the degree application form along with the completed awarded. To facilitate the application process, an Statement of Purpose form (these two may be official copy of transcripts from all other submitted in hard copy or on-line) and any other institutions should be attached to the application. applicable attachment forms in the booklet; 2)

13

Although photocopies of credentials or Faculty who comprise the program unofficial (student issued) transcript copies are admissions committees may not always be acceptable for initial review, regular admission available over the summer months. Applicants status cannot be granted, nor will any degree be for consideration of a Fall admission should note awarded, until the UMES Graduate School has that if they do not meet the program’s Fall received official copies of all academic application deadline or have their application credentials certified by an administrative official complete by that deadline, they may not be of the school, college or university. admitted in a timely manner or may be deferred Holders of transcripts of post secondary to a Spring admission. study and degrees earned outside the United States are subject to the information requested in Application Fee the section on Academic Credentials of international applicants. A non-refundable application fee of $30.00 [subject to change] must accompany Application Deadlines each application. NOTE: the governing policy for, and any allowable waiver of the application It is the applicant's responsibility to fee, is found in the subsequent section on check the individual program to which he/she "Graduate Fees." Payment should be made by is applying for any specific application check or money order payable to the University deadline, including those for international of Maryland Eastern Shore. See application for applicants. Except for programs which have Graduate Admission booklet (latest issue) for only one application deadline per year, all other specifics on this section. The on-line application programs have Fall, Spring or Summer deadline allows use of the credit card. dates. If an applicant misses one of these deadlines, his/her application may be considered Calculation of Grade Point Average (GPA) for the next available admissions cycle. It is also to the applicant's advantage to Applicants with degrees from U.S. be timely if he/she wishes to be considered for institutions or foreign institutions with a grading graduate assistantships (admission to a program system comparable to the U.S. must be certain to required) or other forms of financial support. calculate and convert their grade averages to a Applicants should consult the "Financial four-point (4.0) grading system, and at three Assistance" section for application deadlines for levels, for credits included in the baccalaureate federal financial support. program, unless their transcripts already provide Non-degree program applicants (e.g., the GPA calculated data. See the instructions Advanced Special and Visiting Graduate below for specifics on the calculation. The Students) should submit applications according Graduate School will determine an equivalent to the schedule given in those admissions cumulative GPA for foreign applicants with sections. educational systems different from the U.S. If all completed degree program The GPA levels are: 1) overall; 2) application materials, as requested, do not arrive credits earned after the first 60 credits up to the simultaneously, the Graduate School, for date of their application or the date of the award internal processing purposes, desires the order of of the baccalaureate degree, whichever is later; receipt to be the application and attachment and 3) those credits which constitute the major forms, the official transcripts, standardized exam field. For work taken beyond the bachelor's test scores and lastly, the letters of evaluation degree, a separate computation should be made. (recommendation). However, by the stated All results are entered into the spaces provided application deadline date, the application is for the GPA on the application form. All grades complete only if all materials have been are to be calculated on a four-point grading received. The graduate programs’ admissions system, shown below, regardless of the grading committees normally will not begin review of system used at the institution attended. Pass/fail, applications unless each application package is satisfactory/failure, completed credit and similar complete. grades are not to be included in the calculations. All numerical, alphabetical or equivalent grades,

14

except as already noted, must be calculated as official academic credentials for all follows: undergraduate and graduate (tertiary level) Convert all hours to semester hours institutions attended/being attended, should all (one-quarter hour equals 2/3-semester be received by the UMES Graduate School by hour or one-semester hour equals 1½ the appropriate international deadline date (if quarter hours). Count the number of given) or the specific program deadline date (if a credit hours for each grade. Multiply the fixed date). total credits for each grade by the Official academic credentials number of (quality or honor) points for (transcripts, mark sheets, diplomas, degrees) are each as follows: A = 4; B = 3; C = 2; D to be in the original language with certified = 1; and F = 0 (intermediate marks, e.g., literal English translations (i.e., certified as to B+, C-, are assigned in the value of the being complete and correct by a translator letter grade, e.g., B+ = 3, C- = 2). Then competent to provide the translation). divide the total grade points by the total Translations should not be interpretive. Actual number of credits to obtain the GPA. names of all degrees, diplomas and certificates must appear in the translation. The name of the Termination of Application Process individual on the credentials must match that on the application. Photocopies of credentials are Deliberate omission, misrepresentation acceptable for initial review purposes only. or falsification of information on the application Official credentials (original documents) from for degree program or non-degree application non-U.S. institutions must bear either an form and accompanying application forms, and imprinted seal, an original stamp of the altered or fraudulent credentials (transcript, test institution or the original signature of a school score) will terminate the admission process for official. Official documents should include the the applicant. If any of these problems surface courses completed, the amount of time taken per after the applicant has been admitted, that course, grades and the grading system. Public student’s enrollment status may be terminated. documents signed by a notary public are considered unofficial. Official credentials must Status of Application be received or certified by the Graduate School before regular (or full) admission status is Refer to this subsection in the latest granted. Students enrolled at another U.S. issue Application for Graduate Admission 2007 institution may have certified copies of all booklet. This subsection is applicable to foreign records sent directly to the UMES domestic and international applicants. Graduate School by their current institution. Transcripts of their U.S. coursework must be INTERNATIONAL STUDENT sent directly from the institution. APPLICATION PROCESS Only applicants who have completed a full sequence of preparatory studies and International applicants seeking examinations equivalent to a U.S. bachelor’s admission to the University of Maryland Eastern (normally four years and 120 credit hours of Shore should not plan to leave their country study) or higher degree from an approved before receiving an official offer of admission institution, and who have demonstrated high from the Graduate School. The Graduate School academic achievement, will be considered for undertakes a preliminary review and evaluation admission. Evaluation of applicant credentials of the international applicant’s materials for admission, conducted by professional (academic credentials and application associations in this field, are acceptable to the completeness) prior to their submission to the UMES Graduate School. graduate program. English Proficiency Testing Academic Credentials When applicants are ready to begin their For foreign nationals, the completed studies, they will be expected to read, speak and application and fee, letters of evaluation and write fluently in English, in order to understand

15

lectures, take examinations and participate in proficiency do so at their expense. Any course(s) seminars and presentations. Applicants should or exams taken for this purpose will not count be aware that UMES does not offer any program for degree credit. of English for non-native speakers of English to improve their proficiency. Financial Resources Native speakers of English are defined as those who have received all of their education To meet immigration requirements, each in the United States, United Kingdom, English- international applicant must furnish a completed speaking Canada, Ireland, Australia, New Certification of Finances form to the Graduate Zealand and Commonwealth Caribbean. School with the application, signed by him/her International applicants who are non-native and the sponsor. Approximately $ 16,000 speakers of English (not their first language or annually is an average for educational and living the language of instruction at all levels of expenses. Evidence of funding (in U.S. dollars) schooling) must demonstrate a proficiency in the for the first year must be provided with an English language by taking the Test of English indication of how financial support will be as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and scoring provided for subsequent years (normally up to 79/80 (internet based test), 213 or better two years for a master’s program and up to three (computer based test), or by providing evidence to four years for the doctorate). of an equivalent official testing in the English International students are ineligible for language with an acceptable score. Graduate need-based federal and state financial aid programs may request TOEFL scores of non- programs. International applicants may not refer immigrant visa status holders and permanent to assistantships and campus employment as a resident applicants. source of financial support since a student must Possible exceptions may be non-native be admitted to the Graduate School before being speakers who have successfully pursued full eligible for these scarce financial resources. time academic work leading to a postsecondary Applicants unable to demonstrate that they degree or diploma in an English speaking possess adequate financial self-support for their country (see above), where English was the graduate study, including health insurance, will language of instruction. The TOEFL not be admitted. requirement is waived for an international The Certification of Finances form is to student awarded a baccalaureate degree from be updated and resubmitted if there is a request UMES or a graduating senior at UMES who will for deferment of the original admission since have completed at least four years of financial institution statements will be outdated. undergraduate study at a U.S. college or Immigration Documents university. Because TOEFL is given at selective In order to obtain an F-1 student visa times a year throughout various parts of the (for the purpose of pursuing full-time study), world, as soon as applicants contemplate study international applicants must complete Form I- at UMES, they should make arrangements to 20, issued by the UMES Office of take the test. For TOEFL test information, Undergraduate Admissions. International contact http://www.ets.org/toefl. Standardized applicants should not plan to leave their home test scores are considered valid within a 24- country before obtaining an official offer of month period of the examination. When admission. International students already requesting official TOEFL score reports to be studying in the U.S., who wish to transfer to sent to the Graduate School, please refer to the UMES, must provide copies of the I-20, I-94 UMES institutional code: 5400. A copy of an and passport visa stamp to the Office of applicant’s “examinee’s score record” may be Undergraduate Admissions. The Department of sent with the application for evaluation purposes Homeland Security is then requested to grant only (note that the data on this record will be permission for the transfer. UMES handles only verified with ETS). The official score from ETS the F-1 student visa. must be received for the applicant’s permanent file. Applicants found to be deficient in English and required to improve their English

16

Reporting Upon Arrival State law, UMES is required to refer all delinquent accounts to that office for collection Every admitted international graduate and subsequent legal action. student is expected to report to the campus International Student Advisor as soon as Withdrawal and Tuition Refund (Regular possible after arrival at UMES. The advisor will Semester/Session) inform him or her about campus and community services and assistance, which are available to A Cancellation of Registration, international students. submitted to the undergraduate Admissions Office before the official first day of classes, RECORDS MAINTENANCE entitles the student to a full credit or refund of AND DISPOSITION semester/session tuition. After classes begin, students who wish All records, including academic records to terminate part or all of their registration must from other institutions, become part of the follow the drop class or withdrawal procedures official file of the Graduate School and can of the Registrar and Academic Affairs. Students neither be returned nor duplicated for any in USM intercampus enrollment must make purpose. Students should obtain an additional certain they drop or withdraw at the host campus copy of their official credentials for their as well as at UMES. The effective date used in personal use. computing refunds is the date the drop and/or The official credentials and the withdrawal form is filed. applicants’ data are retained for 18 months only Students dropping classes and/or and then destroyed in the following cases: 1) withdrawing from the University during a Applicants who do not register for courses in the semester will be credited for any allowable term for which they were admitted and have not tuition charges, according to the following: sought a deferment of the date of entrance; 2) Period from date Refundable Tuition Those whose applications have been instruction begins only (not other fees) disapproved; 3) Applicants who do not respond Two weeks or less 80% to the departmental graduate program and/or the Between two and three weeks 60% Graduate School requests for additional Between three and four weeks 40% information; and 4) Those whose application After four weeks No Refund folders remain incomplete, e.g., absent transcripts, recommendation letters, application (This schedule is subject to change) forms, etc. University Refund Statement (Regular Semester/Session) FEES AND EXPENSES Tuition is authorized for refund, Payment of Fees according to a refund time schedule (see above),

only if the student cancels registration before It is the policy of UMES not to defer classes begin, or drops classes after classes payment on the basis of a pending application begin, completes the prescribed procedures for for financial assistance to an outside agency, withdrawal from classes for the semester, or is including Veterans Administration benefits, dismissed. Note that all of these conditions to be bank loans, guaranteed student loan programs, eligible for a tuition refund must be acted on etc. during the refund schedule period. Students whose accounts are in arrears will experience delays and holds in registration Weekend Programs and in admittance to classes. Students indebted to the University are likewise prevented from Weekend Programs follow a separate having degrees conferred or transcripts released Graduate School policy for adding, dropping and until the total debt is cleared. withdrawing from classes and refund of tuition. The State of Maryland has a State Consult the program and the Graduate School. Central Collections Unit, and in accordance with

17

GRADUATE FEES Students admitted to the UMES Graduate School must pay the graduate tuition The fees and charges listed herein are regardless of whether a course is audited or the those charged at the time this Graduate School credit earned will be used to satisfy program Catalog went to press and are offered as a requirements. Graduate students will be charged general guide. THE UNIVERSITY for tuition at the graduate rate regardless of the RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE SUCH numbering system of courses for which they CHANGES IN FEES AND OTHER register. CHARGES AS MAY BE NECESSARY. Fees charged in a particular semester/session are SUPPLEMENTAL FEES (Subject to available on the UMES website; click on “The Change) University” header. Registration Fee (campus) $ 5.00 Application Fee $30.00 (Summer/Winter Session)

A non-refundable $30 application fee Graduation Fee and a separate application must be submitted for each program or degree-level or status in which Master's Degree 35.00 entrance is sought (see next paragraph for Doctoral Degree 35.00 eligible waivers). UMES is pleased to waive the Student Activity Fee 30.00 application fee under the following (on-campus) circumstances: Vehicle Registration/ 20.00 A. The applicant had been admitted, and had Parking Fee previously taken graduate courses at UMES or at SU (see section on Collaborative Programs with Late Registration Fee 25.00 Salisbury University); or Off-Campus/Continuing 25.00 B. The applicant is a UMES senior or graduate Education Registration Fee with a cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or better; or Technology Fee 10.00

C. The applicant is a senior or a graduate of an Determination of In-State Status for accredited U.S. college or university, with a Admission, Tuition and Charge-Differential cumulative grade point average of 3.75 or better Purposes (confirmed by transcript). An initial determination of Maryland D. The applicant is a McNair student/Scholar residency status for admission, tuition and (must be documented). charge differential purposes will be made by UMES at the time a student's application for Graduate programs may require an admission is under consideration. The acceptance fee, which is applied as a credit to determination made at that time, and any tuition and other fees upon the student’s initial determination made thereafter, shall prevail in enrollment in the degree program. each semester/session until the determination is successfully petitioned and changed. A campus Tuition Per Credit Hour Fee: (Subject to residency committee meets periodically to Change) review petitions for reclassification to in-state status. Resident Student $243.00 Persons who need assistance with the Non-Resident Student $441.00 reclassification should contact the UMES Office of Undergraduate Admissions or the Graduate

18

Studies office. The Board of Regents Residency receive priority in the awarding process for the Policy is on the Graduate School’s webpage. upcoming award year. International students are not eligible for FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE most types of financial assistance.

The University of Maryland Eastern Graduate Studies Grant Award Shore recognizes the high cost of education and makes every effort to offer financial assistance This grant is intended to promote to qualified students through a variety of diversity in the UMES graduate student programs. Admission to a graduate program population. Applications and guidelines are (e.g., Provisional or Regular student status) is a available in the Graduate Studies office. prerequisite for consideration of an award of a teaching, research or administrative assigned Fellowships and Traineeships assistantship, a traineeship, a grant, loan or a work-study award. Some awards are made on Some faculty may obtain federally the basis of the applicant's academic merit sponsored fellowships and traineeships for and/or financial need, others on the basis of skill underrepresented minorities in the sciences. qualifications and other criteria. Once awarded, They should be consulted on availability and the continuation of most financial assistance is applicability of this funding. Another general dependent upon the student's continued option for graduate students is the Henson enrollment each term for a specified number of Fellows (contact the Office of Undergraduate credit hours, continued good academic standing, Admissions for information). among other factors. The Graduate Studies office processes Assistantships applications for the Graduate Studies Grant Award, the Dr. Archie Buffkins Scholarship for Recommendations for appointment of Graduate Education and the Conective Graduate graduate teaching, research or administrative Studies Endowed Scholarship. Individual assistantships, which are made by the graduate faculty, the graduate programs and the academic programs, academic departments, campus departments recommend appointments for offices or faculty, are contingent upon the teaching and research assistantships. Some applicant's acceptance and admission into a offices and departments may offer degree program. The number, level and duration administrative-type assistantships. The graduate of assistantships vary by graduate programs as well as academic departments and program/department/office needs, enrollment, offices on campus should be consulted for and the availability of institutional and available traineeships and part-time employment sponsored funding. on sponsored grants and contracts. Applications for teaching and research The UMES Financial Aid Office assistantships will usually be made directly to determines eligibility for financial aid programs the program/department in which the student is that are primarily based on “need.” Full and admitted. These graduate assistants are many part-time graduate students are eligible to supervised and mentored at the department or apply for the Federal Stafford Student Loans. program level. A smaller number of The Financial Aid Office also administers the assistantships (administrative assignment) may Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan Program, be available in selected campus offices. which is not based on need. Students must Information on campus policy and complete all the required forms for need-based procedures concerning graduate assistants is aid or the unsubsidized Stafford loan program. found in the Graduate Assistant Handbook The Financial Aid application process available on the Graduate School publications takes approximately four (4) weeks to receive webpage. The Graduate Studies office releases the student aid report and three (3) weeks for annually the assistantship stipend amounts for award notification. Students should submit the each succeeding academic year. required documents by March 1st in order to

19

Federal Loans as any other student, and use the library and other campus facilities during the time they are Perkins Loan Funds are available to enrolled in courses. Tuition and fees charges graduate students after awards are made to will be waived for holders of the Golden undergraduate students. Loans are approved Identification Card. See latest release of the based upon financial need. Repayment begins UMES application for Graduate Admission six months after the borrower leaves school, and booklet, p. 4 for more information on this no interest is charged until the beginning of the section (C1.). repayment schedule. Repayment of the loan, including interest, is deferred during the time the Veterans Benefits borrower may be in military service, the Peace Corps, VISTA and ACTION, up to a period of UMES is fully accredited for accepting three years, as well as during time of continued Veteran students and assists them in their needs study on, at least, a half-time basis. For for certification. Credit is given for any work information and applications, contact the UMES done in the military service related to their major Office of Financial Aid. field of study. The Certificate of Eligibility must be Federal Stafford Student Loans submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions when the veteran reports for Stafford Student Loan programs permit registration. Benefits to which the veteran is students to borrow money from their hometown entitled will be sent monthly by the Veterans banks or other local financial institutions. Administration and directly to the veteran after Graduate students in good standing may borrow he/she has been properly certified. Each veteran up to $12,500 per year. An origination fee will is responsible for the payment of all fees and be deducted from the face value of each expenses at the same time as regular students. student's loan. New borrowers will borrow at a The undergraduate Admissions Office variable rate that will be determined each year coordinates veteran services. Veterans are by the federal government. Monthly repayments advised to contact that office for further begin six months after graduation or withdrawal information on admissions, tutorials, and special from school. The federal government will pay programs. the interest for eligible students while the student is in school. Contact the UMES REGISTRATION, CREDITS AND GRADES Financial Aid office for details. Academic Schedule Golden Identification Card for Senior Citizens of Maryland Information concerning graduate class offerings by department, per semester or session, The purpose of this identification is to registration procedures, deadlines and the make available without charge, courses and Academic calendar is found on the Academics services of the University to citizens who are 60 page of the UMES website. years of age or older, who are residents of the State of Maryland and who are retired (retired Developing a Program of Study persons will be considered those who affirm that they are not engaged in gainful employment for Each graduate student is responsible more than 20 hours per week). Persons who for understanding and complying with the meet these requirements may apply for graduate rules and procedures of the UMES Graduate admission, either as degree or non-degree School and all applicable departmental students, and must meet the same admissions graduate program requirements, which criteria pertaining to either category as do all govern individual programs of study. applicants. Once admitted and having been issued the Golden Identification (ID) Card, these Course selection for newly-admitted persons may register for courses in any graduate students, whether degree or non-degree semester/session, subject to the same restrictions seeking, begins with a contact with each

20

student's assigned academic advisor, usually a 300-399 Junior and Senior courses not graduate faculty member in the departmental acceptable for credit toward graduate program to which the student has been graduate degrees admitted. Non-degree seeking students may have a graduate faculty or program coordinator 400-499 Junior and Senior courses acceptable for credit toward as the advisor while they are in this status. some graduate degrees Degree seeking students will obtain information from their advisors about specific degree or 500-599 Professional School courses certificate requirements, recommendations on (Dentistry, Law and Medicine) courses, etc. Some graduate programs have and post-baccalaureate courses handbooks, manuals, or websites which explain not for graduate degree credit. degree program requirements, department An exception is the joint resources and forms used in evaluating student UMES/SU Master of Arts in progress to degree, applying for internships, etc. Teaching program. Each degree-seeking student will 600-898 Courses restricted to graduate develop with the academic advisor the program students. Under certain of study and timetable for completion. For conditions, seniors may take 600 information on the process and importance of lower level courses with advisement, students should consult the booklet prior approval. “Guidelines for Graduate Student Academic Advisement”, on the Graduate School 799 Master's thesis credit publications webpage. Exceptions, Waivers, Appeals, Grievances 899 Doctoral dissertation credit

While most questions normally raised The first character of the numeric by graduate students, and most problems they position determines the level of the course and meet, will be answered or resolved by the the last two digits are used for course faculty advisor or a departmental committee, the identification. Courses ending with an 8 or 9 are Graduate School is also charged with assisting courses that are repeatable for credit. All non- graduate students who need additional repeatable courses end in 0 through 7. information, guidance or follow-up assistance. Requests or petitions for exceptions or waivers of Graduate School regulations or of graduate degree requirements, or appeals and grievances, Designation of Full and Part-time Graduate with supporting materials, should be directed to Students the Graduate School for review and determination of applicable policy, procedure or In order to accurately reflect both process for the handling of the exception/waiver, involvement of graduate students in their appeal or grievance. programs of study/research and use of University resources in these programs, the Course Numbering System UMES Graduate School employs graduate units. These graduate units, in turn, are utilized in Course Designations making calculations to determine full- or part- time student status in the administration of 000-009 Non-Credit Courses minimum registration requirements described below, and in responding to student requests for 100-199 Primarily First-year certification of full-time student status. The undergraduate courses number of graduate units, per semester credit hour, is calculated in the following manner: 200-299 Primarily Sophomore undergraduate courses Courses in the series: 000-399 carry 2

units/credit hour;

21

Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 advisor's judgment, accurately reflect a student's units/credit hour; involvement with graduate study and use of university resources. In no case will registration Courses in the series: 500-599 carry 5 be for less than one credit. Minimum units/credit hour; registration may also be needed to comply with requirements for financial aid and deferments, Courses in the series: 600-898 carry 6 visa status, campus housing, health and car units/credit hour; insurance, etc.

Research course: 799 carries 12 Minimum Registration Requirements for units/credit hour; and Doctoral Candidates

Research course: 899 carries 12 Doctoral students who have been units/credit hour. advanced to candidacy must register each semester (see above section), until their degree To be certified as a full-time graduate is awarded. If the degree program is an student, an individual must be officially accelerated one, the Summer session is also a registered for a combination of courses semester. equivalent to 48 units per semester. Graduate assistants, holding full time appointments, are Dissertation Research full-time students if they are registered for at least 24 units, in addition to their assistantship. Those who have not completed the Courses taken for Audit do not generate required number of credit hours of Dissertation graduate units and cannot be used in calculating Research (899) must register for a minimum of full- or part-time status. UMES reserves the one credit of dissertation research each semester. right to alter this system. Doctoral candidates whose demands upon the University are greater than that Continuous Enrollment represented by a minimum registration will be expected to register for the number of graduate Graduate programs may require a credits which reflect their use of UMES continuous enrollment for admitted students into resources. the program during each semester of the academic year and summer session until the Inter-Campus Enrollment (USM) student completes the degree requirements. The number of credit hours required per registration A student admitted to a Graduate School each semester or session may vary according to on any campus of the University System of the course credit offerings and degree Maryland (USM), is eligible to take courses on requirements of the program. In extenuating any other USM campus with approval of both circumstances, students may petition for an the academic advisor and administrators on the official leave of absence from the program for home as well as host campus. Credits earned on up to one academic year (two semesters). a host campus are considered resident credits at the home campus in meeting degree Minimum Registration Requirements requirements. Transcripts of work taken at another campus will be maintained on the home All graduate students, at any level of campus, and fees will be paid to the home study and research, making any demand upon campus. Forms for registration as an academic or support services of the university -- intercampus student may be obtained from the whether taking courses, using UMES facilities Registrar or Graduate School offices on any (e.g., library, laboratories, computers, office USM campus. Terms and conditions of USM space, housing, etc.), consulting with faculty intercampus enrollment are given on the reverse advisors, taking comprehensive examinations side of the USM form. Students are responsible and oral defenses, etc.-- must register for the to notify both the home and the host campus of number of graduate units which will, in a faculty

22

intended changes in registration (add/drop, Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level withdrawal, etc.) to avoid incorrect billings. Courses Inter-campus students anticipating enrollment in courses at UMES should have Subject to requirements and prior their forms received by the UMES Graduate approval of the graduate program offering the School no later than ten (10) school days prior to course, undergraduate students may register for the registration date set for each 600 level or below graduate level courses to semester/session. The Inter-campus enrollment receive undergraduate credit. process may not be acceptable to all USM A student seeking to use this option campuses during the Winter or Summer sessions must be in the senior year at UMES, have earned as these sessions are self-supporting. an accumulated grade point average of 3.0, have The UMES Policy on Graduate Student successfully completed with a grade of "B" or Concurrent Inter-Institutional Registration better any graduate course prerequisite, and be a (1992) and the Board of Regents Policy major in the appropriate or a closely-related Statement on the subject (1991) shall govern department. procedures and arrangements. Enrollment in a graduate level course for undergraduate credit does not, in any way, Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates imply subsequent departmental or UMES Graduate School approval for admission into a A senior, in the final semester at UMES, graduate program, nor may the course(s) be used who is within six credit hours of completing all as credit for a graduate degree within the requirements for an undergraduate degree, has a University System of Maryland. 3.0 cumulative GPA and completed any graduate course prerequisite with a grade of “B”, Credit by Examination (Graduate and may, with approval of both the Undergraduate) department/program offering the course (e.g., instructor, chair) and the Graduate School, A graduate student may obtain graduate register for a 600 level or below graduate course. credit by examination in courses (at the 400 or The course(s) may later be counted for graduate 500 level) previously identified for such credit credit toward an advanced degree at UMES if by the appropriate department/program. As a the student has been granted admission to the general rule, credit by examination is not UMES Graduate School within an academic available for courses at the 600, 700 or 800 year of completing the course, and subject to the levels. In the judgment of the UMES Graduate admitted program’s approval in the student’s Council, courses at these levels require a plan of study. continuing interaction between faculty and The student’s total of undergraduate and students to achieve the educational goals of graduate courses must not exceed 15 credit advanced study. hours for the semester and 6 credit hours for the Students may receive graduate credit by Summer Session. Excess credits in the senior examination only for courses for which they are year cannot be used for graduate credit unless otherwise eligible to receive graduate credit. The proper pre-arrangement is made. Seniors who department or program in which the student is wish to register for graduate credit should enrolled, may establish a limit on the number of contact the UMES Graduate School for the form graduate credits earned in this manner. Graduate to be completed. students seeking credit by examination for The maximum number of graduate graduate credit or for prerequisite undergraduate credits that can be earned under this mechanism courses (100-300 series), must obtain the will be six. The credits earned can be used only consent of their advisor, the instructor currently once, either for the undergraduate degree or responsible for the course, and the Graduate toward an advanced degree at UMES (see first School. Once each student begins the paragraph of this subsection). Seniors who wish examination, the grade earned will be recorded. to take a graduate course for undergraduate The fee for credit by examination is set per credit should consult the subsection below. course regardless of the number of credits or units to be earned (subject to change). The

23

credit by examination form is available in the A student-seeking acceptance of transfer Registrar’s office. credit is advised to submit the necessary transcripts and certification of UMES Transfer of Credit department/program approval to the UMES Graduate School as promptly as possible, for its A maximum of six semester hours of review and processing. graduate level course credits, earned at Transfer grades earned at other than regionally-accredited institutions (see definition, University System of Maryland campuses are Criteria for Admission, p.7) prior to, or after not factored into the computation of cumulative admission and enrollment at UMES, may be grade point averages at UMES. applied toward Master's degree programs. Proportionately larger amounts of credit may be Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be applied toward Doctoral degrees. See the Accepted for Graduate Credit; the Winter section on Inter-Campus Enrollment (USM) for Session treatment of course credits within the University System of Maryland campuses. Any course(s), workshop or seminar(s), planned to take place in a span of time less than Credit from foreign universities will be a normal academic semester or a winter/summer evaluated, but, because of academic and session, and offering graduate credit to procedural differences between foreign and U.S. participants, must meet the following criteria: regionally accredited institutions, may not in every case be acceptable for transfer on a quid A. There must be 15 "contact hours" per pro quo basis. graduate credit. All graduate study credits offered as transfer credit must meet the following criteria: 1. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture. A. They must have received graduate credit at the institution where earned; 2. Non-lecture (laboratory, workshops, discussion and problem working B. They must not have been used to meet sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 the requirements for any degree hour session; and previously earned; B. Ordinarily, no more than three "contact C. They must have been taken typically hours" per day will be permitted (three within the time limits applicable to "contact hours" are equivalent to 0.2 expected degree completion at UMES credits). Exceptions, such as intensive (e.g., up to five years prior to the all day sessions, require the prior master’s program admission, up to nine approval of the Graduate School. years prior to the doctoral program admission but subject to criterion D During the short winter session, lecture, below ); non-lecture and research credit courses are limited to a maximum two hours of credit D. The department or program to which the without prior approval (the MAT program is student has been admitted at UMES excepted). All students, regardless of program, must certify that the courses are may not take more than one course during this appropriate and current to the degree period. program the student is pursuing at UMES; and Course and Credit Changes

E. The student must have earned a grade of A graduate student may change "B" or better in the courses offered for elections (i.e., drop or add a course, change transfer credit. between audit and credit status, change number of credits for a variable credit course within the

24 listed range, cancel registration or withdraw for graduate program retention and exit the semester/session) by obtaining the requirements for acceptable grades in order to appropriate approvals and observing published continue in the program and to receive the deadlines and procedures of the applicable degree. A grade of “D” is not acceptable for a offices of the Registrar or Academic Affairs, and graduate core or required course or an elective if the course/credits set up allows the change. course to be used to satisfy graduate program requirements for a degree. Procedures for Withdrawal from the Graduate School/Program Policy on Incomplete Grades

Graduate students wishing to withdraw The following policy on In-complete from a program may do so at any time. The (“I”) Grades pertains to regular courses, not to procedure for withdrawal is to submit a letter of the variable research credit courses available for the withdrawal to the program coordinator and the different Master's programs (thesis, project, the Graduate School. The letter will be reviewed etc.) and the doctoral dissertation. and processed, and the necessary offices notified The grade of "I" (Incomplete) is to be of the action. The requested date of resignation given only to a graduate student whose work in a will be used as the effective date of withdrawal. course(s) has been qualitatively satisfactory, and Although students may withdraw during when because of illness, or other circumstances the course of a given semester/session, they beyond his/her control, the graduate student has remain liable for all fees and other obligations been unable to complete the stated requirements due UMES, and their academic records will of the courses(s). In no case will the grade of "I" reflect their standing at the time of withdrawal. be recorded for a graduate student who: Program withdrawal terminates a student’s admission. The act of withdrawal from a (1) has not completed satisfactorily the program prohibits readmission to the same major portion of the coursework; and/or program to complete it, should the student wish to return to graduate study at a later time. Refer (2) wishes to improve his/her grade by to the Graduate School definition of readmission additional course work not offered to all in the Guidelines for Graduate Student students enrolled in the course. Academic Advisement booklet. In cases where an "I" grade is issued, the Procedure for Canceling Registration graduate student may not re-register for the (Withdrawal) for a Semester/Session course(s) until the "I" is removed by completing work outstanding and meeting all course To cancel a registration for a given requirements. Work must be completed by the semester/session the Office of Undergraduate end of one year, or the "I" becomes "W" Admissions withdrawal form is used. The (withdrawal). Before the end of the one year canceling of registration is treated by that office period, a student upon written petition to the as a withdrawal from the University for the Graduate School may request on extension of semester or session. time if circumstances warrant further delay. Cancellation of one's classes during the An "I" cannot be removed by earning course of a semester/session is not meant to be "credit by examination." used as a means of avoiding poor grades. When the graduate student receives the terminal grade, he/she may repeat the course as Minimum GPA/Grades for Graduate provided for any course where repeats are Students authorized. Accelerated or intensive weekend A minimum grade point average of 3.0, graduate programs, because of the accelerated or “B,” on all 400 and above level courses taken process of coursework and other degree for graduate credit in the student’s approved requirements to meet a degree program program of study is required to receive the completion within an abbreviated time frame degree. Graduate students are required to meet (e.g., three years) have the option of using a six

25

months time frame to facilitate the removal of incomplete grades in a timely manner. Computation of Grade Point Average (GPA)

Grading Systems An "A" is calculated at 4 quality points, B at 3 quality points and C at 2 quality points. The conventional A through F grading The grades of D, F and I receive no quality system is used in graduate level courses. points. Courses taken with A to F letter grades A "Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory" (S/U) will be used in calculating the grade point grading system may be used, at the discretion of average. Students may request that prerequisite the department or program, for certain types of undergraduate course grades be excluded from graduate study. These include courses which being computed in the cumulative grade point require independent work. Master’s project and average of their graduate record. research projects may also be appropriate for such S/U grading systems. Grade Change, Repeating of Courses, Thesis and dissertation research use the Arbitrary and Capricious Grading S/U grading system (see the subsection below). Courses labeled “Topics,” “Special Problems,” A student may repeat any course where “Seminar,” “Clinical,” “Practicum,” or repeats are authorized, in an effort to earn a “Internship” may use either the A-F or S/U better grade. The later grade, whether higher or grading system. lower, will be used in computing the grade point Only one grading system will normally average. While matriculated at UMES, a be used for a single course in a particular graduate student who earns a grade of “F” or semester/session. The grading system will be “D” in residence may not advance his/her credit designated in the course data base by the hours earned toward a UMES degree by department or program offering the course repeating the course at another institution. (excluding courses already specified for only Grades for graduate students remain part one grading system). of each student's permanent record. In addition to the repeating of courses, grades may be Grading System for Research Credit Courses changed only by the original instructor on the supplementary grade report form and approved A grade of S/U should be used instead by both the department chair and the Dean. of an “I” grade for 799, 899 and similar research Changes may be made only in circumstances in credit courses (500 to 798 series) which are which an actual mistake was made in offered/carried over or continued over semesters determining or recording the grade, to record a or sessions, usually with variable credit hours, missing grade from the official grade roster or and whose objective is the long-term transcript, or to remove an incomplete grade. A development of a thesis, dissertation, master’s grade of “W” recorded on the transcript does not project, or research project. In these instances a qualify for the change of grade process. satisfactory (“S” grade) completion of the Allowable grade changes other than an “I” required research credit hours satisfies only part (incomplete) grade must be received in the of the graduation requirements. A successful Registrar’s Office in the specified 60 calendar thesis or dissertation defense and final approved day period (see Registrar Office policy for copy of the thesis or dissertation are essential for specifics). the degree programs with the thesis option and The UMES procedures for Review of the dissertation requirement. A final written Alleged Arbitrary and Capricious Grading document and an oral presentation, both (1992) address and cover both graduate and acceptable to the student’s advisor/advisory undergraduate students and will be used. committee, are normally the requirements for For Section C.2.a. of the procedures, in master’s projects and research projects. which the faculty composition or venue are not workable, the Graduate School may appoint the required tenured professor(s) from the graduate faculty at-large to hear the case, which also may

26

be heard outside the unit offering the course(s) be satisfied by credit by examination at UMES if in dispute. the graduate program allows it (see credit by examination subsection). Auditing of Graduate Courses Graduate students satisfying undergraduate numbered prerequisite courses A graduate student, regardless of must earn a letter grade of “C” or better in the program or status, may audit a graduate course course unless a graduate program/department with the written permission of the course stipulates a higher grade. A pass/fail option may instructor and the student’s advisor and subject not be used to satisfy prerequisite courses taken to the following restrictions. Courses which may at UMES. not be audited are 1) internships, 2) research credit courses such as 799 thesis and 899 Experimental Courses dissertation, the 699/798 master’s projects, and any other program’s research-designated Students should confirm whether courses, and 3) any graduate course in the experimental courses may be elective courses graduate program with restricted enrollment for them or possible interim substitute core such as Physical Therapy, the Master of Arts in courses with the approval of the advisor and Teaching and intensive weekend programs. advisory committee as appropriate. Audited courses will appear on the student’s academic record as “AU” and may not Undergraduate and Graduate Combined be used to repeat a course for which credit has Instruction been previously earned. Audited courses do not earn credit, nor count as part of the credit hour In 400 or 400/600 level courses load, nor may be applied toward the approved to be applied toward a graduate degree requirements of a graduate degree. The regular program, which is combined undergraduate and tuition rate applies to audited courses. Once a graduate instruction, requirements for work course has been audited, it cannot be converted expected in the course for graduate students will to credit, except as below. be specified to reflect the level of complexity If students later find that an audited and specialization expected of graduate study. course they took is/will be a required course for the degree program in which they are The Academic Record (Transcript) matriculated, they must file a Petition for Waiver of Regulation to be considered to repeat A graduate student's academic record the course for credit. (transcript) is intended to serve as a complete history of that student's academic progress at Prerequisite Courses UMES. As such, it cannot be altered except in conformance with stated UMES Registrar and Prerequisite courses (e.g., 100 to 400 Graduate School policies (see grade change numbered undergraduate and selected 500 or section). Under no circumstances will the 600 numbered graduate) may be required to academic records be altered because of satisfy conditions of Provisional admission dissatisfaction with a grade (original or status or for preparation and understanding of repeated) or other academic accomplishment. advanced graduate level courses (500 or 600 and above numbering sequence). Prerequisite DEGREE REQUIREMENTS courses may be satisfied before or after enrollment in the University of Maryland Graduate School Requirements Applicable to Eastern Shore, but if after enrollment, must be all Master's Degree Programs completed within the first academic year of admittance. Prerequisite courses provide no The entire course of study undertaken graduate credit (if undergraduate numbered) and for any Master's degree must constitute a unified do not count toward the course credits required and coherent program, which is approved by the to graduate from a graduate degree program at student's advisor and, for some programs, the UMES. Prerequisite undergraduate courses may program coordinator in the department.

27

A minimum of 30 semester hours, in Graduate School’s “Petition for Waiver of a courses acceptable for credit towards a graduate Regulation” form should be completed. degree, is required; in certain cases, six of the 30 semester hours must be thesis research credits. Minimum Residence Requirements; The graduate program must include at least 12 Continuous Enrollment hours of course work at the 600 level or higher. If the student is inadequately prepared for the A minimum residence for a degree required graduate courses, additional courses program is one calendar year of fulltime may be required, which may not be considered equivalent study (18 credit hours) taken on as part of the student's overall program of study campus or at an off campus site where the for the degree. Credits to be applied to a UMES program is offered. Fulltime students student's program for a Master's degree at may satisfy this requirement in one year, part- UMES cannot have been used to satisfy any time students in two years after enrollment. other previously earned Master’s degree. The graduate programs may require a continuous enrollment for admitted students into Grade Point Average (GPA) the program during each semester of the academic year and/or session until the student The student seeking any Master's degree completes the degree requirements. The number must maintain a grade point average of 3.0 (“B” of credit hours required per registration each average) over all courses taken for graduate semester or session may vary according to the credit. course credit offerings and degree requirements of the program. Time Limitation Comprehensive Examinations (applicable to All requirements for the Master's degree all Master’s and Doctoral Programs) must be completed within a five-year period. This time limit also applies to any transfer work Graduate Programs have the option of from other institutions to be included in a holding qualifying examinations before students student's overall program of study. complete the thesis, non-thesis option, Leave of Absence; Extension of Time dissertation or doctoral research project. These Limitation Period examinations are often termed comprehensive examinations, and are usually composed of a In cases of unusual and/or compelling written and oral segment. Comprehensive reasons, a leave of absence for up to one examinations are usually given after a student academic year (two semesters) may be granted has satisfactorily completed the coursework in a to a matriculated graduate student by the program. The examinations test a student’s Graduate Dean, at the recommendation of the understanding of, and ability to integrate, academic advisor and the Graduate Program knowledge in his/her program of study. Because Coordinator. The Graduate School’s “Petition graduate programs vary in format, the nature and for Waiver of a Regulation” form should be content of comprehensive examinations, if completed. An approved leave of absence will given, will vary by program. stop the five-year time clock for Master’s The Graduate School’s minimum format students to complete their degree program (nine for conducting comprehensive examinations, years for doctoral students). whether taken individually or a group is In cases of unusual and/or compelling 1. Graduate program coordinators will circumstances, an extension of the time have questions for comprehensive limitation period for the degree may be examinations from the faculty reflecting considered for a matriculated graduate student. the curriculum and/or students’ program If granted, the extension will normally be for no of study. more than one academic year (two semesters). 2. Students must apply to the program to The extension is granted by the Graduate Dean take the comprehensive examination(s) on the recommendation of the academic advisor and be found eligible to do so. and the Graduate Program Coordinator. The

28

3. Comprehensive examinations are guidelines, students will find the particulars of scheduled to be taken in a time block (a the comprehensive examination process for the set time period, e.g., 6-8 hours duration). program. Graduate programs may set more 4. Students taking comprehensive stringent requirements than the minimum set by examinations are notified in advance of the Graduate School. the examination date, location and time, and provided with information on Internships and Practicums proposed types of examination questions or categories of testable information Internships and/or practicums may be (samples may be on file in the program). required or optional for a program. Students 5. The written examination normally may elect an internship for practical work precedes an oral examination (if experience/training prior to completing the required), which is likewise to be thesis/non thesis option of a program, usually scheduled shortly after the written after all coursework has been completed. examination and in a specified time Students may need and elect an internship as the duration. preparation to seek initial, entry-level 6. Written comprehensive examinations certification in a profession. Practicums may be taken as a group must be monitored. identified as clinical or workplace and 7. Written comprehensive examination occupation based. must be graded within a specified time If a program requires an internship or period (e.g., within 60 days), so the oral practicum as part of the curriculum and degree examination may be scheduled. completion, the program must assist the student 8. The written examination must be passed in arranging an internship or practicum before taking the oral examination (if appropriate to the program, specify the time the latter is required). period, the purpose and desired outcome(s) of 9. The graduate programs determine the the internship or practicum, arrange for the grading and voting policy for pass/fail supervision and grading of the internship or on the examination, which are stated in practicum, and set the format for approval of the their procedures’ guidelines for the internship or practicum (e.g., any proposal to comprehensive examinations. initiate and any final product such as a scholarly 10. Students and the Graduate School are paper or reports). Subject to program approval, notified of the comprehensive an internship or practicum may be repeated examination results, written and oral, once. and in the case of failure, the deficiencies in performance, specified in Scholarly Products detail, that led to failure. 11. Unethical actions in the written For non-thesis option graduate programs comprehensive examination will invoke and professional doctorates, scholarly products action under the campus’ academic may consist of a major seminar or research honesty policy. paper, a major or extensive research project, a 12. Comprehensive examination(s) may be master’s project and a creative component paper. retaken only once in the event the The graduate programs may set the format for student fails the initial examination in the scholarly products of non-thesis option whole or part (written and/or oral). The programs and professional doctorates, any of second examination should be given no which products may also be accompanied by an earlier than four months after the first oral presentation in addition to a written version. examination and no later than one Theses and dissertations are scholarly products calendar year from the date of the initial for thesis-required master’s program and Ph.D. examination. If the student fails the and Ed.D. programs respectively. second time, the admission status is Scholarly products for required terminated. internships may consist of a culminating paper In the program’s section of the graduate catalog or series of reports, oral presentations or some or separate program handbook or procedures’ combination thereof as determined by the

29

program to measure the student’s progress and different graduate programs may be imposed. outcome. For these special requirements, consult the The Graduate School receives a copy of specific graduate program listings in this scholarly products for assessment of student catalog. learning and quality of research or scholarship. The Graduate Dean approves the final official Graduate School Requirements for the thesis or dissertation to be bound for the Degrees of Master of Arts and Master of library’s collection Science

Co-Advisement of Student's Thesis Thesis Option

A Master's student may be equally and Course Requirements jointly advised by two Graduate Faculty members. The faculty members may be A minimum of 30 semester hours, Associate or Regular Members of the UMES including six hours of thesis research credit Graduate Faculty. For the Marine-Estuarine- (799), is required for the degrees of Master of Environmental Sciences program and the Arts and Master of Science. Of the 24 hours graduate programs in agriculture, graduate required in graduate courses, no less than 12 faculty at other USM campuses and specialists at must be earned in the major subject. No less other institutions may also be used; these than one-half of the total required course credits individuals acquire a special membership on the for the degree, or a minimum of 12, must be UMES Graduate Faculty or will have a USM selected from courses numbered 600 or above. Inter-Institutional (IIGF) Graduate Faculty Degree programs may stipulate course credit Membership. hours beyond the minimum.

Participation in Commencement Thesis Requirement

All requirements for graduation must be A thesis must be submitted for the completed before the graduate student is allowed Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees, to participate in Commencement exercises. To except for those programs in which a non-thesis be eligible, graduate students must have 1) option has been approved by the Graduate abided by the dates set forth in the Graduate School, in conformity with the policy of the School’s announcement on semester deadlines UMES Graduate Council. Approval of the thesis for graduation and marching in Commencement, is a responsibility of an examining committee pertaining to completion of, as applicable, appointed by the Graduate Dean, on the comprehensive examinations, seminar or recommendation of a student's advisor. The research papers, master’s theses and their oral advisor is the chairperson of the committee, and presentations or dissertations and defenses; and the remaining members of the committee are in the case of theses or dissertations, submitted members of the Graduate Faculty who are copies acceptable to the Graduate School for familiar with the student's program of study and binding; 2) satisfactorily completed any other research. A replacement committee member particular requirements of the graduate degree must be prior approved by the Graduate Dean. which they are seeking; and 3) had processed on Directions for the preparation and their behalf the Graduate School’s “Certification submission of theses will be found in the "Guide of Completion of Master’s Degree” (or Doctoral to the Preparation of Theses and Dissertations" Degree) form by the designated signatories. available from the Graduate School. Outstanding financial obligations must also have been satisfied. Research Assurances

Additional Requirements All faculty and student research and scholarly activities conducted at UMES, In addition to the preceding including student seminar or research papers, requirements, special requirements of the Master's and research projects and thesis and

30

dissertation research, and whether primary or semester credit hours in courses approved for secondary-derived research, must be conducted graduate credit with a minimum average grade in accordance with Board of Regents, USM, of "B" in all course work taken; a minimum of state and federal policies. For research involving 18 semester credit hours in courses numbered animals, human subjects, or materials that may 600 or above; in most cases the submission of a pose biological or chemical hazards, graduate major research project or seminar paper; students should seek information and guidance successful completion of a comprehensive final from the Office of Sponsored Programs. UMES examination, written or oral, or an oral defense; has established Internal Review Boards which practica/internships if required. meet periodically to review the aforementioned types of research protocols for compliance with Graduate School Requirements for the established standards and regulations, including Degree of Master of Arts in Teaching those established by Federal agencies (e.g., FDA, USDA, NIH). Graduate students may seek The Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) guidance from the Graduate Dean and the degree requirements include: Director of the Sponsored Programs office about scholarly misconduct policies and issues, which A. A minimum of 39 credit hours of include plagiarism, improper credit citations, coursework with an overall grade point falsification or manipulation of a study, sources average of 3.0 or higher, and data, intellectual property (copyright/patent) B. Successful completion of a written policy, among others. Scholarly misconduct and/or oral comprehensive examination, violations are handled under the University’s a seminar paper and internship, and policy on academic honesty and integrity. C. Adherence to the Research Assurances section of the graduate catalog as Oral Examination applicable.

See later section on “Established Graduate School Requirements for the Procedures for Conduct of the Master’s Thesis Degree of Master of Education Examination” for specifics. Upon written approval of the Graduate The Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree Dean, a graduate student in otherwise good requirements include: standing, but lacking a maximum of two courses toward completely fulfilling the Master's course A. A minimum of 30 credit hours in course requirements, may be allowed to undergo the work with a grade point average of 3.0 oral examination, only if the student will ("B") or better, usually exclusive of complete the outstanding courses in the same internships and practicums. Grades for semester in which the oral examination is given. courses not a part of the program, but The duration of the examination is taken in graduate status, will be normally about an hour, but it may be longer if computed in the average; necessary, to insure an adequate examination. B. A minimum of 15-18 credit hours in courses numbered 600 to 800 series, Non-Thesis Option with usually no more than 12 credit hours in the 400 series; The requirements for Master of Arts and C. A successful completion of a written Master of Science degrees without thesis vary and/or oral comprehensive examination, among the graduate programs in which this a seminar paper by the end of the option is available. Standards for admission are coursework and practicum and/or identical with those for admission to any other internship if required, and Master's programs. The quality of work D. Adherence to the Research Assurances expected of each student is also identical to that section of the graduate catalog as expected in the thesis program. applicable. The general requirements for those on the non-thesis program are: a minimum of 30

31

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to the responsibility of each student to submit an the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) and Doctor application for admission to candidacy when all of Education (Ed.D.) degrees the requirements for candidacy have been fulfilled, including regular admission status. The Credit Requirements application form is submitted to the program/department for action and forwarding The UMES Graduate School requires to the UMES Graduate School. The application that every student seeking the Ph.D. or Ed.D. form may be obtained from the UMES Graduate degree register for a minimum of 12 research School. credits. The number of research and other credit The time line for Admission to hours required in the individual degree programs Candidacy for doctoral programs designed as varies according to the program. full time, continuous enrollment programs per semester/session and with an accelerated course Residence Requirements scheduling format will typically be within the third year of the program to follow a three-year The equivalent of a minimum two years expected program completion. Students who of full-time coursework and completion of fall out of the continuous enrollment pattern comprehensive examinations typically meets the follow the above five-year rule for admission to residence requirements, whether taken on candidacy. campus or at an off campus site where the UMES degree program is offered. Coursework Time Limitation taken at other institutions, offered in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Ph.D. or The student must complete the entire Ed.D. degree at UMES, must be submitted, with program for the degree, including the the recommendation of the UMES graduate dissertation and final defense, during a four-year program concerned, to the UMES Graduate period after admission to candidacy. Extensions School for approval within the first year of of time are granted only under the most unusual enrollment. Official transcripts of the work must circumstances. If students fail to complete all be filed in the UMES Graduate School. requirements within the time allotted and are in Doctoral programs which are full time, good academic standing, they must submit continuous enrollment of at least nine credit another application for admission to the UMES hours per semester and summer session and Graduate School and, if readmitted, another which follow an accelerated, intensive course application for Admission to Candidacy, after scheduling format, meet the minimum residence satisfying any program admission pre-requisites requirement. prior to the Admission to Candidacy. For leaves of absence, Ph.D. or Ed.D. Admission to Candidacy students follow the same policy as for master’s students (see Leave of Absence subsection under Preliminary or comprehensive Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all examinations (or other such substantial tests as Master’s Degree Programs). the programs may elect), internships and defense The time limit for required full time, of the dissertation proposal are typically continuous enrollment programs per semester prerequisites for admission to candidacy. The and session, with an accelerated course policy governing the number of times such scheduling format and with a three year examinations, internships or proposal defenses expected program completion design is three may be taken and the outcome for failure to pass years from initial enrollment. Students in this them is found in the subsections on type of program who take leave or need to comprehensive examinations and internships in extend the time to complete degree program the Graduate School Requirements Applicable to requirements may have the maximum time All Master’s Degree Programs. allotment as other doctoral programs. Students A student must be admitted to candidacy who take leaves and time extension may be for the Doctorate within five-years after subject to changed curriculum and other admission to the Ph.D. or Ed.D. program. It is requirements implemented during their absence.

32

Internship Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (MEES) program and the accelerated weekend doctoral For programs which require an programs). For the accelerated weekend doctoral internship, see the subsection on internships in programs, the Graduate Dean’s representative the Graduate School Requirements Applicable to (see section below) may also serve as a co- All Master’s Degree Programs. advisor of the student’s dissertation. For the MEES and weekend doctoral programs, faculty Dissertation at USM campuses and other universities, and specialists and practitioners at other institutions The ability to undertake independent may also be used. These individuals acquire a research and provide sufficient evidence of special membership on the UMES Graduate scholarship is demonstrated by submission of an Faculty or will have a USM Inter-Institutional original dissertation, required of all candidates Graduate Faculty Membership. for a Ph.D. or Ed.D. degree. The topic of the dissertation must be approved by the candidate's Publication of the Dissertation program committee. The subsection on "Research Assurances," listed under the If a student wishes to publish all, or a Graduate School Requirements for the Master of portion, of the dissertation prior to its defense Arts/Science Thesis option, is applicable to and approval by the UMES dissertation dissertation research. Candidates are advised to examining committee, he/she must first seek the check whether their proposed research will be approval of the Graduate Dean by submitting a subject to a prior approval process by a UMES letter endorsed by the dissertation advisor, which internal review board. presents the case for early publication. Approval of the dissertation is a responsibility of an examining committee Final Defense appointed by the Graduate Dean, on the recommendation of a student’s advisor and The final oral defense of the dissertation student input. The advisor is the chairperson of is a requirement in partial fulfillment of the the committee, and the remaining members of Ph.D. or Ed.D. degree. the committee are members of the Graduate One or more members of the Faculty who are familiar with the student’s dissertation examining committee may be program of study and research. A replacement persons from other institutions, including USM committee member must be prior approved by campuses, who hold the doctorate and who are the Graduate Dean. distinguished scholars or specialists and During preparation of the dissertation, experiential leaders in the field of the all candidates for the Ph.D. or Ed.D. degree dissertation. must register for the prescribed number of One member of the committee, semester hours of Doctoral Dissertation designated as the Graduate Dean's Research (899) at UMES. A minimum of 12 representative, besides having the usual semester hours of 899 credits is required. responsibility of a faculty examiner, has the Directions for the preparation and additional responsibility of assuring that the submission of dissertations will be found in the examination is conducted according to Graduate School manual for theses and established procedures. Any disagreement over dissertations, which may be obtained from the the examination procedures is referred to the UMES Graduate School. Graduate Dean's representative for decision. The Graduate Dean’s representative Co-Advisement of Student's Dissertation may be a separate member appointed by the Graduate Dean. A Doctoral student may be equally and The student is responsible for jointly advised by two Graduate Faculty distributing a complete copy of the dissertation members. The faculty members must be to each member of the committee at least ten Regular Members of the UMES Graduate working days before the defense. Faculty (the exceptions are the Marine-

33

See the section below on the Established C. 6 semester hours of independent Procedures for Conduct of the Doctoral study/elective courses in specialty areas; Dissertation Defense. D. 11 semester hours in critical inquiry/research; and Accelerated Doctoral Programs E. Successful completion and submission of an extensive research project in Accelerated or intensive doctoral written form and an oral presentation on programs, typically the weekend model, may the project. develop and use a separate manual to describe the format, process and conduct of the Residence Requirements coursework, comprehensive examinations, internship, dissertation proposal and the defense, Since the Doctor of Physical Therapy retention and completion of degree program degree is a full time continuous enrollment requirements, so long as the Graduate Dean program leading to an expected degree approves the content of these manual(s). completion in three years following enrollment, The Graduate Dean approves the the residence requirement is satisfied. membership of the Research Advisory Committee before it begins to advise and guide Time Limitation the student on the dissertation process and approves any replacement member. See also the While the expected degree completion section above on co-advisement of a student’s for the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) dissertation. degree is three years of full time study and research following enrollment, under Participation in Commencement Exercises extenuating circumstances DPT students may seek leaves of absences and extensions of time See the subsection by the same title as the Department of Physical Therapy will under the Graduate School Requirements allow. Leaves of absences and extensions of Applicable to All Master’s Degree Programs. time follow the same policy as for master’s Doctoral students abide by the same policy. students (see leave of absence subsection under Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Additional Requirements Master’s Degree Programs). Students who take leaves and time extensions may be subject to In addition to the preceding changed curriculum and other requirements requirements, special requirements of the implemented during their absences. different graduate programs may be imposed. For these special requirements, consult the Research and Research Project specific graduate program listings in this catalog. The Graduate School policies on Research Assurances, Internships and Graduate School Requirements For The Practicums and scholarly products apply to the Degree Of Doctor Of Physical Therapy DPT program.

Credit and General Program Requirements Admission to Candidacy

The Professional Doctor of Physical The Graduate School policy on Therapy (DPT) degree requirements include four admission to candidacy for other doctoral major areas of learning and an extensive programs applies to the DPT program except research project: that the admission should normally take place A. 98 semester hours of didactic course within the third year of the program. Students work as specified in the program; who fall out of the DPT continuous enrollment B. 18 semester hours of clinical education pattern follow the five-year rule for Admission experience; to Candidacy.

34

Participation in Commencement Exercises usually composed of the original program of study/research advisory committee for the The Graduate School policy applicable student. to other graduate programs applies to the DPT program. 3. Nomination of the Thesis Examining Committee. Membership on a Thesis ESTABLISHED PROCEDURES FOR Examining Committee requires nomination by CONDUCT OF THE MASTER’S the student’s advisor, concurrence (if required) THESIS EXAMINATION by the graduate program coordinator in the student’s graduate program, and approval by the A. Establishment of the Thesis Dean of Graduate Studies who appoints the Examining Committee. The Thesis Examining committee. The nomination of a Thesis Committee is appointed by the Dean of Graduate Examining Committee should be provided to the Studies, in accordance with the policies listed Graduate School at least three weeks before the below. date of the expected thesis examination. The 1. Eligibility. A student is eligible to be thesis examination cannot be held until the examined on a thesis if the student (a) has met Graduate School approves the composition of the graduate program requirements for a thesis the Thesis Examining Committee. examination including a properly formed advisory committee and approved thesis topic, 4. Research Assurances. If the thesis (b) is in good standing as a graduate student at research involves the use of vertebrate animals, the University and has regular admission status, animal use protocols must be approved by the (c) is registered for at least one credit, (d) has a campus Animal Care and Use Committee. If the valid Graduate School - approved Thesis thesis research involves human subjects, the Examining Committee, (e) has a 3.0 grade point research must be approved by the campus average in the graduate program in which the Institutional Review Board. If the thesis research student is enrolled, and (f) if this is the second involves hazardous materials, either biological examination, the examination has been approved or chemical, or recombinant RNA/DNA, the by the Graduate School. The final oral research must be approved by the appropriate examination shall be held when the student has University committee. These research completed the thesis to the satisfaction of the assurances must be approved prior to the student’s advisor. However, a thesis draft which initiation of any thesis-related research, and the is not presented in the standard thesis format, or approvals must be provided to the Graduate the research and conclusions are incomplete, School at the time the student submits the shall not be considered completed by the Nomination of Examining Committee form. The Graduate School for purposes of the student’s UMES Office of Sponsored Programs is the eligibility to be examined on the thesis. contact office for guidance on and the processing of research assurances. 2. Thesis Examining Committee Membership. The Committee must consist of a 5. Chair. Each Thesis Examining minimum of three members, at least two of Committee will have as chair the student whom must be Regular or Associate Members of advisor, who must be a Regular or Associate the UMES Graduate Faculty and at least one Member of the Graduate Faculty. Thesis must be a full-time faculty in a UMES academic Examining Committees may be co-chaired, if (a) department. Additional Committee members co-advisement was approved at the time of the may be invited to serve at the discretion of the student’s admission to Graduate School, or if (b) program. Each member of the Thesis Examining upon written recommendation of the student’s Committee must be a member of the UMES advisor, concurrence (if required) of the Graduate Faculty; whether in a Regular, graduate program coordinator, and with Associate or Special Member category, or an approval of the Dean of Graduate Studies. At approved Inter-Institutional Graduate Faculty least one of the co-chairs must be a Regular or (IIGF) Member. An IIGF member may serve as Associate Member of the UMES Graduate chair of the committee. The Committee is Faculty.

35

of Graduate Studies. All examinations must be 6. Special Members. Individuals who open to UMES Graduate Faculty and the campus have been approved for Special Membership in community. Should a last minute change in the the UMES Graduate Faculty may be nominated composition of the Thesis Examining to serve on Thesis Examining Committees. Committee be required, the change must be However, these individuals must be in addition approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies in to the required two Regular or Associate consultation with the graduate program Members of the UMES Graduate Faculty (see coordinator (if required) and the chair of the A-2 above). student’s Thesis Examining Committee.

7. Service of Former UMES Faculty 4. Location of the Examination. Oral Members. Graduate Faculty who terminate examinations of theses must be held in employment at UMES (and who do not have University facilities that are readily accessible to emeritus status) retain their status as members of all members of the Thesis Examining the Graduate Faculty for a twelve-month period Committee and others attending the following their termination. Thus, they may examination. The chair of the Thesis Examining serve as members and chairs of Thesis Committee selects the time and place for the Examining Committees during this twelvemonth examination, notifies the other members of the period if they are otherwise eligible. After that Committee and the candidate, and releases the time, they may no longer serve as chairs of public notice of the examination. Under special Thesis Examining Committees, although, if circumstances as approved by the Dean of granted the status of Special Members of the Graduate Studies, and if it can be logistically Graduate Faculty, they may serve as co-chairs arranged, the interactive video network or other (see A-5, above). acceptable electronic medium may be used to Professor Emeriti and Associate accommodate an off-site committee member. In Professor Emeriti of UMES may serve or chair this case, the committee member must follow up Thesis Examining Committees provided they with a written recommendation to the committee were Regular or Associate Members of the chair. Graduate Faculty at the time of retirement. 5. Invalidation of the Examination. The B. Procedures for the Oral Examination: Dean of Graduate Studies may void any examination not carried out in accordance with 1. Oral Examination Requirement. Each the procedures and policies of the Graduate master’s thesis student is required to defend School. In addition, upon the written orally his or her master’s thesis as a requirement recommendation of the Thesis Examining in partial fulfillment of the master’s degree. An Committee or any member thereof, and upon additional comprehensive written examination consultation with the committee chair, the Dean may also be required at the option of the of Graduate Studies may rule an oral program. examination to be null and void.

2. Committee Preparation. The members 6. Conclusion of the Examination. After of the Thesis Examining Committee should the oral examination of the student, the Thesis receive the thesis ten working days before the Examining Committee discusses in closed scheduled examination. Should the Thesis session whether or not the thesis (including its Examining Committee deem it reasonable and examination) has been satisfactory. The appropriate, it may require submission of the Committee has the following alternatives: thesis more than ten working days in advance of the examination. a. To accept the thesis without any recommended changes and sign the 3. Attendance at the Examination. Oral Report of Examining Committee. examinations must be attended by all members b. To accept the thesis with of the student’s officially established Thesis recommendations for changes, and, Examining Committee as approved by the Dean except for the chair, sign the Report of

36

Examining Committee. The chair will check the thesis and, upon his/her C. Submission of the Thesis. Two copies of approval, sign the Report of Examining the thesis, in a format approved by the Graduate Committee. School, are to be submitted to the Graduate c. To recommend revisions to the thesis School after final approval of the thesis by the and not sign the Report of Examining Thesis Examining Committee. Additional copies Committee until the student has made may be required by individual programs. See the changes and submitted the revised the UMES Guide to the Preparation of Theses thesis for the Thesis Examining and Dissertations for the details of this process. Committee’s approval. The Thesis The final approved copies must be submitted to Examining Committee members sign the Graduate School within three months of the the Report of Examining Committee if oral examination for outcomes 6a and 6b above, they approve the revised thesis. and within six months for outcomes 6c and 6d d. To recommend revisions and convene a above. The oral examination may be invalidated second meeting of the Thesis and the student required to defend the thesis for Examining Committee to review the a second time should these deadlines be missed, thesis and complete the student’s except in extraordinary circumstances examination. acceptable to the graduate dean. e. To rule the thesis (including its examination) unsatisfactory, and ESTABLISHED PROCEDURES FOR therefore, the student fails. CONDUCT OF THE DOCTORAL DISSERTATION DEFENSE Following the examination, the chair must inform the student of the outcome A. Establishment of the Dissertation of the examination, which of the above Examining Committee. The Dissertation alternatives has been adopted, and if Examining Committee is appointed by the Dean other than alternatives a or e, an of Graduate Studies, in accordance with the expected time period in which the policies listed below. process is to be completed. 1. Eligibility. A student is eligible to 7. Passage or Failure. The student passes defend a dissertation if the student (a) has if all members of the Thesis Examining advanced to doctoral candidacy, (b) has met the Committee accept the thesis (including its graduate program requirements for a dissertation examination) as satisfactory. One or more defense, (c) is in good standing as a graduate negative votes constitute a failure of the student at the University, with a 3.0 Cumulative candidate to meet the thesis requirement. In Grade Point Average, (d) is registered for at cases of failure, the Thesis Examining least one credit (as applicable; refer to the Committee must specify in detail and in writing Graduate Catalog sub-sections on Minimum the nature of the deficiencies in the thesis and/or Registration Requirements for Doctoral the oral performance that led to failure. This Candidates and Dissertation Research); (e) has a statement is to be submitted to the graduate valid Graduate School-approved Dissertation program coordinator, the Dean of Graduate Examining Committee, and (f) if this is the Studies and the student. A second examination second defense, the defense has been approved may be permitted if the student will be in good by the Graduate School. The defense shall be standing at the time of the proposed second held when the student has completed the examination. A second examination requires the dissertation to the satisfaction of the student’s approval of the graduate program coordinator advisor. However, a dissertation draft which is and the Dean of Graduate Studies. If the student not presented in the standard dissertation format, fails this second examination, or if a second or for which the research and conclusions are examination is not permitted, the student’s incomplete, shall not be considered complete by admission to the graduate program is terminated. the Graduate School for purposes of the Any disagreements on the thesis are referred to student’s eligibility to defend the dissertation. the Dean of Graduate Studies for resolution.

37

2. The dissertation. The ability to do 5. Research Assurances. If the independent research and provide sufficient dissertation research involves the use of evidence of scholarship must be demonstrated vertebrate animals, animal use protocols must be by an original dissertation on a topic approved approved by the campus Animal Care and Use by the candidate’s program committee. For Committee. If the dissertation research involves publication of the dissertation prior to its human subjects, the research must be approved defense, refer to the Graduate Catalog by the campus Institutional Review Board. If the subsection on this subject. dissertation research involves hazardous materials, either biological or chemical, or 3. Dissertation Examining Committee recombinant RNA/DNA, the research must be Membership. The Committee must consist of a approved by the appropriate University minimum of five voting members. At least three committee. These research assurances must be of them must be Regular Members of the UMES approved prior to the initiation of any Graduate Faculty and at least two must be full- dissertation-related research, and the approvals time faculty in a UMES academic department must be provided to the Graduate School at the unless otherwise appointed by the Dean of time the student submits the Nomination of Graduate Studies by special permission. At least Examining Committee form. The UMES office one of the five must be a Regular Member of the of Sponsored Programs is the contact office for Graduate Faculty in a department or graduate guidance on and the processing of research program at UMES external to the one in which assurances. the student is seeking the degree unless otherwise approved by special permission of the 6. Chair. Each Dissertation Examining Dean of Graduate Studies. Additional Committee will have a chair (usually the advisor Committee members may be required or invited or major professor), who must be a Regular to serve at the discretion of the program. Each Member of the Graduate Faculty or, by special member of the Dissertation Examining permission, has been otherwise appointed by the Committee must be a member of the UMES Dean of Graduate Studies. Dissertation Graduate Faculty; whether in a Regular, Examining Committees may be co-chaired, if (a) Associate, or Special Member category, or an co-advisement was approved at the time of the approved University System of Maryland Inter- student’s admission to Graduate School or upon Institutional Graduate Faculty (IIGF) member. (b) written recommendation of the student’s An IIGF member may serve as chair of the adviser, concurrence of the graduate program committee. coordinator (if required), and with the approval 4. Nomination of the Dissertation of the Dean of Graduate Studies. At least one of Examining Committee. Membership on a the co-chairs must be a Regular Member of the Dissertation Examining Committee requires UMES Graduate Faculty for the Marine- nomination by the student’s advisor, the Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (MEES) concurrence (if required) by the graduate program. program coordinator in the student’s graduate program, and approval by the Dean of Graduate 7. Representative of the Dean of the Studies who appoints the committee. The Graduate Studies. Each Dissertation nomination of a Dissertation Examining Examining Committee shall have appointed to it Committee should be provided to the Graduate a representative of the Dean of Graduate Studies School at least three weeks before the date of the to observe the process. The Dean’s expected dissertation defense. The dissertation Representative should have some background or defense cannot be held until the Graduate School interest related to the student’s research. The approves the composition of the Dissertation Dean’s Representative must be a Regular Examining Committee. In case of any Member of the UMES Graduate Faculty and unavoidable circumstances, a committee from a department or graduate program other member can be substituted by another graduate than the student’s home department. The Dean’s faculty member at the request of the Committee Representative is normally one of the five voting Chair and approval by the Dean of Graduate members of the student’s committee, unless Studies. circumstances warrant that the Dean’s

38

Representative be an external appointee, and in 3. Attendance at the defense. Oral these instances, a non-voting member of the defenses must be attended by all members of the committee. student’s officially established Dissertation Examining Committee as approved by the Dean 8. Special Members. Individuals who of Graduate Studies. All defenses must be open have been approved for Special Membership in to UMES Graduate Faculty and the campus the UMES Graduate Faculty may be nominated community. Should a last-minute change in the to serve on Dissertation Examining Committees. constitution of the Dissertation Examining However, these individuals must be in addition Committee be required, the change must be to the required three Regular Members of the approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies in UMES graduate faculty (see A-3, above) unless consultation with the graduate program otherwise appointed by the Dean of Graduate coordinator (if required) and the chair of the Studies by special permission. student’s Dissertation Examining Committee.

9. Service of former UMES faculty 4. Location of the defense. Oral defenses members. Graduate Faculty who terminate must be held in University facilities that are employment at UMES (and who do not have readily accessible to all members of the emeritus status) retain their status as members of Dissertation Examining Committee and others the Graduate Faculty for a twelve-month period attending the defense. The chair of the following their termination. Thus, they may Dissertation Examining Committee selects the serve as members and chairs (but not as Dean’s time and place for the examination, notifies the Representatives) of Dissertation Examining other members of the Committee and the Committees during this twelve-month period if candidate, and releases the public notice of the they are otherwise eligible. After that time, they defense. Under special circumstances as may no longer serve as chairs of Dissertation approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies, and Examining Committees, although, if granted the if it can be logistically arranged, the interactive status of Special Members of the Graduate video network or other acceptable electronic Faculty, they may serve as co-chairs (see A- 6, medium may be used to accommodate an off- above). Professors Emeriti and Associate site committee member. In this case, the Professors Emeriti may serve on Dissertation committee member must follow up with a Examining Committees provided they were written recommendation to the committee chair. Regular or Associate Members of the UMES Graduate Faculty at the time of retirement. 5. Notice. Notice of the doctoral defense Unless granted special permission by the must be publicized in the student’s graduate Graduate Dean, only those with Regular program/department at least five working days Membership in the Graduate Faculty can chair prior to the defense. Dissertation Examining Committees or serve as the Dean’s Representative 6. The Dean’s Representative. The responsibilities of the Dean’s Representative B. Procedures for the Oral Defense: include ensuring that the procedures of the oral 1. Oral defense requirement. Each defense are in compliance with those of the doctoral candidate is required to defend orally Graduate School and reporting to the Dean of his or her doctoral dissertation as a requirement Graduate Studies any unusual problems in partial fulfillment of the doctoral degree. experienced in the conduct of the defense. The Dean’s Representative must be identified at the 2. Committee preparation. The members beginning of the defense. of the Dissertation Examining Committee should receive the dissertation at least ten working days 7. Invalidation of the defense. The Dean before the scheduled defense. Should the of Graduate Studies may void any defense not Dissertation Examining Committee or Program carried out in accordance with the procedures deem it reasonable and appropriate, it may and policies of the Graduate School. In addition, require submission of the dissertation more than upon recommendation of the Dean’s ten working days in advance of the defense.

39

Representative, the Dean may rule an oral dissertation and complete the student’s defense to be null and void. defense. e. To rule the dissertation (including its 8. Student presentation. The student is defense) unsatisfactory, and therefore, permitted to briefly present a summary of the the student fails. dissertation, emphasizing the important results and giving an explanation of the reasoning that Following the defense, the chair, in the presence led to the conclusions reached. The floor will of the Dean’s Representative, must inform the then be open for questioning. This presentation student of the outcome of the defense, which of is open to the public. the above alternatives has been adopted, and if other than alternatives a or e, an expected time 9. Opportunity for questioning by period in which the process is to be completed. members of the Dissertation Examining Committee. The chair invites questions in turn 11. Passage or failure. The student passes from each member of the Dissertation if one member refuses to sign the Report, but the Examining Committee. The questioning may other members of the Dissertation Examining continue as long as the Dissertation Examining Committee agree to sign, before or after the Committee feels that it is necessary and approval of recommended changes. Two or reasonable for the proper examination of the more negative votes constitute a failure of the student. This portion of the defense is held in candidate to meet the dissertation requirement. closed session. In cases of failure, the Dissertation Examining Committee must specify in detail and in writing 10. Conclusion of the defense. After the nature of the deficiencies in the dissertation questioning of the student has been completed, and/or the oral performance that led to failure. the Dissertation Examining Committee discusses This statement is to be submitted to the graduate in closed session whether or not the dissertation program coordinator, the Dean of Graduate (including its defense) has been satisfactory. The Studies and the student. A second defense may Committee has the following alternatives: be permitted if the student will be in good standing at the time of the proposed second a. To accept the dissertation without any defense. The time limits for the second defense recommended changes and sign the to take place are no less than six months and no Report of Examining Committee. later than twelve months after the first defense. b. To accept the dissertation with A second defense requires the approval of the recommendations for changes, and, student’s advisor, the graduate program except for the chair, sign the Report of coordinator (if required) and the Dean of Examining Committee. The chair will Graduate Studies. If the student fails this second check the dissertation and, upon his/her defense, or if a second defense is not permitted, approval, sign the Report of Examining the student’s admission to the graduate program Committee. is terminated. Any disagreements on the c. To recommend revisions to the dissertation are referred to the Dean of Graduate dissertation and not sign the Report of Studies for resolution. Examining Committee until the student has made the changes and submitted the C. Submission of the Dissertation. Two copies revised dissertation for the Dissertation of the dissertation, in a format approved by the Examining Committee’s approval. The Graduate School, are to be submitted to the Dissertation Examining Committee Graduate School after final approval of the members sign the Report of Examining dissertation by the Dissertation Examining Committee if they approve the revised Committee. Additional copies may be required dissertation. by individual programs. See the UMES Guide to d. To recommend revisions and convene a the Preparation of Theses and Dissertations for second meeting of the Dissertation the details of this process. The final approved Examining Committee to review the copies must be submitted to the Graduate School within three months of the oral defense for

40 outcomes 6a and 6b above, and up to twelve students find themselves unable to complete the months for outcomes 6c and 6d above so long as requirements for the degree. Students should the deadline for outcomes 6c and 6d is within consult the Bookstore on the exact dates for the four year period after admission to candidacy filing orders and for cancellation of orders. for completion of the degree program. The oral defense may be invalidated and the student INSTITUTIONAL POLICIES required to defend the dissertation for a second GOVERNING STUDENTS time should these deadlines be missed, except in extraordinary circumstances acceptable to the Graduate students are subject to State, graduate dean. University System and Campus policies governing employees, students and visitors to OTHER GRADUATE SCHOOL POLICY the campus. By their acceptance of admission and matriculation at UMES, students indicate Petition for Waiver or Partial Waiver of a their willingness to comply with these policies. Regulation These policies address such topics as smoking, use of alcoholic beverages, drug abuse, All policies of the UMES Graduate nondiscrimination, sexual harassment, School have been formulated by the UMES handicapped access, vehicular traffic laws, Graduate Council, the governing body of the registration and parking, theft or damage to graduate school, with the goal of ensuring University property, and federal regulations and academic quality. These policies must be compliance governing research and financial equitably and uniformly enforced for all assistance/funding and academic honesty. graduate students. Nevertheless, circumstances Students should familiarize themselves occasionally occur which warrant individual with the above policies. Also particularly consideration. Therefore, if a graduate student relevant are the University System of Maryland believes that there are compelling reasons for a "Policy on Faculty, Student and Institutional specific regulation to be waived or modified, the Rights and Responsibilities for Academic student should submit the Graduate School’s Integrity," and the UMES Policy and Procedures Petition form, explaining the facts and issues, on the Disclosures of Student Records (1992), which bear on the case. In all instances, the which complies with the Family Educational Petition must be reviewed by the academic Rights and Privacy Act. Students should direct advisor and the graduate program coordinator, specific inquiries and problems to the and if the Petition involves a course, by the appropriate campus office. course instructor. If these officials recommend Consult the annually issued UMES approval, the Petition is then forwarded to the Student Handbook, which is a guide to all Graduate Dean for final review and action. aforementioned university policies and academic/administrative policies and procedures COMMENCEMENT applicable to undergraduate and graduate students (where policies and procedures are Application for Degree (diploma) must different for graduate students these are found in be filed with the Office of Admissions and the Graduate Catalog). University services and Registration according to deadlines set by that activities are also found in the handbook. The office. If, for any reason, students do not student code of conduct policy (latest issue of complete the requirements for graduation in the the UMES student judicial manual) applies to semester for which they have applied for the graduate students. diploma, they must reapply for it. Academic regalia are required of all candidates at ACADEMIC HONESTY POLICY commencement exercises. Those who so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns at the The campus policy on academic honesty, campus Follett Higher Education Group covering cheating, falsification and plagiarism Bookstore. Orders must be filed approximately will govern 1) all credit coursework for a thirteen weeks before the date of student, including variable research credit commencement, but may be cancelled later if courses for thesis, dissertation, research or

41

master’s project, 2) any capstone or culminating and present proof of current valid health scholarly products resulting therefrom as a insurance coverage. Waivers must be completed partial requirement of the degree or program by September 7 in the Fall and by February 7 in requirements (e.g., seminar and research action the Spring. If no waiver is completed, the papers, theses, dissertations, applications, student’s account will be billed for insurance at research projects and so forth), 3) credit bearing the current rate. The 2007-2008 cost is $38 per courses for internships, clinical affiliations, semester for domestic students and $247 per practicums, and comprehensive examinations (as semester for international students (subsequent applicable), 4) oral defenses of scholarly semester costs may differ). Domestic graduate products, and 5) examinations not taken in the students (full or part-time) are eligible for the regular course credit setting but are or will plan but must enroll themselves directly with the become part of completing program company. Copies of the insurance brochure may requirements such as credit by examination and be obtained from the Student Health Center or written comprehensive examinations. accessed online at njcservices.com. Students with questions about using the insurance should SELECTED STUDENT SERVICES contact the Health Center staff. AVAILABLE TO GRADUATE STUDENTS Hours for the Health Center during the Fall and Spring semesters are 8:00 AM to 5:00 HEALTH CENTER PM Monday through Friday. For medical emergencies after these hours, students may seek The Charles R. Drew Student Health assistance through Public Safety or Residence Center assists students in maintaining their Life staff members. physical well-being by providing basic health The Student Health Center may be care services such as treatment for acute contacted at 410-651-6597 (phone) or 410-651- conditions, immunizations and screenings. 6702 (fax). All registered students, including graduate, transfer and international, regardless of UNIVERSITY COUNSELING SERVICES number of credit hours being taken are required to provide a completed health history form and Counseling Services serves the UMES proof of up-to-date immunization status for enrolled students who seek assistance with measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) and developmental and mental-health related tuberculosis (TB) prior to registering for and/or concerns, and the broader campus community, attending classes. Students living in campus by offering a wide variety of programs in direct housing must also meet the meningitis support of the university’s mission. Counseling requirement. Registration blocks will be placed Services is composed of professional counselors on students who have not submitted the required and consulting psychiatrists who have years of documents. This will prevent students from experience working with college-aged students. registering for/or attending classes until the The staff provides a confidential atmosphere and records are received and processed. To avoid a safe environment in which students may delays, students should submit the records as explore and resolve issues of concern. soon as possible. The deadlines for submission Counseling Services is located in the Student are: August 1 for the Fall semester and January Services Center, 2nd floor, Room 2141. Normal 1 for the Spring semester. Students who hours of operation are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. encounter difficulty obtaining documentation Monday through Friday. Appointments may be should contact the Student Health Center for made in person or by calling 410-651-6449. For assistance. after hour emergencies, Counseling Services A university sponsored health insurance may be reached through the University Police at plan is available. Full-time international 410-651-3300. All services are free of charge. students (undergraduate and graduate) are Services offered by the center include: automatically enrolled in the insurance plan unless they opt out. To opt out of the university . Individual Counseling health insurance plan students must sign the . Group Counseling and Workshops insurance waiver in the Student Health Center . Crisis Intervention

42

. Couples Counseling Beginning Teachers (PRAXIS) and the College . Professional Consultation Level Examination Program (CLEP). . Outreach and Presentations All students are strongly encouraged to . Referrals register with the office prior to graduation in order to establish a Credential Portfolio file and STUDENT SERVICES CENTER to become eligible for the services provided by the office of Career Services. The Student Services Center (SSC) The Career Services office also offers facilities and offices for registered student administers the Cooperative Education program, organizations at UMES. The SSC and the Office which has opportunities for graduate students. of Student Activities offer cultural, recreational Interested students should contact the office for and educational programs, events and activities details. for students, faculty and staff, as part of curricular program offerings. The office also DISABILITIES SERVICES CENTER provides events management planning services for the university community. Students with learning or physical The Student Services Center houses: a) disabilities should consult the office of Services the Career Services; b) Bookstore; c) Game, for Students with Disabilities. Bowling and Billiards area; d) Dining Services; e) Theatre; f) Automatic Bank Machine; g) the ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES Hawk Center; h) Campus Post Office; i) Lounges; j) the Student Government Consult the Academic Support Services Association; k) Counseling Services; l) Student office for Assistance with writing skills. Affairs; and m) International Student Programs. ATHLETIC CENTER CAREER SERVICES OFFICE The William P. Hytche Athletic Center The Office of Career Services assists includes an Olympic-size swimming pool, graduate and undergraduate students as well as NCAA regulation indoor track, state-of-the-art alumni with all aspects of career development. exercise and fitness center, racquetball courts, The staff provides individualized career dance studio, multi-sports arena, and academic counseling, which involves the beginning stages classrooms. of career development, career assessment, gathering of occupational information and the COMPUTING RESOURCES utilization of computerized career guidance programs. Emphasis is also placed on the There are over sixteen computer preparation of resumes, interviewing techniques departmental laboratories located in ten and other job search strategies. buildings on campus. Additionally there is the The office maintains a computerized job Waters Hall computing center which has five listing of current employment, employment computer laboratories, one of which is dedicated directories and lists of prospective employers for graduate student use. The Waters Hall and many other career related resources. facility is open evenings and weekends. Referrals and on-campus interview services are also available to students and alumni registered GRADUATE RESEARCH with the office. The office also supplies AND INSTRUCTION RESOURCES information about internships, summer jobs and also programming for graduate/scholarship THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY SERVICES preparation and assistance. The office provides information about The Frederick Douglass Library testing for the Graduate Record Examinations houses a multiplicity of print and non-print (GRE), the Law School Admission Test resources to support the mission and (LSAT), the Professional Assessments for academic programs of the University. The

43

collection includes 213,143 volumes, 601 SPECIAL RESEARCH RESOURCES current periodical subscriptions, 35,773 bound periodicals and over a half million The UMES campus is within a 2 ½ hour microfiche and microfilm collections. As a drive of one of the greatest concentrations of member of USMAI (University System of research facilities and intellectual talent in the nation in the Washington, D.C. – Baltimore- Maryland and Affiliated Institutions) Northern Virginia corridor. Libraries and consortium, the library is affiliated with the laboratories, serving virtually every academic University’s eleven campuses and thirteen discipline, are within easy commuting distance. libraries for the purpose of sharing library Opportunities abound for the exchange of ideas, resources. The integrated, comprehensive information, and scholarship. Many of the library system, ALEPH, makes it possible libraries and laboratories are open to qualified for patrons to have 24/7 access to USMAI UMES graduate students, others by special library collections and electronic resources. arrangement. These collections and resources include the The federal sector possibilities for library catalog and 124 research databases faculty and graduate student collaboration including many full text journals, books and include the USDA’s Beltsville (Maryland) Agricultural Research Center, the National newspapers. Institutes of Health (for biomedical and The library offers a library behavioral research), the National Institute of instruction program on three levels as well Standards and Technology, and the Naval as a one credit information literacy course Research Laboratory, among others. (LIBR100) to support the university’s The State’s concern with the curriculum and the research needs of the commercial and recreational use of the students, faculty and staff. They are the Chesapeake Bay, as well as its preservation, has following: been a focus of the University of Maryland 1. Library Orientation is the most basic Center for Environmental Studies (CES). Two of session that includes an introduction the CES research facilities are located on the to a multidisciplinary database such Chesapeake Bay, one of which is an hour away from UMES in Cambridge. UMES MEES as Academic Search Premier, the program students may use CES faculty on their online catalog, a tour of the library research committees, and access CES facilities and available library services. and equipment. In addition to the UMES farm, graduate students in agriculture have access to 2. Subject Orientation is topic related the research farms and facilities of the Research instruction, which consists of and Education Centers of the Maryland database demonstrations related to Agricultural Experiment Station/Cooperative the subject and an overview of Extension Service. The UMES Agricultural specialized reference resources. Research Program is a part of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station. 3. Professional level courses are The University System of Maryland jointly participates in the Chesapeake Research designed for faculty and/or graduate Consortium, Inc., a wide-scale environmental level research. Instruction can be research program, with Johns Hopkins given for any level at the request of University, Virginia Institute of Marine Science the faculty and or student. and the Smithsonian Institution. The consortium coordinates and integrates research on the A very competent staff is also Chesapeake Bay, and is compiling a vast amount available to assist with information needs. of scientific data to assist in the management View the library’s website and control of the area. Each participating www.umes.edu/fdl for additional institution draws on faculty expertise in a information on resources and services. diversity of disciplines. The consortium provides

44

research opportunities for UMES faculty and Department of Natural Sciences and graduate students. Interdepartmental The University of Maryland is among a -Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences select group of U.S. universities and colleges to -Toxicology have attained the U.S. Department of ***************************************** Commerce’s designation as a Sea Grant College. SCHOOL OF THE ARTS AND PROFESSIONS The Maryland Sea Grant college, housed at the College Park campus, is a statewide program in Department of Criminal Justice marine research, education and outreach, -Criminology & Criminal Justice focused primarily on the Chesapeake Bay. UMES is a member of the Maryland Department of Education Space Grant Consortium in partnership with the -Guidance and Counseling University of Maryland, Towson University, -Special Education Morgan State University, the Johns Hopkins -Master of Arts in Teaching -Education Leadership University, and the U.S. Naval Academy. Department of Social Sciences THE UMES OFFICE OF SPONSORED -Organizational Leadership RESEARCH AND PROGRAMS ******************************************* The UMES Office of Sponsored SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND TECHNOLOGY Research and Programs (OSRP) assists faculty involved in graduate research and instruction by Department of Mathematics and Computer Science helping them in the preparation and submission -Applied Computer Science of proposals, and in the administration of Department of Technology subsequent grant and contract awards from -Career and Technology Education federal, state and private sponsors. OSRP can be helpful to graduate faculty ******************************************* and/or graduate students in: a) identifying SCHOOL OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS potential funding sources, b) maintaining contacts with potential sponsors, c) assisting Department of Physical Therapy with proposal development and the processing -Physical Therapy of proposals to sponsors, d) coordinating sponsor-required compliance review functions Department of Rehabilitation Services -Rehabilitation Counseling (e.g., for animal welfare, human subjects, biological and chemical hazards), and e) DISCONTINUED PROGRAM monitoring grant and contract activities to ensure that project expenditures are within the The Agriculture and Extension regulations and policies of the University Education (AEED) program is restricted to System of Maryland, the State of Maryland, and current admitted students completing the degree the Federal Government. OSRP assists with the program. There are no changes in the degree review of financial support and other resources program requirements. The catalog description available for graduate students on specific may be found in the 2002-2004 Graduate sponsored projects of UMES faculty. Catalog (web version) and the 2001-2002 and previous years’ print version graduate catalogs. DEGREE PROGRAMS BY SCHOOL AND Agriculture and Extension Education has DEPARTMENT become a concentration in the Food and

SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURAL AND NATURAL Agricultural Sciences program. SCIENCES

Departments of Agriculture and Human Ecology -Food and Agricultural Sciences -Food Science and Technology

45

FOOD AND AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Ecology at UMES. A student may qualify for graduate study, however, even though his/her Objectives of Program undergraduate degree has been earned in a discipline other than agriculture or human The overall objective of the program is ecology. Supporting or prerequisite work may be to provide the State of Maryland, the Eastern required, depending upon the student's Shore region and the nation with persons background and area of interest. A minimum possessing the M.S. degree who have the cumulative grade point average of 3.0 (A=4.0) is knowledge and skills necessary to fill critical required for Regular Admission, but at the employment needs in scientific, technological discretion of the Admissions Committee, a and economic areas related to food and student with a lower grade point average may be agriculture. Specific objectives of the program admitted on a provisional basis. Graduate are: Record Examination (GRE) scores (general test only), three letters of recommendation and a  To provide students with completed application form are required of all competencies in research and applicants. Foreign students must take the Test scientific knowledge needed for of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and gainful employment in the Food and score a minimum of 213 (computer test). Agricultural Sciences; The program offers a thesis or non-  To provide in the land-grant thesis option for completion of degree tradition, a quality education with requirements. The thesis option is designed for research training at the Master's students who wish to conduct a research project level within a framework of holistic and is required of all students holding graduate and interdisciplinary agricultural research assistantships. Students are required to science technology; complete a minimum of 24 hours of course work and 6 hours of thesis credits for a total of 30  To recruit minorities and women to hours. The non-thesis option is designed for pursue careers in agricultural students who do not wish to complete a thesis professions where they have research project. Students who choose this traditionally and historically been option must complete a minimum of 36 hours of under- represented; course work which includes a "creative component" (e.g., scholarly paper).  To assist students in developing their skills in problem solving, Each student is assigned an advisor/ analytical thinking, communication major professor according to his/her area of and leadership. concentration. Major professors may be either regular or associate members of the UMES Description of Program Graduate Faculty. The student, in consultation with the major professor, selects his/her The Departments of Agriculture and Graduate Committee no later than the end of the Human Ecology offer a graduate program second semester following enrollment. Each leading to the degree of Master of Science student's program of study is planned in (M.S.) in Food and Agricultural Sciences conjunction with the major professor and (FASC). Concentrations include: Agricultural Graduate Committee. For additional information Economics, Agriculture and Extension on completion of degree requirements, students Education, Animal and Poultry Science, Food should consult the booklet, Guidelines for the and Nutrition, Natural Resources Science and Graduate degree programs in Food and Plant and Soil Science. In typical situations, the Agricultural Sciences and Food Science and prerequisite to graduate work is the completion Technology. All students, regardless of the area of a curriculum substantially equivalent to that of concentration or program option chosen, must required of undergraduate students enrolled in maintain an overall 3.0 grade point average, the Departments of Agriculture and Human complete degree requirements within 5 years of

46 initial enrollment and pass a final oral Education Service (CSREES)/USDA and examination. extramural grants support research activities by faculty and graduate students. Faculty in the Structure of Program Departments of Agriculture and Human Ecology maintain close working relations with faculty at Core courses include the following: the University of Maryland College Park and other 1862 land-grant institutions, the Research Methodology 3 credits Cooperative Extension Service and the Statistics 3 credits Agricultural Experiment Station. A number of Seminar Three, 1-credit courses UMES faculty have access to and utilize facilities of the various units that comprise the Areas of concentration include: Agricultural Experiment Station. Scientists with agricultural expertise from other University Agricultural Economics System of Maryland campuses, the USDA and Agriculture and Extension Education the Co-op Fish and Wildlife Service may serve Animal and Poultry Science on graduate committees for students enrolled in Food and Nutrition the program. Faculty, staff and students also Natural Resources Science collaborate with scientists from USDA, as well Plant and Soil Science as from universities outside the University System of Maryland. Thesis Option Facilities and Equipment Minimum of 30 credit hours: Faculty in the Departments of Core courses 9 Agriculture and Human Ecology maintain office Concentration courses 12 space in Trigg Hall, the Crop and Soil Science Electives 3 Research Building, the Poultry Science Research Thesis 6 Building, the Richard A. Henson Center, and the new Food Science and Technology Building. Non-Thesis Option Biotechnology and radio-immunoassay Minimum of 36 credit hours: laboratories and nutrition laboratories are fully equipped with instrumentation for both basic Core courses 9 and applied research. Laboratories in the Crop Concentration courses 18 and Soil Science Building accommodate Electives 6 research efforts in agronomy, plant genetics and Creative Component 3 breeding, soil science, host-insect interactions, plant pathology and plant-environment Application Deadlines interactions.

Application deadlines are: The UMES teaching and research farm Fall Semester - April 15 possesses over 200 tillable acres for crop use. Spring Semester - October 30 State-of-the-art animal facilities include a totally Summer Sessions - April 15 confined 60-sow farrow-to-finish swine unit (which is the only swine research facility Research Activities operated within the University System of Maryland), a beef cattle farm, a 10,000 and Faculty in the Departments of 100,000 bird commercial broiler house, a Agriculture and Human Ecology conduct basic closed-loop re-circulating aquaculture system and applied research in each of the concentration and a 2.5 acre greenhouse facility. areas. Annual appropriations by the Two computer laboratories (Trigg Hall Cooperative State Research Extension and and Richard A. Henson Center) are equipped

47

with Gateway or Gateway compatible farm products, alternative marketing channels, computers, laser jet printers, a color printer, services and costs involved in marketing. color scanner, an auto-cad system, and various software for word processing, desktop AGEC 453 Agricultural Finance (3) publishing, graphics, spreadsheets, econometrics Agricultural finance in farm firms and and other statistical work. These laboratories and financial institutions is studied, emphasizing the new Food Science and Technology building financial reports and analysis, liquidity and risk. are connected to the UMES mainframe with Also studied are the use of credit and other capabilities for networking throughout the financial alternatives to acquire control of farm campus, state, region and nation. resources, credit sources and acquisition of capital, and decision-making. Description of Courses AGEC 463 Agricultural Policy (3) (NOTE: Credit Hours are given in This course explains current policy parentheses) issues, policy instruments and choices in U.S. agriculture. It also describes the economic Core Courses characteristics and problems of agriculture, evolution and significance of agricultural AGSC 600, 601, 602 Agricultural Sciences policies, the international dimension and Seminar (1) domestic policies that affect agriculture. Students report on and discuss recent literature and current investigations relative to AGEC 613 Quantitative Methods in food and agricultural sciences and preparation of Agricultural Economics (3) reports on selected topics. Repeatable credit. The course addresses formulation, Minimum of three (3) credit hours required. estimation, and testing of economic models, interaction between economic problems and AGSC 605 Statistics in Agricultural specification of econometric models. Research (3) Emphasis is placed on techniques and AGEC 623 Advanced Agricultural application of statistical and experimental Marketing (3) design, data acquisition, analysis, interpretation Emphasis in this course is placed on and presentation as it applies to the agricultural marketing theory, market structure conduct and sciences. performance, economics of control, interregional trade theory, governmental regulation and AGSC 691 Research Methodology in the policy, and bargaining in agricultural markets. Agricultural Sciences (3) Students will learn the basic principles AGEC 633 Advanced Agricultural Price of research methodology. Emphasis will be Analysis (3) placed on techniques used in identifying Topics in this course include demand problems, forming hypotheses, constructing and and price structures, price discovery, time series using data-gathering instruments, designing and agricultural price research methods, research studies, and employing statistical techniques for evaluating marketing behavior, procedures to analyze data. market legislation and market development.

AGSC 799 Master's Thesis Research AGEC 653 Advanced Agricultural (1-6) Finance (3) Financial structure of agriculture, firm Agricultural Economics Courses financial planning and management, financial intermediation in agriculture and agricultural AGEC 423 Marketing Agricultural finance in developing countries are the topics Products (3) that are discussed in this course. Discussions in this course emphasize characteristics of the demand for and supply of

48

AGEC 663 Agricultural Policy and Rural Agriculture and Extension Education Resource Development Courses (3) This course focuses on current issues in AEED 423 Extension Education (3) agricultural policy and rural resource The course focuses on the agricultural development, application of welfare criteria and extension service as an educational agency. economic analysis to agriculture, food and rural Students will learn the history, philosophy, development problems and policies. objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used in extension work. AGEC 680 Individual Studies in Agricultural Economics (1-3) AEED 426 Development and The student is required to produce a Management of Extension scholarly paper, which provides a critique of a Youth Program (3) selected topic in agribusiness related areas. This This course is designed for present and can be used to satisfy the "creative component" prospective state leaders of extension youth requirement for students pursuing the non-thesis programs. It emphasizes program development, option. principles of program management, leadership development and counseling, science, career AGEC 713 Economics of Agricultural selection and citizenship in youth programs, Production (3) field experience in working with low income Students learn about the use and families' youth, and urban work. application of production economics in the agricultural industry through graphical and AEED 497 Conservation of Natural mathematical approaches. Resources (3) Students learn about the state's natural AGEC 773 Seminar/Group Study in resources: soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests Research Methods (3) and minerals. Natural resources problems and Students will be required to develop and practices are covered. This course involves present a thesis prospectus for this course, to extensive field study. Methods of teaching include principles and application of the conservation are included. scientific method in developing a research proposal, data collection management and AEED 600 Seminar I (1) analysis, and thesis writing. This course focuses on reports and discussion of recent literature and current AGEC 813 Advanced Microeconomic investigations relative to the agricultural Theory (3) sciences. This is an advanced treatment of the theory of prices and markets. Discussions focus AEED 625 Administration and on analysis of the theory of the household and Supervision of Agriculture the firm, concepts of general equilibrium and Programs (3) welfare economics, and principles of efficient Students learn about management and equitable allocation of resources. principles and practices of planning, organizing, directing, staffing and evaluating as applied to AGEC 814 Advanced Macroeconomic administration and supervision of programs in Theory (3) agriculture. This is an advanced treatment of an economy's overall performance, including AEED 626 Program Development in fluctuations in economic activity, causes of Agriculture and Extension inflation and unemployment, impact of fiscal Education (3) and monetary policies on the economy's Students learn about concepts in aggregate output. program planning and development and the framework for analysis of programs and their

49

implementation in the education and extension AEED 798 Seminar in Research (1-8) services. Students learn about problems in the organization, administration and supervision of AEED 627 Program Evaluation in Adult the several agencies of extension and/or and Continuing Education agricultural education. This course is repeatable (3) to a maximum of eight credit hours. This course is designed for those who provide adult instruction in community colleges, AEED 799 Master's Thesis Research university outreach programs, businesses and (1-6) industries. This course will help learners to become more effective in evaluating educational Animal and Poultry Science Courses programs, and will build upon current levels of instructional or administrative expertise in the ANPT 424/624 Animal and Avian Health and adult education field. Diseases (4) The study of parasitic, viral, bacterial AEED 630 Teaching – Learning in Adult and protozoal diseases of mammalian and avian and Continuing Education species will be covered. Methods of disease (3) prevention, control and eradication will also be This course deals with theory, principles discussed. and procedures of teaching and learning in adult and continuing education. ANPT 611 Poultry Diseases and Hygiene (4) AEED 663 Development Leadership Students will study the parasitic, viral, (3) bacterial and protozoan diseases of domestic This course focuses on principles and poultry. Methods of disease prevention, control practices of leadership development. The and eradication will also be discussed. organization, implementation, and evaluation of individual and group leadership development in ANPT 614 Advanced Animal Avian agriculture are covered. Physiology (4) This course covers an in depth AEED 691 Research Methodology in the presentation of major organ systems and their Agricultural Sciences (3) interaction in the maintenance of homeokinesis. This course focuses on principles, applications and techniques used in identifying problems, forming hypotheses, developing and ANPT 621 Applied Poultry Nutrition using data gathering instruments, designing (3) research studies, employing statistical Students will learn how to apply the procedures to analyze data, and organizing basic principles of nutrition to the avian species. materials for thesis writing. Nutritional requirements of poultry, deficiency diseases, lease cost formulations and effects of AEED 699 Special Problems (1-3) environment on avian nutrition will also be Emphasis on a specific topic within the discussed. student's area of interest is the focus of this course. Choice of topic, hours and credit must be ANPT 622 Analytical Laboratory made in consultation with the instructor prior to Methods (2) registration. A written report and an oral The application of analytical laboratory presentation of the topic studied will be techniques used in biomedical research will be required. explored.

AEED 789 Special Topics (1-3) ANPT 634 Advanced Animal and Avian The course may be repeated to a Diseases (4) maximum of nine credits provided content is Students will study the nutritional and different each offering. metabolic diseases and the isolation and

50

cultivation of macro-and microscopic parasites inclusive of gross and microscopic pathology. NUTD 646 Clinical Nutrition (3) Metabolism in disease and the ANPT 642 Advanced Non-Ruminant adaptation of diet in the treatment or prevention Nutrition (3) of disease are studied. The application of basic principles of nutrition to commercial non-ruminant animals NUTD 650 Intermediary Metabolism will be discussed. Factors affecting nutritional (3) requirements, effects of environment on The course covers the major routes of nutrition and least cost formulations will also be carbohydrates, lipids and protein metabolism covered. with particular emphasis on metabolic shifts and their detection and significance. ANPT 680 Individual Studies in Animal and Poultry Science (1-3) NUTD 654 Nutritional Biochemistry The student is required to produce a (4) scholarly paper, which provides a critique of a The course reviews recent developments selected topic in Animal and Poultry Science. in nutritional sciences designed to acquaint This can be used to satisfy the "creative students with laboratory procedures in component" requirement for student pursuing nutritional biochemistry and physiology, the non-thesis option. including the identification and measurements of nutrients and their metabolites in foods, tissue Food and Nutrition Courses and body fluids and human and animal experiments in nutrition. Special emphasis is NUTD 600 Pre-professional AP-4 placed on the relationship between biochemistry Practice Program in Dietetics and nutrition. (1-5) This is an in-service course restricted to NUTD 656 Nutrition Laboratory (1-3) dietitians. Digestibility studies are conducted with ruminant and monogastric animals. The NUTD 640 Nutrition & Human proximate analysis of various food products and Development (3) feeding trials are used to demonstrate classical The course covers the role of nutrients nutritional deficiencies in laboratory animals. in physiological systems and biochemical processes as related to the perspective of human NUTD 660 Protein and Amino Acids in growth and development across the lifespan. Nutrition (3) This is an advanced study of the roles of NUTD 642 Nutritional Counseling amino acids in nutrition and metabolism. Protein (3) digestion, absorption, anabolism, catabolism and Assessment, planning, implementation amino acid balance are examined. and evaluation of nutritional counseling and educational techniques are examined. NUTD 664 Vitamin and Mineral Metabolism (3) NUTD 644 Special Problems in Nutrition This is an advanced study of the (3) fundamental role of vitamins in nutrition, This is an assessment of nutritional including chemical properties, absorption, status and needs of various groups such as the metabolism, excretion and deficiency aged, infants and children and adolescents. syndromes. Basic nutritional data on minerals Emphasis is placed on development and are presented. management of nutrition programs to meet specific needs through the actions of community NUTD 670 Advanced Food Safety (3) agencies. The course emphasizes current trends in a number of areas: food safety and emerging food borne pathogens, regulating food safety,

51

traditional and rapid microbiological methods, emphasis on North American families. Cross- relationship of environmental factors to listed with NRES 473. Prerequisites: BIOL occurrence, growth and survival of 111, BIOL 113, BIOL 112, BIOL 114 or microorganisms in foods, mechanisms of consent of instructor. control, HACCP, risk assessment, sanitation and food safety education. Special emphasis is AGRN 483 Principles of Geographic placed on actual food borne outbreaks. Information Systems (3) Prerequisite: BIOL 301 or AMIC 324 or This course is designed to provide permission of the instructor. students with an overview of the applicability and use of Geographic Information Systems NUTD 680 Individual Studies in Food & (GIS); students will become competent with Nutrition (1) ArcView ©, a GIS software package from The student is required to produce a Environmental Systems Research Institute scholarly paper which provides a critique of a (ESRI), Inc. Students will also learn the basics selected topic in Food and Nutrition. This can be of data management, data accuracy, spatial used to satisfy the "creative component" analysis, and data presentation. requirement for students pursuing the non-thesis option. ANPT 403/NRES 403 Advanced Aquaculture (3) Natural Resources Science Courses The course covers the fundamentals of commercial fish and other marine animal NRES 683 Principles of Watershed production, including principles of pond and Management (3) tank production, management, nutrition and This is a course designed to acquaint disease. students about how watersheds work, how they are managed, and how their management affects BIOL 431 Mammology (4) the ecology of the Chesapeake Bay, Coastal This course is a detailed investigation of Bays and the Atlantic Ocean. Prerequisites: mammal biology, with emphasis on special CHEM 111, CHEM 113, BIOL 111, BIOL physiological and ecological adaptations, 113, SOIL 203, AGRN 423; or consent of ecological specializations and biogeography of instructor. mammals.

NRES 404/BIOL 404 Conservation Biology ENVS 684 Natural Resource (3) Management (3) This course is a multi-disciplinary Discussions revolve around the approach to conservation of natural resources. availability, use, abuse, depletion and pollution Course topics examine basic genetic and of various natural resources humans need for ecological principles, importance of survival. The cost-benefit analyses and systems biodiversity, concept of island biogeography as management concepts for natural resource it applies to the course topic, endangered species conservation enabling us to save the “earth” for conservation, and the value of protected areas. future generations will be addressed. Strong emphasis will be placed on sociological, Prerequisites: B.S. in Biology, Chemistry, economic, and political components of Environmental Science, Agricultural Sciences conservation. Students will prepare three written or consent of the instructor. reports on current conservation issues. Prerequisites: BIOL 111, BIOL 113, BIOL BIOL 688F Fish Physiology (1-4) 112, BIOL 114, BIOL 402 or consent of This is an overview of fish physiology, instructor. which fishery biologists and others can supplement with readings in current texts, NRES 473/673 Ornithology (3) reviews and research articles. Applicable points This course covers general biology, of general and comparative physiology are taxonomy, and natural history of birds, with an included. Summaries of important anatomic considerations are included where relevant, but

52

the course is primarily for those who have already completed courses in general AGRN 623 Advanced Soil physiology, chemistry, biochemistry and fish Chemistry (3) anatomy. It is an IVN offered course. This course provides an in-depth knowledge of clay-mineral properties and use of CHEM 670 Advanced Biochemistry x-ray diffraction and electron micrographic (3) analysis in their identification. The impact of The course covers the classification, clay-colloid chemistry in every day life and chemistry and metabolism of protein, amino special topics in soil chemistry related to clays acids, carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisite: and clay minerals are also explored. One semester of Biochemistry.

NRES 799 Master’s Thesis Research (1-6) AGRN 633 Soil Water Pollution (3) This course is designed to provide Plant and Soil Science Courses students with knowledge of the reaction and fate of pesticides, agricultural fertilizers, industrial AGRI 615 Advances in Plant Genetics and animal wastes in soil and water. Their and Breeding (3) relationship to the environment is heavily Discussion of special topics in genetics emphasized. and breeding for resistance to pest and other stress factors are covered. PLSC 474/674 Plant Pathology (4) The course will examine causes of AGRI 625 Plant, Soil-Water diseases in agronomic and horticultural crops to Relationships (3) include symptom and sign recognition, isolation, This course involves a study of soil enumeration and management of diseases in the biology, ecology, root morphology and anatomy landscape and field crops. Lab exercises will affecting mineral nutrition and plant-water include preparation of a journal-type manuscript relations. based on an individual research project. Cross- listed with PLSC 474. AGRI 638 Advanced Horticultural Crop Production (3) PLSC 603 Ecology of Plant-Microbial Physical, chemical and biological Systems (3) factors affecting horticultural crops will be The course provides an in-depth study covered. Emphasis will be placed on post- of the degradation of pollutants in plant- harvest physiology. microbial systems and the role of plant- microbial interaction on the attenuation of AGRI 684 Recombinant DNA environmental contaminants. Plant and Technology (3) microbial-mediated mechanisms of pollutant This is a laboratory course to introduce transformation will be covered. The role the the basic principles of gene cloning, give rhizosphere as a unique environment for the essential background on working with E. coli, detoxification of aggressive compounds will be utilize different cloning systems and employ emphasized. methods utilized for DNA sequencing. PLSC 606 Crop Physiology and AGRN 423/653 Soil Fertility (3) Ecology (3) This course provides an in-depth This course involves in depth discussion knowledge of relationships of soil mineralogy, of ecological factors affecting crop growth, texture, organic matter and pH to soil fertility. development and productivity. The use of organic and commercial fertilizers in crop production, and their effects on the PLSC 680 Individual Studies in Plant environment are emphasized and explored. and Soil Science (1-3) The student is required to produce a scholarly paper, which provides a critique of a

53 selected topic in Plant and Soil Science. This can be used to satisfy the "creative component" Admission Requirements requirement for students pursuing the non-thesis option. Regular Admission may be granted to applicants with a baccalaureate and a Master’s *************************************** degree (thesis option) in either food science or For information on this program, please related disciplines (nutrition, microbiology, contact: chemistry, biology, animal and poultry science, environmental science, plant and soil science, Graduate Coordinator - Food and Agricultural veterinary medicine, etc.). GRE scores (General Sciences Program Test) may also be considered. Trigg Hall, Room 1107 Applicants may be considered for University of Maryland Eastern Shore admission into the Ph.D. program with a Princess Anne, Maryland 21853 minimum of 30 credit hours beyond the B.S. Email: [email protected] degree, or only the B.S. degree, and may be admitted 1) on a provisional basis with final FOOD SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY acceptance to the Ph.D. program contingent upon successful completion of a probationary Program Objective period, usually the second semester after matriculation, and on the recommendation of the The Food Science and Technology student’s Graduate Committee; or 2) admitted to (FDST) Program is an interdepartmental Regular Status based on a high GPA (3.5/4.0), academic program between the Department of strong background in the food sciences and Agriculture and the Department of Human potential demonstrated in GRE scores (General Ecology within the School of Agricultural and Test), and strong support of recommenders that Natural Sciences. The mission of the FDST the applicant has the ability to complete the Doctoral program is to prepare students for doctoral degree. successful careers and life-long learning Provisional Admission may be granted experiences within the food industry, academia to applicants with the baccalaureate and the and government. Specially, the program aims: Master’s degree, or the baccalaureate degree, who need prerequisite coursework or are 1. To meet the need for highly trained food pending award of the Master’s degree (See scientists, including food safety professionals, Graduate School subsection on Provisional by providing a multi-disciplinary education and Admission status). International students must intensive research experiences in food science take the Test of English as a Foreign Language and technology; (TOEFL) and score a minimum of 213 2. To provide in the Land Grant tradition a (computer test). International applicants must national and international Center of Excellence also submit documentation that they will be in Food Science and Technology that will be financially able to support their studies. used for teaching, research and outreach to Additionally, to be admitted to the include the education and training of personnel FDST program, each applicant must submit a who are or will be involved in the food related brief description of his or her intended sectors of agriculture; dissertation research proposal with the 3. To create new opportunities and training for completed application package. If admitted, the UMES students to develop their skills and student in consultation with his or her academic competencies in problem solving, critical and adviser and Graduate (dissertation advisory) analytical thinking and communications, with an Committee, will decide on the research proposal. emphasis on food safety and food quality The FDST Executive Committee will systems. subsequently review the dissertation proposal to determine the appropriateness of the intended research for the FDST program.

54

Application Deadlines hours of electives. Twelve credits of course Fall Semester - April 15 work must be at the 600 level or above. Formal Spring Semester – October 30 application for advancement to candidacy in the Summer Sessions – April 15 doctoral program requires successful completion of both the comprehensive examination and an Program Retention and Graduate Committee oral defense of the dissertation proposal. The Role Graduate Committee administers the comprehensive examination, defense of the The program requires completion of a dissertation proposal, oversees the student’s dissertation as partial fulfillment for the doctoral dissertation research, and administers the degree. Each student is initially assigned a major dissertation seminar and final dissertation advisor who is responsible for advising the defense (see the Graduate School’s Established student on all aspects of the student’s progress Procedures for Conduct of the Doctoral throughout the program. Dissertation Defense in this catalog). The major advisor must be a Regular Full-time students must be advanced to member of the University of Maryland Eastern candidacy, i.e., taken and passed the Shore Graduate Faculty. comprehensive examination and dissertation The student must have a major professor proposal defense no later than four years after (Regular Graduate Faculty Status) and select a matriculation. Part-time students follow the Graduate Committee no later than the end of the Graduate School’s time limits for doctoral second semester of enrollment. Before the end degrees (5 years to Advancement to Candidacy, of the second semester of enrollment, each 4 years to final dissertation submission). student’s program of study is planned in consort Students should consult for further with the major professor (advisor) and the information, specifics and forms the booklet Graduate committee, including any transfer Guidelines for the Graduate Degree Programs in credits to be applied to the degree program. The Food and Agricultural Sciences and Food Graduate committee must have five members, Science & Technology; the Graduate School three of whom must hold UMES Regular or booklet on Guidelines for Graduate Student Associate Graduate Faculty status membership, Academic Advisement, and the sections in the and a majority of the Committee must be UMES catalog on the Graduate School Requirements full-time faculty in academic departments. The Applicable to the Ph.D. Degree, the Established major professor chairs the committee. Annual Procedures for Conduct of the Doctoral student progress reviews will be conducted by Dissertation Defense, Minimum Registration the committee to ensure satisfactory progress of Requirements, Minimum Registration students toward degree completion. All students Requirements for Doctoral Candidates and must maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA, pass a Dissertation Research. written comprehensive examination and complete degree requirements, including Credit Requirements and Distribution dissertation within seven years of initial enrollment if full-time, otherwise nine years if Core Requirements: (9) part-time. • FDST 700 Seminar in Food Science and Technology (3) Exit Degree Requirements • AGSC 605 Statistics in Agricultural Research (3) The Ph.D. requires a minimum of 36 • AGSC 691 Research Methodology in the credits beyond the M.S. level (or 66 credits Agricultural Sciences (3) minimum beyond the baccalaureate degree), with at least 24 credits of course work and 12 Dissertation: (12) credits of dissertation research; those with only a • FDST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Bachelor’s degree will need additional Research (1-12) coursework to meet the 66 credits minimum. Of the minimum 24 credits of course work, there Electives: (Select 15 credits from the list are 9 credit hours of core courses and 15 credit below)

55

• AGRI 684 Recombinant DNA Technology Presentations, both verbal and written, are (3) prepared and given by students following an • ANPT 622 Analytical Laboratory Methods extensive review of the technical literature. (2) Seminar topics to be presented include the • ANPT 611 Poultry Diseases and Hygiene specific research area of the student as well as (4) more general topics in the food science field. A • ANPT 614 Advanced Animal and Avian minimum of three (3) credit hours is required of Physiology (4) all students in the program. • ANPT 624 Animal & Avian Health and Diseases (4) AGSC 605 Statistics in Agricultural • ANPT 634 Advanced Animal and Avian Research (3) Diseases (4) Emphasis is placed on techniques and • BIOL 601 Environmental Microbiology application of statistical and experimental (4) design, data acquisition, analysis, interpretation • CHEM 670 Advanced Biochemistry (3) and presentation as applied to the Agricultural • CHEM 621 Advanced Environmental Sciences. Chemistry (4) • CSDP 604 Computer Methods in Statistics AGSC 691 Research Methodology in (3) the Agricultural Sciences (3) • CSDP 658 Computer Applications in Students will learn the basic principles Agriculture (3) of research methodology. Emphasis will be • FDST 493 Food Chemistry (3) placed on techniques used in identifying • FDST 680 Food Policy Regulations(3) problems, forming hypotheses, constructing and • FDST 692 Advanced Food Microbiology using data-gathering instruments, designing (3) research studies, and employing statistical • FDST 693 Food Microbiology Lab (2) procedures to analyze data. • FDST 801 Food Quality Assurance (3) • FDST 802 Advanced Food Toxicology AGRI 684 Recombinant DNA (3) Technology (3) • FDST 805 Food Processing (3) This is a laboratory course to introduce • NUDT 654 Nutritional Biochemistry the basic principles of gene cloning, give (4) essential background on working with E.coli, • NUDT 670 Advanced Food Safety (3) utilize different cloning systems and employ methods utilized for DNA sequencing. Students not having a prior statistics course will be required to complete a ANPT 424/624 Animal and Avian Health prerequisite statistics course. and Diseases (4) The study of parasitic, viral, bacterial Students who have previously and protozoal disease of mammalian and avian completed some core requirement courses will species will be covered. Methods of disease take different courses, or if eligible to transfer a prevention, control and eradication will also be research methods or statistics course will be discussed. advised and assisted by the major advisor in identifying an alternate course. ANPT 611 Poultry Diseases and Hygiene (4) Course Descriptions (credit hours are in Students will study the parasitic, viral, parentheses) bacterial and protozoan diseases of domestic poultry. Methods of disease prevention, control FDST 700 Seminar in Food Science and and eradication will also be discussed. Technology (1) This course is designed to build communications skills for graduate students.

56

ANPT 614 Advanced Animal and Avian academic areas and to the computer realization Physiology (4) of these methods. The course begins with a brief This course covers an in depth intensive review of basic statistical principles. presentation of major organ systems and their Prerequisites: One Semester of calculus. interaction in the maintenance of homeokinesis. CSDP 658 Computer Applications in ANPT 622 Analytical Laboratory Agriculture (3) Methods (2) Current topics include expert systems The application of analytical laboratory for small farm applications, farm-record techniques used in biomedical research will be management, and special planning tools for explored. agriculture.

ANPT 634 Advanced Animal and Avian NUTD 654 Nutritional Biochemistry Diseases (4) (4) Students will study the nutritional and The course reviews recent developments metabolic diseases and the isolation and in nutritional sciences, designed to acquaint cultivation of macro-and microscopic parasites students with laboratory procedures in inclusive of gross and microscopic pathology. nutritional biochemistry and physiology, including the identification and measurements of BIOL 601 Environmental Microbiology nutrients and their metabolites in foods, tissue (4) and body fluids and human and animal Topics include microbial ecology of experiments in nutrition. Special emphasis is plants and animals, aquatic microbial ecology placed on the relationship between biochemistry (including medical implications), soil microbial and nutrition. ecology, biodegradation, microbial insecticides, gastrointestinal microbiology, microbiology of NUTD 670 Advanced Food Safety (3) foods and environmental problems management. The course emphasizes current trends in Each student will be required to complete an number of areas: food safety and emerging food independent research project. Prerequisite: borne pathogens, regulating food safety, General Microbiology traditional and rapid microbiological methods, relationship of environmental factors to CHEM 670 Advanced Biochemistry occurrence, growth and survival of (3) microorganisms in foods, mechanisms of The course covers the classification, control, HACCP, risk assessment, sanitation and chemistry and metabolism of protein, amino food safety education. Special emphasis is acids, carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisite: placed on actual food borne outbreaks. One semester of Biochemistry. Prerequisite: BIOL 301 or AMIC 324 or CHEM 621 Advanced Environmental permission of the instructor. Chemistry (4) The origin, transport and effects of FDST 493 Food Chemistry (3) atmospheric and aquatic pollutants are studied, This course presents the chemistry of with emphasis on energy-related pollutants food components including water, which include coal, oil and synfuels. carbohydrates, liquids, proteins, vitamins, and Prerequisites: One year of General minerals, as well as additives including Chemistry, one semester of Organic preservatives, colorants, flavors, antioxidants Chemistry and one semester of Analytical and sweeteners. Functionality and interaction of Chemistry or permission of the instructor. components and their importance to quality and wholesomeness of foods will be discussed. CSDP 604 Computer Methods in Prerequisites: CHEM 212 or permission of Statistics (3) instructor. This course is an introduction to the principles and applications of probability and statistics needed in graduate studies in various

57

FDST 680 Food Policy Regulations (3) intoxications, food additives, toxic substances The course focuses on food and occurring in food, either naturally or formed nutrition policy development, guidelines that during processing, and the toxic effects of these govern compliance and enforcement rules in substances on the biological systems. Safety of inspection, labeling, import and export and genetically engineered foods, risk assessment federal and state food regulations. Emphasis is and food safety policy will be discussed as given to HACCP and food safety education. general topics. Prerequisite: permission of instructor FDST 692 Advanced Food Microbiology (3) FDST 805 Food Processing (3) This course is designed to provide the This course integrates principles of food microbiologist and/or food scientist with chemistry, food microbiology, food engineering, extended education and training in food nutrition, statistics and sensory evaluation microbiology. Emphasis on spoilage and through discussion of food processing pathogenic microorganisms in food includes operations, such as processing of fruit and detection, identification, characterization, and vegetables, dairy, seafood, fats and oils, control methods utilized. Ecology and survival beverages, and chocolate manufacture. Food strategies of pathogens in foods and virulence sanitation as well as food packaging will be mechanisms of food borne pathogens are being discussed as general topics. Prerequisites: discussed. Prerequisites: BIOL 301 or AMIC Permission of instructor. 324 FDST 899 Doctoral Dissertation FDST 693 Food Microbiology Research (1-12) Laboratory (2) Repeatable credit. The course is designed to introduce ************************************ techniques for detecting and enumerating For further information on the FDST microorganisms in foods. Conventional and program, please contact: rapid microbiological methods, immunoassays and molecular techniques will be applied to Jurgen Schwarz, Ph.D. determine the microorganisms and their end Program Director – FDST Program products in foods. Center for Food Science and Technology University of Maryland Eastern Shore FDST 801 Food Quality Assurance Princess Anne, MD 21853 (3) Email: [email protected] This course provides understanding of food quality control/assurance programs and MARINE-ESTUARINE- compliance with government regulation. Topics ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES (MEES) presented include International Standards for Quality Management Systems, ISO 9000, Good INTRODUCTION Manufacturing Practices (GMP), Total Quality Management (TQM) and Hazard Analysis The University of Maryland Eastern Critical Control Point (HACCP). The class also Shore (UMES) offers graduate programs leading covers factors affecting the quality of food to the degrees of Master of Science (M.S.) and products, such as appearance, flavor, texture, Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in the Marine- nutritional value, safety and wholesomeness as Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (MEES). The well as principles of statistical quality control. mission of the MEES Program is to train Prerequisite: FDST 493 graduate students in the overall environmental sciences. There is a clear need for scientists with FDST 802 Advanced Food Toxicology training in this area, given the multitude of (3) environmental problems faced by society today. This course emphasizes biological and The interests of students in the program are chemical aspects of toxicology, microbial diverse, but generally center on some aspect of aspects of food borne infections and the interaction between biological and physical

58

or chemical systems. The analysis of this interaction may be anything from a study of OVERALL DEGREE PROGRAM molecular mechanisms to an assessment of the economics of an environmental impact. To Admission ensure that all students in the program have some understanding of the breadth of Applicants will be considered for information in the field of environmental admission and advising on participating sciences, each student is required to have course campuses by faculty associated with an work in a variety of areas. appropriate Area of Specialization (AOS) based The interests of faculty and students on the applicant's requests. Applicants are free to within the MEES Program have led to six apply to more than one AOS, if so desired. formally defined Areas of Specialization Prospective students may apply through either (AOSs), from which a student may choose. The the University of Maryland Baltimore County AOSs are: Ecology, Environmental Chemistry, Graduate School, the University of Maryland Environmental Molecular Biology and Graduate School at College Park, or the Biotechnology, Environmental Science, Graduate School at UMES. In general, a student Fisheries Science, and Oceanography. Each who has identified a specific member of the student will choose an AOS when applying, and faculty with whom to work should apply to the both admission and program requirements will campus where that faculty member is affiliated. depend on the AOS and the student's A student may also apply to a particular campus background and interests. due to geographic considerations. See the UMES The strongest concentrations at UMES contacts for inquiries and application at the end are in the areas of Ecology, Environmental of this section. Chemistry, Environmental Science and Fisheries Applicants to the MEES Program will Science, with Environmental Molecular Biology be considered at both the M.S. and Ph.D. levels. and Biotechnology under development and In the event an applicant to the Ph.D. program strengthening. has only a B.A. or B.S. degree, admission may initially be to the M.S. program with the final GENERAL INFORMATION AND acceptance to the Ph.D. program contingent on PROGRAM OVERVIEW successful completion of a probationary period (usually one year) and on the recommendation The MEES Program is a University of the student's Research Advisory Committee. System of Maryland (USM) interdisciplinary An Admissions Committee from each graduate degree program. Courses taken by Area of Specialization has been established to MEES students are taught on participating USM evaluate the applications of prospective students campuses and USM research laboratories. A based on the following criteria: course taught at a USM campus is available to enrolled graduate students through the 1. The applicant's research interests must be intercampus enrollment process. clearly stated and relevant to one or more of the Applicants as well as matriculated MEES Areas of Specialization. students to the program should consult the 2. The academic preparation of the applicant MEES program website for additional must be consonant with stated interests and AOS information and details on the program which requirements. are not covered in the MEES program section of this catalog, and for any updates to the program 3. The undergraduate GPA must be at least 3.0, after the time of the catalog printing. The MEES although some students with a GPA below 3.0 program comprehensive website is may be provisionally accepted based on related www.mees.umd.edu. research or work experience.

4. Applicants must submit the following required documents as part of their application for graduate study in the MEES Program:

59

a. Graduate Record Examination Scores For international applicants the application (Only the General Test is required, deadlines are: although one of the Advanced Tests is strongly recommended. See the AOS Fall Semester - December 1 to February 1 prerequisites). Spring Semester - June 1

b. Transcripts of all college-level work. Advisors and Research Advisory Committees

c. A brief essay clearly defining areas of Upon admission to the MEES Program, research interest and research objectives students are assigned to an Academic Advisor. preferably including the AOS(s) of This person will be responsible for advising on interest. The essay should be carefully all aspects of the student's progress through the prepared, not in outline form, and will program. Any request for a change of advisor assist with identification of an academic must be submitted to and be approved by the advisor should the applicant be judged AOS committee and the MEES Program admissible. Director (Central Office). In certain situations, a student may want d. Three letters of recommendation from a second Academic Advisor. This might happen persons familiar with the academic work if, for instance, the professor most familiar with of the applicant. the student's work will have only an Associate Graduate Faculty status. In this case, it is The initial screening of an applicant's possible to set up a Co-Advisor team of two credentials is done by the Admissions professors who jointly serve in the role of Committee of the appropriate AOS(s). Each Advisor (the other having Regular Graduate AOS has course prerequisites (described in Faculty status). subsequent subsections). Students missing Due to the expected divergent interests several of these prerequisite courses may be and goals of students in the MEES Program, as offered provisional acceptance. Students missing well as the dispersion of campuses and four or more prerequisites will generally not be laboratories, the early formation of a Research admitted, and should plan to take some of those Advisory Committee is mandatory to develop an courses before re-applying. individual program. During the first semester of Receipt of the application will initiate enrollment in the MEES Program, the student the search for an appropriate faculty member to and the Advisor must form this committee and serve as the academic advisor for the student. No submit its membership to the AOS Committee student will be admitted to the Program for chairperson for approval. The committee should whom an advisor has not been identified in meet during the first semester, and must make its advance. Hence, if prior discussions have taken written recommendations for a program of study place between an applicant and a member of the before the end of the second semester. faculty regarding the faculty member's serving A Master's Research Advisory as advisor to the student, that fact should be Committee will consist of three members, all of mentioned in the application and the potential whom must be Regular or Associate members of advisor should forward a letter of agreement. a University System of Maryland (USM) The student will be matriculated on the degree- campus Graduate Faculty. A Ph.D. Research granting campus of his/her advisor, following Advisory Committee must have five members, admission of the applicant by the respective three of whom must be Regular or Associate Graduate School. faculty as above. The Ph.D. Research Advisory Committee can consist of a minimum of three Application deadlines are: members, who are UMS graduate faculty, until the Comprehensive Examinations, at which time Fall Semester - December 1 to February 1 it must have all five members. The student's Spring Semester - August 1 to September 1 Advisor will serve as chair of this committee. The membership of the Research Advisory Committee should not be drawn entirely from a

60

single laboratory or department. Replacement of Master of Science Requirements committee members is expected, as needed, The specific requirements for the MEES based on the Advisor's recommendation. M.S. degree program are as follows: The program of study is laid out by the Research Advisory Committee in the first or 1. Course Work second semester and will include any missing prerequisites [all prerequisites must be a. A minimum of 30 credits with 24 credits completed within the first year in the program], of course work and 6 credits of graduate all required core courses, and any specialized research. Of the 24 course credits, 12 of courses the committee believes the student them must be at the 600 level or higher. needs. Total required and suggested courses will Exceptions and waivers for equivalent often exceed the general credit minimum (30 for courses taken at other institutions may M.S. and 36 for Ph.D.). The program of study be used to meet prerequisite must then be approved by the appropriate MEES requirements of the student's AOS upon AOS Committee. approval of the appropriate AOS The Research Advisory Committee is Committee. Although graduate courses responsible for initial approval of the student's taken elsewhere may serve to fulfill area of research. Once the student has chosen an AOS requirements, only six credits from area of research, a proposal should be written up such courses may be identified as and discussed with the Research Advisory transfer credits. Courses used to fulfill Committee. This preliminary research proposal requirements for a previously awarded should be brief (3-5 pages), but should cover as degree cannot be used for transfer specifically as possible the student's research credits. interests. Students in the Ph.D. program will b. One seminar course (MEES 608 or later develop a more comprehensive research equivalent) must be taken for each year proposal which they must defend before in residence (on average); total of 2. advancement to candidacy. Students in the M.S. c. One approved Statistics course (400 program will develop a more complete Thesis level or higher) is required. Proposal to submit to their Research Advisory d. One graduate course representing Committee as described below. The approved significant interdisciplinary breadth, preliminary proposal should be filed with the preferably outside the student's AOS is MEES Program Director's office by the end of required. the second semester following entry into the e. One course or seminar in Environmental MEES Program. Management (a 3-4 cr. course can An M.S. student's Research Advisory satisfy 'd' above) is required. Committee will approve the Thesis Proposal and the Thesis Defense. Master's students are not 2. Thesis Defense required to take Comprehensive Examinations. For Ph.D. students, the Research An oral defense of the Thesis, Advisory Committee will administer the administered according to Graduate School Defense of the Dissertation Proposal, oversee procedures (see section, pp.35-37), will take the student's research, and administer the place at the completion of the research project. Dissertation Defense. Once formulated, the This defense will be conducted by the Research names of the Research Advisory Committee Advisory Committee and will be administered members must be submitted to an AOS once all other degree requirements have been Committee Chairperson for approval. fulfilled. The Thesis Defense will generally last Annual progress reviews initiated by the no longer than two hours, but the time will be advisor will be conducted through the MEES long enough to ensure an adequate examination. Program Central office and the AOS committees The Research Advisory Committee also to ensure satisfactory progress of MEES approves the thesis, and it is the candidate's students toward degree completion (coursework obligation to see that each member of the and research direction). committee has at least two weeks in which to examine a copy of the thesis prior to the time of

61 the defense. The Research Advisory Committee may conclude that the candidate has passed or failed. A student may be conditionally passed 2. Examinations with the provision that minor changes in the thesis be made by the student and approved by Formal application for advancement to the Major Advisor. A student who fails may, at candidacy for the doctoral degree requires the discretion of the committee and with successful completion of both a Comprehensive approval of the MEES Program Director and the Examination and an oral Defense of the UMES Graduate Dean, be permitted to stand a Dissertation Proposal. The Comprehensive second defense after acting on suggestions for Examination must be passed before the student improvement of the thesis (e.g., collection of can defend the Dissertation Proposal. more data, use of different statistical analysis, rewriting of the discussion, etc.), at such time as a. Comprehensive Examination the advisor considers appropriate. Once the thesis has been successfully defended, one copy The MEES Program central office has must be supplied to the UMES MEES Office in both general MEES and specific AOS addition to the copies required by the Graduate committee guidelines available for School. comprehensive examinations. The Research Advisory Committee is Doctor of Philosophy Requirements responsible for administering the comprehensive The specific requirements for the MEES examination. Since this examination must be Ph.D. degree program are as follows: successfully completed before the dissertation proposal can be defended, it is in the student's 1. Course Work best interests to take the Comprehensive Examination as early as possible in the Program. a. The student must complete a minimum The exam must be taken by the end of the of 36 credits, with at least 24 credits of student's fifth semester. This examination is coursework and 12 credits of intended to determine whether the student dissertation research. Twelve credits of demonstrates sufficient evidence of scholastic coursework must be at the 600 level or and intellectual ability in major and related above. Credits used to obtain a M.S. academic areas. The examination will not be a degree at a USM campus or other defense of the research proposal. Areas of the college/university cannot be transferred examination will be chosen by the student with to the Ph.D. program. However, if a the committee’s approval, from a general list student has completed a M.S. degree, up formulated by the AOS Committee. One area of to 16 credits of appropriate courses can the examination must be chosen for be waived by petition to the AOS interdisciplinary breadth (e.g., relating to the committee. interdisciplinary course from the core b. One seminar course (MEES 608 or curriculum). equivalent) is required for each year in The examination will include a residence (on average); total of 4. combination of written and oral sections. The c. One approved Statistics course (600 Research Advisory Committee will determine level or higher) is required. whether the student passes (a minimum of four d. One graduate course representing affirmative votes is required), or fails. If failed, significant interdisciplinary breadth, the examination may, at the recommendation of preferably outside the student's AOS is the Research Advisory Committee, be taken required. again. In this case the examination should be e. One course or seminar in Environmental repeated within one year, but no sooner than six Management is required (a 3-4 cr. months, after the initial examination. If the course can satisfy 'd' above). examination is failed a second time, admission will be cancelled. Any conditional passing of the examination must be satisfied before the examination can be rendered “successfully

62

completed.” The MEES Program Director's admitted to candidacy at least six months prior office must be notified at least two weeks in to the Defense of the Dissertation (final advance of the pending examination. A report of defense). the examination will be filed with the Director's Office following the examination. Dissertation Seminar and Defense of the The USM interactive video network Dissertation Research system may be used for oral comprehensive examinations and dissertation proposal defenses A candidate for the Ph.D. degree will but all committee members, the student and the present a public seminar on the dissertation Graduate Dean must agree to this use. research during the academic year in which the Phone/conference calls are not acceptable degree will be awarded. The seminar should, alternatives. under normal circumstances, be given within five weeks in advance of the day of the oral final b. Dissertation Proposal Defense examination. The student and the Advisor will be responsible for initiating arrangements The Proposal Defense is an oral through the UMES MEES Office for the date examination on the research proposal and advertisement of the seminar. The seminar administered by the Research Advisory will be open to faculty, students, and other Committee. At least two weeks prior to the interested parties. examination, the student must supply the The final oral defense of the dissertation committee members with a formal research is conducted by a committee of the graduate proposal in which is detailed: background faculty appointed by the Graduate Dean (this is information, research progress to date (if any), usually the Research Advisory Committee plus a specific objectives, and experimental design of Graduate Dean’s representative). Nominations the proposed research. The committee is for membership on this committee are submitted expected to examine the student on all aspects of on the designated form to the UMES Graduate the proposed research to determine whether the School by the student's Advisor. This is done by research plan is sound, and whether the student the third week of the semester in which the has the proper motivation, intellectual capacity student expects to complete all requirements, but and curiosity, and has, or can develop, the no later than two months prior to the defense technical skills necessary to successfully pursue (see the UMES Graduate School’s calendar for the Ph.D. degree. The student passes if there are Commencement Fall or Spring semester). The at least four affirmative votes. If failed, the time and place of the examination are student must re-defend the proposal within one established by the chair of the committee. The year. A second failure will result in cancellation student is responsible for distributing a of admission. complete, final copy of the dissertation to each The research proposal should be member of the committee at least two weeks defended within one year of unconditionally before the examination date. Announcement of passing the oral and written Comprehensive the final examination will be made through the Examination and at least one year before UMES MEES Office to all members of the projected completion of the degree MEES faculty at least two weeks prior to the requirements. The MEES Program Director's examination. All final oral examinations are Office must be notified of the pending open to all members of the graduate faculty and examination several weeks prior to its students, although only members of the administration, and a report of the examination examining committee may question the must be filed with the Director's Office candidate. After the examination, the committee following the examination. deliberates and votes in private. Two or more At the successful completion of this negative votes constitute failure. The student defense, the student officially applies for may be examined no more than twice. Advancement to Candidacy for the Ph.D. degree Following successful completion of the and should submit the necessary form to the final examination, a final copy of the UMES MEES Program office for transmission dissertation must be supplied to the UMES to the UMES Graduate School. Students must be

63

MEES Office, in addition to those required by 2) Statistical methods and use of computers for the UMES Graduate School. statistics, database manipulation, and modeling. AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION 3) Ecological theory and mathematical modeling. ECOLOGY 4) Field techniques in ecology. 5) Scientific writing. The MEES Program provides access to a strong curriculum of interdisciplinary graduate Prerequisites: training and research in ecology. Within this Area of Specialization (AOS), numerous A Bachelor's degree with courses scientists throughout the University System of equivalent to an undergraduate General Biology Maryland (USM) are actively involved in degree, including: teaching and research, with collaboration common between these scientists and those in 1. Two semesters of Calculus the other areas of MEES. 2. Two semesters of Introductory Chemistry Ecology is a broad discipline 3. Two semesters of Organic Chemistry or encompassing terrestrial, aquatic, estuarine and Biochemistry marine environments. Specific areas of study 4. Two semesters of Physics include behavioral, community, evolutionary, 5. Two semesters of Introductory Biology marine, benthic, limnological, systematic, and 6. One Ecology course and two other Advanced physiological ecology. Variations and/or Biology courses combinations of one or more of these sub- disciplines are common (e.g. marine benthic Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. community ecology as one area of study, or the and Ph.D.): evolution of terrestrial communities as another). Students successfully completing this AOS 1. Population Biology – including could go on to academic appointments in a mathematical modeling (600 level, 3-4 variety of departments (e.g. Environmental cr.) Sciences, Ecology, Biology, Zoology, Botany, 2. Ecosystem Ecology and/or Community etc.), or work for environmental consulting Ecology (600 level, 3-4 cr.) companies, as well as federal or state 3. A specialized field or laboratory-based government agencies. Ecology course is recommended Due to the nature of the MEES Program, 4. A course from one of the other MEES heavy emphasis is placed on the student's unique AOS’s (from an approved list) research goals in this AOS. As such, core course 5. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics (600 requirements are kept to a minimum. The level for the Ph.D., 400 level for the remainder of a student's course load is M.S.) determined by that student and his or her 6. One graduate level seminar for each Research Advisory Committee on the basis of year in residence (on average) the individual's research topic and previous 7. One course or seminar in Environmental academic experience. The USM has a wide and Management, Policy, Ethics or diverse set of course offerings in ecology and Philosophy of Science, (400 or 600 related areas, so it should be possible for level,1-4 cr.) students in almost any area of ecology to create 8. Courses in Experimental Design and a beneficial program of study. Analysis and in Scientific Writing are The MEES Program ecology faculty also strongly recommended. believe that graduate students should be well- trained in the following five important areas: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

1) Scientific method and experimental design. The objective of the Environmental Chemistry Area of Specialization (AOS) is to train research scientists to apply basic chemical

64

principles to the study of the environmental 6. A course in Statistics or Applied behaviors of natural and anthropogenic Mathematics (600 level for the Ph.D., chemicals. Environmental chemistry includes 400 level for the M.S.) interdisciplinary studies which integrate across 7. One graduate level seminar for each subjects such as geochemistry, analytical year in residence (on average). chemistry, transport processes, and toxicology to 8. One or more courses in Physical determine the cycling and impact of chemicals Chemistry are strongly encouraged (2- in the natural environment. 4 cr. each). As both the Master's and Ph.D. are 9. Courses in Experimental Design and research-oriented programs, emphasis is placed Analysis and in Scientific Writing are on learning and applying the scientific method, also recommended. employing strong quantitative approaches and developing effective scientific writing skills. ENVIRONMENTAL MOLECULAR Students graduating from MEES through this BIOLOGY/BIOTECHNOLOGY AOS will find professional positions in federal, state and local government agencies (such as Molecular approaches pervade every EPA, FDA, NIH), private chemical and biological discipline, and each MEES campus manufacturing industries, academic institutions, has distinguished, energetic faculty that and consulting firms. emphasize molecular mechanisms of ecological interactions and dynamics. Expertise includes Prerequisites: molecular microbial ecology and physiology; bioremediation; molecular endocrinology of fish A Bachelor's degree in the natural growth, development and reproduction; sciences or engineering, including: environmental stressors contributing to fish physiological dysfunction and oncogenesis; 1. Two semesters of Calculus mechanisms and stressors of nitrogen fixation; 2. Two semesters of Physics molecular models of marine surface 3. Two semesters of General Chemistry colonization; molecular cues of organism to 4. Two semesters of Biology organism interaction, and invertebrate immunity. 5. Two semesters of Organic or other Advanced Faculty in this area frequently study Chemistry (e.g. Biochemistry). macromolecular environmental interactions using recombinant DNA and hybridoma Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. approaches. The Environmental Molecular and Ph.D.): Biology and Biotechnology Area of Specialization encourages interaction between 1. One fundamental and one advanced campuses, and is synergistic with other AOSs. course in Environmental Chemistry or Several campuses in the University Geochemistry (one 400-600 level, one System of Maryland (USM) have facilities 600-700 level 3-4 cr.) specializing in Molecular Biology and 2. One course in Physical Transport Biotechnology, such the Center of Marine Processes (600 level, 3-4 cr.) Biotechnology of the Maryland Biotechnology 3. One course in Aquatic Toxicology or Institute, the campuses at Baltimore, Baltimore Ecology (600 level, 3-4 cr.) County and College Park, and facilities 4. One 400 or 600 level course from one underway at UMES. of the other MEES AOSs (from an approved list) Prerequisites: 5. One course or seminar in Environmental Management, Policy, A Bachelor's degree in the natural Ethics, or Philosophy of Science (a 3-4 sciences or engineering including: cr. Course can satisfy '4' above) (400 1. Four semesters of Biology including or 600 level) Biochemistry 2. Two semesters of Physics 3. Four semesters of Chemistry

65

4. Two semester of Calculus 2. Chemistry - Courses in chemistry as 5. Two semester of Molecular Biology or applied to organisms or to the Molecular Genetics environment, with an emphasis on pollution or environmental toxicology Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. courses. and Ph.D.): 3. Physical Sciences and Technology - 1. One course in Molecular Biology/ Genetics Courses dealing with the physical world (600 level, 3-4 cr.) or with the application of physical 2. One course in Cell Biology/Physiology (600 principles or technology to biological or level, 3-4 cr.) environmental problems. 3. One course in Ecology (400 or 600 level, 3-4 cr.) 4. Management, Economics, and Policy - 4. One course in Advanced Chemistry or Courses dealing with the interaction of Biochemistry (400 or 600 level, 2-4 cr.) economic, legal, political, and/or social 5. One elective 400 or 600 level course institutions with the biological, chemical 6. One course or seminar in Environmental or physical environment. Management, Policy, Ethics or Philosophy of Science (a 2-4 cr. course can satisfy '5.' Subprogram in Environmental Management: above) (400 or 600 level) Science and Policy at Participating Campuses 7. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics (600 level for the Ph.D., 400 level for the M.S.) The primary content of this option 8. One graduate level seminar for each year in within the Environmental Science AOS will residence (on average) focus on developing professionals in the field of 9. Courses in Experimental Design and environmental management, at the M.S. and Analysis and in Scientific Writing are also Ph.D. levels. Students successfully completing recommended this degree will normally pursue careers in the government or private industry, especially with Note: For the M.S. degree, only three of the first organizations having strong environmental four requirements must be fulfilled (Nos. interests or programs. It is also anticipated that 5 through 8 are required for all students). students desiring to work in foreign countries, and foreign students, will take part in this ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE program. Although the Environmental This Area of Specialization provides Management option is open to students at the broad training in the environmental sciences. Master's level, students completing advanced Some students do not want to specialize to the degrees in Applied Ecology and Conservation extent the other Areas of Specialization require, Biology (M.S.- Frostburg State) or Sustainable but would like to gain experience and take Development and Conservation Biology (M.S.- courses in a variety of scientific, economic, and Maryland, College Park) as well as at other social disciplines related to the natural graduate environmental management programs environment. These requirements are also very within or outside of the USM could logically appropriate for students wishing to specialize in pursue a Ph.D. within this AOS. It is also environmental management. expected that students with strong interests in The relevant graduate training will restoration and landscape ecology or in provide advanced courses in five distribution environmental science and policy would areas: matriculate within the Environmental Science AOS with an emphasis in environmental 1. Biology - Courses in the biological management. sciences in which the emphasis is on ecology, especially at the population, Prerequisites: community, and ecosystem levels.

66

An undergraduate degree in the natural pathology and diseases, and management sciences or engineering, including: science. Students will select a curriculum, with assistance from their Research Advisory 1. Two semesters of Calculus committees, to best achieve their academic and 2. Two semesters of Introductory Chemistry professional goals. The faculty recognizes that 3. Two semesters of Physics flexible, yet rigorous, curriculum choices are 4. Two semesters of Introductory Biology (or important for students in fisheries science. high placement test, high GRE Biology The program in fisheries offers both scores) M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Graduates at either 5. Ecology and other advanced Environmental level may expect to find challenging career Science courses are recommended opportunities. Most career opportunities in fisheries science are in the government and Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. academic sectors, although in recent years and Ph.D.): private businesses, research firms and aquaculture businesses offer increasingly diverse 1. One approved course from three of the career choices. four distribution areas (biology, chemistry, physical science or The course work and research management) for M.S. students, and undertaken by MEES students in this AOS from each of the four distribution areas emphasize the following three fields of study: for Ph.D. students. One of these courses can be at the 400 level, the 1. Fisheries Ecology others will be at the 600 level or above This field provides basic studies in fish 2. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics and invertebrate population biology, food webs, (600 level for the Ph.D., 400 level for recruitment and life history processes, predator- the M.S.) prey and competitive interactions, diseases, and 3. One graduate level seminar for each effects of habitat conditions. year in residence (on average) 4. One or more courses in computer 2. Fisheries Management science or computer applications are This field provides basic and applied strongly recommended studies on the effects of exploitation, pollution 5. Courses in Experimental Design and and habitat change on fish and invertebrate Analysis and in Scientific Writing are populations; assessment of resources and their also recommended potential yields; and development of models and information useful for management of living FISHERIES SCIENCE aquatic resources. Students with outstanding credentials in economics, mathematics, or Fisheries Science is multidisciplinary, operations research may request the Fisheries drawing expertise from the biological, physical AOS to waiver certain prerequisites. and social sciences. Fisheries scientists study populations and communities of aquatic 3. Fisheries Aquaculture resources, their responses to exploitation and This field contributes to the research on changes in environmental conditions, and their the culture of aquatic organisms and the management. Research is quantitative and may development of aquaculture systems. This is a be either basic or applied. A diversity of faculty broad disciplinary area that includes ecology, talent exists within the USM to provide graduate physiology, chemistry, genetics, seafood students with a strong education in ecology, technology, diseases and pathology, engineering, biology and management of fish and economics and management under its auspices. invertebrate resources. The multidisciplinary nature of fisheries science requires broad training in areas that may include ecology, oceanography, aquaculture, economics, mathematics, seafood technology,

67

Prerequisites: populations. Basic ecological models and applied fisheries models are presented in A Bachelor's degree in the natural theoretical and practical frameworks. It is sciences or other field with a strong quantitative recommended that either Fisheries Science and emphasis, including: Management or Fisheries Ecology is taken prior to this course. 1. Two semesters of Calculus 2. Two semesters of Introductory Chemistry 5. Graduate Level Course in Oceanography 3. Two semesters of Organic Chemistry, (physical, chemical or biological) or Stream Biochemistry, or Physics Ecology – The courses cover major and minor 4. Two semesters of Introductory Biology (or elements, composition of seawater, seawater high placement test, high GRE Biology ionic structure and interactions, nutrient scores). distributions, biogeochemical cycles and the 5. Advanced Biology courses, such as Ecology biology of marine organisms. Students will and Ichthyology, are recommended. obtain most of their academic course work from a broad array of relevant courses presently Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. available throughout the USM. Each student and and Ph.D.): his or her Research Advisory Committee will design a course of study to be approved by the Five core courses will be offered, and at Fisheries AOS. Curricular requirements are least three must be successfully completed by all purposely flexible, yet rigorous, to accommodate students entering the Fisheries Science AOS. the diverse needs of students in fisheries science. The requirements may be waived if equivalent course work has been obtained elsewhere, or if In addition, the following core courses are the student and his or her Research Advisory required: committee successfully petition the Fisheries Science AOS Committee. 6. A 400 or 600 level course from one of the other MEES AOSs (from an approved list, 1. Fisheries Science and Management – This which can include 2, 4, and 5 above) course covers the basic principles of aquatic productivity, fish and invertebrate population 7. One course or seminar in Environmental biology, the harvest and conservation of Management (1 or 4 above satisfies this resources, assessment of yield potentials, and requirement; any such 3-4 cr. course can satisfy fishery management practices. 6 above)

2. Fisheries Ecology - This course covers the 8. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics (600 level biological processes that affect the productivity, for the Ph.D., 400 level for the M.S.) abundances, and distributions of fish and invertebrate resources. The course include life 9. Courses in Experimental Design and Analysis history theory, predator-prey relationships, and in Scientific Writing are strongly bioenergetics, trophic ecology, and recommended zoogeography. 10. One graduate level seminar for each year in 3. Aquaculture - This course covers the theory residence (on average). and practices of modern aquaculture of fishes and invertebrates. The course include coverage OCEANOGRAPHY on water quality, production systems, extensive and intensive approaches, culture genetics, and In the past decade, the University fish diseases and management. System of Maryland (USM) has emerged as a nationally and internationally recognized center 4. Quantitative Fisheries Science – This course for oceanographic research. Laboratories of the covers factors affecting the stability and USM Center for Environmental Studies and at resilience of exploited marine and estuarine the College Park campus have been most active

68 in this field. The current expertise in Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. oceanography in the USM lies in the subfields of and Ph.D.): Biological and Physical Oceanography and the cross disciplinary studies of Marine 1. One 3-credit course in Physical biogeochemistry. Oceanography (MEES 661 or The expertise in biological equivalent) oceanography includes water column nutrient 2. One 3-Credit course in Biological cycling and trophic dynamics (comprising the Oceanography (MEES 621 or entire pelagic food web and fishes) benthic equivalent) ecology, and theoretical ecosystem analysis. The 3. One 3-credit course in Chemical expertise in physical oceanography is in large Oceanography (CHEM 723 or scale flows and global circulation problems, equivalent) estuarine and coastal circulations, mixing, 4. Two 3-credit courses in Oceanography transport and numerical modeling. Physical and or related fields (400 or 600 level) biological oceanographers work closely together including: to understand the dynamics of estuarine, coastal, a. One course in rotating fluid and ocean systems. It should be noted that there dynamics is also considerable strength in marine chemistry b. One course in non rotating in the USM; some courses are available in the fluid dynamics MEES Oceanography track, but the MEES track 5. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics in Environmental Chemistry currently has a (600 level for the Ph.D., 400 level for more diverse listing and greater program the M.S.) strength in this area. 6. One course or seminar in Students in this AOS have access to Environmental Management, Ethics or extensive oceanographic facilities throughout Philosophy of Science the USM as well as the opportunity to work with 7. One graduate level seminar for each some of the University's outstanding faculty in year in residence (on average) oceanography with global scale programs. 8. Courses in Experimental Design and Fundamental courses in the four major subfields Analysis and in Scientific Writing are of oceanography are required to provide also recommended. interdisciplinary breadth, but a degree in the Oceanography AOS emphasizes the student's Biological Oceanography independent research. Students graduating from Prerequisites: the Oceanography AOS can expect to find jobs A Bachelor's degree equivalent to the in universities, oceanographic laboratories, University of Maryland College Park government agencies, and consulting firms. undergraduate Biology degree, including:

Physical Oceanography 1. Two semesters of Calculus Prerequisites: 2. Two semesters of Introductory Chemistry A bachelor's degree in a physical 3. Two semesters of Organic Chemistry science, including: or Biochemistry 4. Two semesters of Physics 1. Two semesters of Calculus 5. Two semesters of Introductory 2. Two semesters of Physics Biology 3. One or two additional advanced mathematics courses Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. 4. One or two additional advanced physical and Ph.D.): science courses 5. Two semesters of Introductory Biology 1. One 3-credit course in Physical and/or Chemistry are highly recommended. Oceanography (MEES 661 or equivalent)

69

2. One 3-Credit course in Biological on endocrine and neuroendocrine systems in Oceanography (MEES 621 or various animal species; hormonal and equivalent) adjustments to environmental stress; and review 3. One 3-credit course in Chemical of pertinent scientific literature. Prerequisite: Oceanography (CHEM 723 or One year of Biology and one semester of equivalent) Biochemistry. 4. Two 3-credit courses in Oceanography or related fields (400 or 600 level) BIOL 633 Adaptations to the Marine including: Environment (3) a. A recommended additional Topics include physiological adaptation, interdisciplinary course perception of the environment, feeding and although MEES 661 can energy budgets, gases and respiration, satisfy the MEES requirement circulation, reproduction and development. An for interdisciplinary breadth independent research project is required. 5. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics Prerequisite: One year of college Biology and (600 level for the Ph.D., 400 level for one year of college Chemistry or permission the M.S.) of the instructor. 6. One course or seminar in Environmental Management, Ethics or Philosophy of Science 7. One graduate level seminar for each BIOL 661 Community Ecology (4) year in residence (on average) This course is an in-depth study of the biology 8. Courses in Experimental Design and of communities with emphasis on factors that Analysis and in Scientific Writing are regulate abundance, diversity and stability of also recommended. communities. Current theories on community dynamics will be combined with field COURSE OFFERINGS experiences and detailed analyses of selected field projects. (Note: Credit hours given in parentheses.) BIOL 662 Population Ecology (4) BIOL 600 Marine & Estuarine Ecology (4) The course is an in-depth study of the biology of Discussion topics include marine environment, populations with emphasis on population adaptations of populations, structure of marine structure, factors that regulate populations, and ecosystems, dispersion of marine organisms, the effect of individual behavior on population migration, nutrition cycles, productivity and characteristics. Field studies and computer catches of fish, food chains and models of the simulations will explore selected areas of study. sea. Prerequisite: An introductory Biology, Botany or Zoology course and a course in BIOL 681 Barrier Island Management (4) Ecology. The course is an in-depth view of barrier island ecosystems and management problems in BIOL 601 Environmental Microbiology (4) general, and Assateague Island National Topics include microbial ecology of plants and Seashore, in particular. Research design and animals, aquatic microbial ecology (including problem-solving of actual problems facing the medical implications), soil microbial ecology, National Park Service will be emphasized. biodegradation, microbial insecticides, gastrointestinal microbiology, microbiology of BIOL 683 Wildlife Management (4) foods and management of environmental Students will develop an understanding of the problems. Each student will be required to principles and practices associated with wildlife complete an independent research project. management. Emphasis will be placed on Prerequisite: General Microbiology research design, sampling techniques, field research and statistical analyses. Students will BIOL 621 Environmental Endocrinology (3) practice field techniques during labs, analyze Topics include impact of environmental factors

70

results and develop wildlife management Chemistry and Environmental Science. recommendations as part of the semester project. Permission of instructor required.

BIOL 688B Ichthyology (4) CHEM 670 Advanced Biochemistry (3) This is an advanced course in ichthyology The course covers the classification, chemistry covering fish systematics, classification, and metabolism of protein, amino acids, phylogenetics, and evolution. Regional and carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisite: One global zoogeographic patterns of distribution of semester of Biochemistry. taxa will be discussed from both an historical and contemporary perspective. Emphasis is CSDP 604 Computer Methods in Statistics placed on comparative fish anatomy and (3) taxonomy of local marine, estuarine and The course is an introduction to principles and freshwater fishes and the field collection, applications of probability and statistics needed handling and preservation of fishes. in graduate studies in various academic areas Prerequisite: An upper division graduate or and to computer realization of these methods. undergraduate level course in general The course begins with a brief intensive review ichthyology, fish biology, fish ecology, of basic statistical principles. Prerequisite: One physiology or behavior. semester of calculus.

BIOL 688F Fish Physiology (1-4) The course is an overview of fish physiology ENVS 437/637 Environmental Soil Chemistry which fishery biologists and others can (3) supplement with readings in current texts, The course extends the concepts of chemistry reviews and research articles. Applicable points and physics to the physical, chemical and of general and comparative physiology are biochemical characteristics of soil/water systems included. Summaries of important anatomic and their implications for managing considerations are included where relevant, but contaminants, pesticides and agricultural inputs. the course is primarily for those who have Prerequisites: Senior standing or Graduate already completed courses in general status. Co-Requisite: ENVS 438/638 physiology, chemistry, biochemistry and fish anatomy. It is an IVN offered course. ENVS 438/638 Environmental Soil Chemistry Laboratory (2) CHEM 621 Advanced Environmental This is a companion laboratory to ENVS Chemistry (4) 437/637. The course studies determination of The origin, transport and effects of atmospheric soil properties such as salinity, pH and redox and aquatic pollutants are studied, with emphasis potential, organic matter content, surface area, on energy-related pollutants including coal, oil carbonates and lime requirements, including and synfuels. Prerequisites: One year of quality assurance and GIS-based chemical data General Chemistry, one semester of Organic acquisition. Chemistry and one semester of Analytical Chemistry or permission of the instructor. ENVS 488/688 Coastal Ecology (3) This course provides an overview of ecological CHEM 632 Applied Water Chemistry (3) principles as they apply to coastal and estuarine The course studies the chemistry of both environments. The major coastal ecosystems municipal and industrial water treatment will be discussed and emphasis will be placed on processing. Topics include water softening, sandy and rocky coasts, marshes, subtidal stabilization, chemical destabilization of environments, coastal shelf systems and colloidal materials, ion exchange, disinfection, upwelling, sea grass beds, coral reefs and the chemical oxidation and oxygenation reactions. rocky intertidal. The effects of detritus, primary Prerequisites: B.S. in Biology, Chemistry or and secondary biomass production, plankton, Environmental Science. One year of nekton, benthos, and fish stock production will undergraduate courses in Analytical be explored and related to physical processes of the coast. Graduate student credit will require

71

the in-depth research of a topic relevant to will be discussed. Prerequisites: B.Sc. in coastal ecology and selected in consultation with Biology, Chemistry or Environmental Science the instructor. Once approved, the graduate with some background in environmental student must research the topic, write a pollution or consent of the instructor. referenced report, and make an oral presentation to the class. Prerequisite: ENVS 201 General ENVS 660 Earth Science (4) Oceanography; BIOL 201 Marine Zoology, This is an interdisciplinary course designed to or permission of the instructor. show how geology, meteorology, physical geography, soil science, astronomy and ENVS 611 Water Pollution (4) oceanography are interrelated in the study of Biological, chemical and physical impurities in earth and its environment in space. water with emphasis on agricultural, industrial Prerequisites: One year of Chemistry and one and municipal waste pollution including acid year of Physics. mine drainage, detergents and eutrophication, thermal pollution, oil spills and other non-point ENVS 684 Natural Resource source pollution will be studied. Further study Management (3) will include the physical and biochemical Topics include discussion of the availability, processes for wastewater treatment, sludge use, abuse, depletion and pollution of various handling and disposal and land disposal of natural resources humans need for their survival. wastewaters. Prerequisites: B.Sc. in Biology, The cost-benefit analyses and systems Chemistry or Environmental Science. One management concepts for natural resource year of undergraduate courses in Water conservation enabling us to save the 'earth' for Pollution and Environmental Science. future generations will be addressed. Prerequisites: B.S. in Biology, Chemistry, ENVS 634 Air Pollution and Control Environmental Science or Agricultural (4) Sciences or consent of the instructor. Classification of atmospheric pollutants and their effects on visibility, inanimate and animate PHYS 621 Physical Principals of receptors will be discussed. Evaluation of source Environmental emissions and principles of air pollution control, Instrumentation (3) e.g., meteorological factors governing the The course is a discussion of advanced physical distribution and removal of air pollutants, air concepts and their applications in quality measurements and air pollution control instrumentation used in contemporary research. legislation will also be studied. Prerequisites: Construction details and the computer B.Sc. in Biology, Chemistry or Environmental interfacing of selected instruments will also be Science. One year of undergraduate courses discussed. Prerequisites: One year of Physics in Air Pollution and Environmental Science. and one year of Calculus.

ENVS 639 Sources and Effects of MEES 608 MEES Seminar (1) Pollutants (3) This is repeatable credit with different topics. The course is a study of the sources, fate and effects of various toxic pollutants on man and MEES 610 Experimental Design Seminar the environment with emphasis on aquatic and (1) atmospheric pollutants. Prerequisites: B.Sc. in The course is an exploration of research issues Biology, Chemistry or Environmental Science in experimental design. Seminar format includes with some background in environmental student presentations and literature searches. pollution or consent of the instructor. Prerequisite: course in basic statistics or permission of instructor. ENVS 641 Environmental Toxicology (3) MEES 698 Special Topics in MEES (1-3) Organisms in the atmosphere, hydrosphere and This is repeatable credit with different topics. lithosphere and the effects of foreign chemical and other stress on their health and well-being MEES 699 Special Problems in MEES

72

(1-3) www.umes.edu/sciences/mees/mees.html. Special problems in areas related to the natural UMES is uniquely situated for studying sciences, agriculture and nutrition are explored. marine and estuarine habitats. Students have access to the Chesapeake Bay and the Atlantic MEES 799 Master Thesis Research Ocean, as well as rivers, ponds and marshes. (1-6) This is repeatable credit. EXTERNAL SUPPORT OF RESEARCH ACTIVITIES MEES 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-12) UMES faculty have received funding for This is repeatable credit. research from a number of federal and state agencies and private organizations, including the The following undergraduate courses National Science Foundation, National Institutes are available for MEES graduate students to of Health, U. S. Department of Agriculture, take. No more than 12 credits of 400 level National Oceanic and Atmospheric courses may be used towards the minimum 24 Administration, U. S. Department of the Interior, credits of course work required. Environmental Protection Agency, Mid-Atlantic Fisheries Development Foundation, National BIOL 402 Ecology Aeronautics and Space Administration, U.S. BIOL 420 Animal Histology Forest Service, Agency for International BIOL 431 Mammalogy Development and the Maryland Department of BIOL 436 General Endocrinology Natural Resources. BIOL 440 Plant Physiology BIOL 441 Comparative Physiology UMES COMBINED B.S./M.S. DEGREE BIOL 451 Conservation Biology PROGRAM BIOL 461 Invertebrate Zoology BIOL 488 Wildlife Ecology UMES offers a combined B.S./M.S. CHEM 401 Principles of Physical degree program in the Environmental Sciences Chemistry I area (Environmental Chemistry or Marine CHEM 402 Principles of Physical Science option). This is an accelerated program Chemistry II designed to enable students to obtain both the ENVS 411 Water Pollution & B.S. degree and the M.S. degree in five years. Purification The curricula for the two degrees are ENVS 434 Air Pollution administered under the auspices of the MATH 410 Mathematical Statistics undergraduate Environmental Science Program and the graduate MEES program. The combined Graduate statistics options include degree program offers an option or track in AGSC 605 Statistics in Agricultural Research either Environmental Chemistry or Marine and CSDP 604 Computer Methods in Statistics. Science. Variable credit MEES 688 experimental courses This is an undergraduate admission into may be offered periodically with specialty topics the B.S. degree program in Environmental of various faculty members. Science, which allows for subsequent application for admission to the MEES graduate FACILITIES, STATE-OF-THE-ART program in pursuit of the M.S. degree in Marine- EQUIPMENT AND FIELD SITES Estuarine-Environmental Sciences.

Excellent research laboratories exist on MEES PROGRAM TIME LIMITS campus in the G. W. Carver Science Hall. Research laboratories are also located in Trigg Full time master’s students will be Hall and on the campus farm (Department of limited to four years in which to graduate. Agriculture). For a listing of the laboratories and Full time doctoral students will be major equipment and the UMES MEES faculty, limited to seven years in which to graduate. see the website: Students must be advanced to candidacy, i.e.,

73

taken and passed the written and oral The program offers the M.S. (thesis or comprehensive examination and the dissertation non-thesis), the Ph.D. and the MD/Ph.D degrees. proposal defense, within six semesters after initial enrollment. Program Admission Part time doctoral and master’s MEES students will follow the Graduate School’s time Applicants should have majored in limits for master’s degrees (5 years) and doctoral chemistry, biology or pharmacy or a related degrees (5 + 4). field. For specifics on admissions requirements, An extension of these time limits may see the USM Graduate Program in Toxicology be granted upon request of the student’s research website: advisory committee, and with the approval of http://medschool.umaryland.edu/departments/epi the MEES Program Director and the UMES demiology/grad_tox.html Graduate Dean. *************************************** For further information on the MEES Curriculum and Degree Requirements program, please contact: The Toxicology Program course Graduate Coordinator - MEES Program curriculum is designed to provide essential core Department of Natural Sciences knowledge in toxicology, together with elective Carver Hall courses that offer students the opportunity to University of Maryland Eastern Shore specialize in their area of interest. For the course Princess Anne, MD 21853 curriculum and degree requirements (master’s Email: [email protected] or [email protected] and doctoral), see the above USM Graduate or Program in Toxicology website. www.mees.umd.edu for the MEES program comprehensive website Faculty

TOXICOLOGY Based in the Department of Program Description and Degrees Offered Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine in the School of Medicine in Baltimore, the University The Toxicology Program is a University System of Maryland’s Program in Toxicology System of Maryland (USM) graduate program. encompasses faculty and resources on the USM It provides educational and professional training campuses in Baltimore, College Park, Baltimore in mechanistic and applied fields of County, the Eastern Shore and the Chesapeake environmental and mammalian toxicology. Biological Laboratory of the USM Center for Graduates conduct research, teach, and provide Environmental Science. technical support to federal, state, and local governments, industry, and public interest Courses groups in areas including: evaluation and testing of harmful effects of chemical, physical, and See the aforementioned website for a biological agents on living organisms; listing of Toxicology course offerings. UMES mechanisms of toxicity; prevention of chemical does not offer any of the toxicology courses, but induced diseases; risk assessment; and the MEES graduate program at UMES offers environmental protection through governmental periodically several environmental toxicology regulations for the control and monitoring of related courses. hazardous chemicals. To meet these objectives, the program’s Application Deadlines and Process curriculum includes the following areas of specialization: mechanisms of cell injury; See the aforementioned website for carcinogenesis; reproductive toxicology; application deadlines and process. UMES does neurotoxicology; aquatic toxicology; forensic not receive or review the applications, admit toxicology; molecular epidemiology; and risk students to the program or award degrees for the assessment and environmental law. program.

74

************************************ 4. increase students’ knowledge of qualitative For additional information on the program and quantitative research in criminology and contact: criminal justice and provide them with the necessary skills to be effective researchers, Graduate Program program evaluators, consultants in the field, Toxicology and users of existing criminological research 100 N. Greene St., Room 416 data; University of Maryland Baltimore 5. assure that students acquire an understanding Baltimore, MD 21201 of an integrative minority perspective in (410) 706-8196 criminological thought; E-mail: [email protected] 6. increase students’ knowledge and appreciation of various theoretical CRIMINOLOGY AND CRIMINAL explanations of criminal behavior. JUSTICE Description of the Program Objectives of the Program All Master’s degree students are The Master of Science in Criminology required to take five core courses (MCCJ 600, and Criminal Justice (MCCJ) is a program 620, 625, 631, 640). A grade of “B” (3.0) or designed to produce quality-based and critically- better must be achieved in each core course. oriented scholars in criminology and criminal Each Master of Science degree student may justice, with an in-depth knowledge of the specialize in one concentration area. These functioning of the criminal justice system. The include Criminology and Research (CR), Law Criminology and Criminal Justice Program is Enforcement and Courts (LEC), and Corrections interdisciplinary and seeks qualified students and Delinquency Prevention (CDP). The Master with baccalaureate degrees in criminal justice of Science degree is granted upon completion of and other disciplines as well as professionals in one of two program options: the field who desire to further their degrees in criminal justice. The program also prepares Thesis Option - The thesis option requires the students for doctoral work in the discipline. successful completion of twenty-four (24) Graduate education in Criminal Justice at semester hours of course work and a minimum UMES, the only such program on the Eastern of six (6) hours of credit on an original thesis. Shore of Maryland, will be useful to criminal This research-oriented option of thirty (30) justice agencies in the state. Graduate education credit hours is designed for students who in the discipline has become the generally anticipate pursuing their academic career to the sought academic experience for optimum doctoral level. Students electing this option must performance within the criminal justice system. form a thesis committee. A minimum committee consists of a major professor and two additional The major objectives of the Master of faculty members, all of whom must be a UMES Science in Criminology and Criminal Justice are graduate faculty member. The major professor to: and one member of the thesis committee should be selected from the Department of Criminal 1. enhance students’ knowledge in criminology Justice Faculty. The third committee member and criminal justice with the potentialities must be selected from campus approved and opportunities for doctoral work and graduate faculty. A successful oral defense of advancement of this body of knowledge; the thesis is required. Students are encouraged to 2. provide students with the skills to engage in review the department’s Comprehensive original and independent scholarly research Examination-Thesis Policy prior to beginning in criminology and criminal justice; work on the thesis. 3. enhance students’ capacity to critically evaluate the criminal justice system and to Course Work Option - The course work option hold management and research positions in requires that the student completes thirty-six the public and private sectors;

75

(36) credit hours of course work. This option one of whom must come from the Criminal does not require completion of a major paper. Justice Department. A student may select an associate or regular member of the Graduate Structure of The Program Faculty from another discipline. Thesis option graduate students are Core courses include the following: responsible for all aspects of the preparation of MCCJ 600 Proseminar in Criminology and the thesis, including the following: Criminal Justice (3 credits) 1. subject matter and content; MCCJ 620 Theoretical Perspectives on Crime 2. organization and format; and Justice (3 credits) 3. editorial, linguistic and bibliographic quality; MCCJ 625 Research Methods in Criminology 4. quality of text, illustrations and duplication; and Criminal Justice (3 credits) 5. quality of data, evidence and logical MCCJ 631 Applied Statistics in Criminology reasoning presented; and Criminal Justice (3credits) 6. proper processing and submission of the final MCCJ 640 Minorities, Crime, and Justice (3 copies of the document to the Graduate credits) School.

Areas of concentration include: The Thesis Advisory Committee's Responsibility Criminology and Research - CR Law Enforcement and Courts - LEC The chair and to a lesser extent, the Corrections and Delinquency other members of the advisory committee, are Prevention - CDP responsible for the following aspects of the thesis and the related or associated research Thesis Option experience: 1. approval of the subject matter and Minimum of 30 credit hours: methodology of the thesis research; 2. approval of the organization, content and Core courses 15 format of the thesis; Concentration courses 6 3. review of and comment on drafts of various Electives 3 aspects of the thesis; Thesis 6 4. evaluation of the thesis as a basis for certification that the student has fulfilled the Non-Thesis Option (Course Work) degree requirements; 5. encouragement of and advice to the student Minimum of 36 credit hours: and review of manuscripts based on the Core courses 15 thesis research for publication in scholarly Concentration courses 18 journals. Electives 3 Admissions Requirements and Guidelines Graduate Student Responsibility (Thesis Option) All requirements of the university, as set forth in the catalog, must be met prior to Each student will select a major admission into the Criminology and Criminal professor according to his/her area of Justice Program in the Department of Criminal concentration. Major professors must be selected Justice. The admissions criteria for Regular from the faculty of the Criminal Justice Admission status are: Department who are associate/regular members of the UMES Graduate Faculty. The student, in 1. A baccalaureate degree from a regionally consultation with his/her major professor, selects accredited 4-year college or university, or the the Thesis Committee. The committee includes a equivalent from a foreign country. major professor from the Department of Criminal Justice and two other faculty members,

76

2. A minimum cumulative grade point average a. earned two “C” grades, or (GPA) of 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) on b. has a cumulative GPA of less than undergraduate coursework. 3.0. 3. Successful completion of the Graduate Removal of Academic Suspension is as follows. Record Examination (GRE) [general test] A suspended student may be conditionally with a combined score of 1000 or above on readmitted after: both quantitative and verbal scores. a. sitting out for one calendar year and 4. Three letters of recommendation from person b. retaking the GRE test. capable of adequately assessing the The Department’s policy on academic dismissal applicant’s potential for success in the from this program is that a student shall be program. dismissed from the program if he/she: 5. An interview by the admissions committee. a. made three grades of “C” or less in one semester, and Provisional Admission b. made two “C” grades in one semester while in Provisional Admission Applicants who fail to meet any of the status. above requirements may be admitted on a provisional basis. Provisional admission Non Degree Registration consideration will be based on fulfillment of all A student who has not been formally the following: admitted into the Criminal Justice Graduate a. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 program may be allowed to take no more than (on a 4.0 scale) on all undergraduate six (6) credit hours of classes per semester as a coursework. non-degree seeking student. Such grades earned b. Registration will not be allowed for will not in any way count toward qualifying more than 9 credit hours in the first conditions for admission into the program. Non semester in the program, and a degree seeking students are admitted by the minimum grade of “B” in all courses Graduate School and follow the policy for the must be maintained. Advanced Special status student set forth in this c. Three letters of recommendation catalog. from persons capable of adequately assessing the applicant’s potential for Retention and Exit Requirements success in the program. All students, regardless of area of d. Successful completion of the GRE concentration or program option chosen, must (general test) within the timeframe maintain a cumulative 3.0 or better grade point presented in the Department’s average, complete degree requirements in five Graduate Program Policy and (5) years or less, and successfully pass a written Procedures document. comprehensive examination. The written comprehensive examination may be attempted a APPLICATION DEADLINES maximum of two times. Comprehensive examinations are given each October and April. Application deadlines are: The Department of Criminal Justice’s Fall Semester - April 15 Comprehensive Examination Procedures will Spring Semester - October 30 govern conduct of the examination. Summer Sessions - April 15 Employed Professionals Academic Probation, Suspension and The MCCJ Program acknowledges the Dismissal correlation between theory and research on the Academic probation follows the policy one hand and practical application on the other. of the Graduate School as set forth in this The MCCJ Program strongly invites criminal catalog. justice practitioners and other professionals to The Department’s policy on academic enroll in the program. The overall objective is to suspension for this program is that a student may prepare practitioners for advanced be suspended from the program if he/she: administrative positions in criminal justice and

77

other related agencies. Students may elect to This course is a survey of criminological complete the program requirements for theories with emphasis on crime causation and graduation on either a full-time or part-time justice. Included are sociological, economic, basis (five-year limit for the duration of the geographic, and political theories of law program). The program courses will to the formation and law breaking; development of extent possible be offered in the evenings in physiological, genetic, psychological, and order to accommodate employed practitioners. psychiatric perspectives of criminal behavior Courses may also be offered on weekends. and the relationship between theory and policy.

Financial Assistance The University of Maryland Eastern MCCJ 625 Research Methods in Shore recognizes the high cost of education and Criminology and Criminal makes every effort to offer financial assistance, Justice (3) through a variety of programs, to qualified This course provides an introduction to the students. In addition, federal loans are available research methodology used in studying crime to graduate students through the university’s and criminological issues. financial aid office. For additional information about loans and other sources of aid, contact the MCCJ 631 Applied Statistics in Financial Aid Office. Criminology and Criminal Justice (3) Faculty of The Department of Criminal This is an advanced applied social statistics Justice course with computer applications, using The Department of Criminal Justice is examples from criminological issues and crime- interdisciplinary with faculty holding advanced related data. Statistical procedures to be studied degrees in various disciplines, including law, –descriptive and inferential statistics and linear sociology, public administration, and regression techniques—are those typically used criminology. All resident faculty in the to analyze data to understand and explain department are expected to teach in both the criminological issues. graduate and undergraduate programs. All Prerequisite: Undergraduate or graduate faculty members, except adjunct lecturers, introduction to statistics provide student counseling and serve as advisors to students in the department. MCCJ 640 Minorities, Crime, and Justice (3) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES This course considers the relationships among race, ethnicity, and crime in the justice system. (NOTE: Credit Hours are denoted in The effect of social policy on racial and ethnic parentheses) inequality is studied, and theories of ethnic and racial justice are presented in terms of their Core Courses effect on crime and criminal justice.

MCCJ 600 Proseminar in Criminology Supportive Courses and Criminal Justice (3) This course is designed as an in-depth analysis (NOTE: Courses for different areas of of criminological issues and components of the concentrations are designated as follows: CR criminal justice system for students with diverse = Criminology and Research, LEC = Law undergraduate backgrounds. It employs an Enforcement and Courts, and CDP = integrated systems approach toward thinking Corrections and Delinquency Prevention) about crime and its causes and covers the history of criminological thought as well as MCCJ 642 Women, Crime, and multidisciplinary attempts at crime explanation. Justice (3) CR MCCJ 620 Theoretical Perspectives on This course explains theories of gender, society, Crime and Justice (3) and their relationship to crime are explored.

78

Empirical knowledge of causal theories will be used to explore reasons for female involvement MCCJ 652 Survey of the Correctional in the criminal justice system. An exploration of Field (3) the meaning and application of justice for CDP women will also be included. This course examines the dynamics of American correctional techniques and rationale from the MCCJ 644 Organized Crime (3) 1700’s to date. It familiarizes students with the CR; LEC history, philosophy, and evolution of This course provides the student with both an correctional practice in America. historical and contemporary analysis of organized crime and the fight against organized MCCJ 654 History of African American crime in the United States; considers factors that Criminological Thought led to the rise of organized crime in the United (3) States at the turn of the 20th Century and how CR; LEC; CDP those factors continue to influence organized This course is designed to provide the student crime today. It also considers multiple theories with knowledge of and understanding of African of organized crime and explores many of the American perspectives on criminology and methods used by law enforcement to criminal issues. The course is intended to give curtail/eliminate organized crime. graduate students perspectives that are often omitted from mainstream undergraduate MCCJ 646 Special Topics in Criminology criminal justice curriculums. The materials used and Criminal Justice (3) in this course are relatively broad covering both CR; LEC; CDP historical and contemporary African American This course analyzes current research and policy thought. The perspectives considered have issues of priority from a range of perspectives in analyzed the issues with an emphasis on how criminology and criminal justice (focus of they impact and are impacted by race. course is on specific research expertise of faculty and importance of justice issues). MCCJ 656 Law Enforcement (3) LEC; CDP MCCJ 648 Criminal Justice This course analyzes the problems, practices, Administration (3) and philosophies of law enforcement in CR; LEC; CDP contemporary society. It gives special attention This course acquaints students with a basic to particular areas, such as personnel selection, understanding of organization/administrative police-community relations, crisis intervention, theory and behavior and their assumptions. The patrol intervention, police brutality, and criminal course will explore administrative theories profiling. within a criminal justice context as students learn the impact of organization structure, MCCJ 658 Law and Courts (3) environment, and behavior on such issues as LEC; CDP leadership, control, and decision making. This course considers the definitions and development of criminal law, criminal MCCJ 650 Private and Industrial procedure, criminal rights, and constitutional Security (3) theory and practice. It also examines the CR; LEC; CDP structure, functions, and operations of the courts, This course deals with historical, philosophical, with special emphasis on principles of legality as and modern perspectives of private and provided by the US constitution. industrial security - survey of its principles, its legal authority and its effects on society in MCCJ 659 Theories of Juvenile general. Included in the course are institutional Delinquency (3) security, challenges of violence in the CR; LEC; CDP workforce, industrial and retail security, various This course examines theories of juvenile forms of preventing losses, and risk delinquency, environmental influences on management. juvenile offenders, control, and corrections of

79

the juvenile offender. It will investigate the special forms of justice applied to non-adults by MCCJ 740 Comparative Criminology arrest, detention, adjudication and juvenile and Criminal Justice (3) corrections. CR; LEC; CDP This course examines criminal justice MCCJ 700 Public Policy in Criminal institutions comparatively in several countries. Justice System (3) The purpose will be to describe the variety of CR; LEC; CDP criminal justice experience, to understand the This course examines the assumptions, context, determinants of these variations, and enhance and environment for the formulation and the understanding of what works, what doesn't, implementation of public policy. The issues of and why in the criminal justice system. morality and politics will provide a subtext for discussion and analysis of contemporary public policy. There will also be a discussion and MCCJ 750 Seminar in Probation and identification of stakeholders. Parole (3) CDP MCCJ 710 Law and Social Control (3) This course is an in-depth examination of CR; LEC; CDP selected area within the broader field of Select topics in Law and Social Control are corrections. Specific attention will be paid to examined in this course. Topics -- which may analysis of theories and practice of probation vary from semester to semester--include mental and parole, responses of paroling authorities to illness and the law, individual rights and public public pressures, and court controls and their welfare, comparative criminal law and implications for rehabilitative efforts. It assesses procedure, sanction law and public order, the feasibility and effectiveness of treatment of authority and power, and indirect social control individuals under sentence in the community. in criminal justice. MCCJ 760 Qualitative Methods in MCCJ 720 Seminar in Community Criminology (3) Policing (3) CR; LEC; CDP LEC This course is an examination of ethnographic This course focuses on the problems and and qualitative fields methods and their practices of contemporary law enforcement and application to problems of crime and criminal uses current scholarship to understand police- justice. It is focused on familiarizing students community relations. with the nature and utility of qualitative fieldwork in various areas of criminological research. MCCJ 730 Seminar in Terrorism (3) This course is a review of historical and MCCJ 770 White Collar and contemporary knowledge on the many terrorism Governmental Crimes (3) crime relationships. It includes a survey of the CR; LEC; CDP literature that examines patterns of terrorism, Special topics in White Collar and domestic, global, and technological terrorism Governmental Crimes are examined in this and a review of articles that examine theories, course from a criminological perspective. White causes, ideology, typologies, security problems, collar crimes and government crimes include media, structure, and issues in counterterrorism. fraud, embezzlement, price-fixing, antitrust violations, income - tax evasion, misuse of MCCJ 734 Directed Individual Study public funds, and abuse of political and legal (1-3) powers. CR; LEC; CDP This course involves study under the supervision MCCJ 780 Seminar in Criminological and guidance of a faculty member. Theory and Research (3) CR

80

This course is an exploration of the etiology of crime, theory development and crime causation. GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING Emphasis will be placed on theoretical perspectives, research, and ideological The Guidance and Counseling program dialectics. Bio-criminology, employing an offers graduate work leading to a Master of integrated systems approach, will also be Education (M.Ed.) degree. The school examined. counseling program is approved by the Maryland State Department of Education to MCCJ 782 Advanced Seminar in Police meet competency area requirements for school and Society (3) certification (K-12). CR; CDP The program prepares students to This course is a survey of literature examining become entry-level, human development historical and current issues and problems in specialists. The M.Ed. level program constitutes policing with emphasis on the legal aspects of the initial professional preparation for students law enforcement. desiring employment in public or private schools or non-educational agencies. The course of study MCCJ 786 Field Practice in Criminal is based on the Council for the Accreditation of Justice (1-3) Counseling and Related Educational Programs CR; LEC; CDP (CACREP) national standards. The state's This course involves firsthand experience in the Essential Dimensions of Teaching (EDoT) day-to-day operation of a criminal justice standards are also addressed as appropriate. program under the guidance and supervision of a faculty member and a practitioner in the field. Accreditation

MCCJ 790 Master’s Comprehensive UMES’ Teacher Education and School Examination (0) Counseling Programs are accredited by the (s/u grade only) National Council for Accreditation of Teacher This course is required of all students involved Education (NCATE) and approved by the in the Master of Science program with the Maryland State Department of Education consent of the major professor. Students must be (MSDE). registered for at least one class when taking the comprehensive examination. Admission Criteria

MCCJ 799 Master's Thesis (1-6) The Guidance and Counseling Program CR; LEC; CDP Admissions Committee recommends students to This course is required of all students involved the UMES Graduate School for admission to the in preparation, data collection, and writing of the program. Entrance requirements include: Master of Science (MS) thesis. A. Bachelor's degree from an accredited *************************************** institution; For further information on this program, B. Course preparation in education, please contact: psychology and human development. Students are expected to have completed the following Graduate Program Coordinator (MCCJ) undergraduate courses prior to entry into the Department of Criminal Justice program: Human Growth and Development, Hazel Hall Tests and Measurements, Introduction to Special University of Maryland Eastern Shore Education and Introduction to Psychology. Princess Anne, MD 21853 Students who have not completed course work Email: [email protected] in these areas may be required to do so before being admitted to the program; and/or be required to take EDGC 610 Advanced Psychology;

81

C. 3.0 average or better on a 4.0 scale in before the student plans to take it. Approvals of undergraduate course work; advisor and the program coordinator are D. Three letters of recommendation from required. persons capable of assessing the applicant's A written comprehensive examination potential for success in a Guidance and is required to ensure the mastery of the program Counseling graduate program; competencies. Core courses must be completed before the comprehensive examination is taken. E. An interview with the Admissions The completion of a seminar paper Committee. demonstrating research competency is required. The Advisor for the paper, the Graduate Application Deadlines Program Coordinator, and the Chair of the Education Department must approve this paper. Application deadlines are: The M.Ed. degree student must maintain a 3.0 grade point average. No grade Fall Semester - May 1st in any program course which is lower than a “C” Spring Semester - November 1st is acceptable for retention in the program. Summer Session - April 1st A minimum of 48 credit hours is required for completion of the master’s degree Provisional Admission program in Guidance and Counseling.

Applicants who possess an overall GPA Program Objectives: of between 2.75 to 2.99 will be admitted to Provisional Status. Provisional Status students The general objectives of the program must maintain a 3.30 average in the first nine are: approved credit hours of graduate level courses in Guidance and Counseling. In exceptional A. To help students develop personal and cases, students who possess an overall GPA of interpersonal qualities and skills that are 2.5 - 2.74 and yet show promise may be necessary to function in helping others; and considered for Provisional Status. A student who is considered to have B. To provide students with the potential for success, but lacks adequate course competencies needed to demonstrate knowledge preparation for Guidance and Counseling, may and skills that are necessary for counselors in be asked to complete additional courses to school settings and human development enhance their background in related fields. specialists in non-school settings.

Exit Requirements Guidance and Counseling Courses

A 100 clock hour practicum and a 400 Based upon the applicant's background clock hour Internship are required for all and interests, a course of study will be planned students. The practicum and internship are with the advisor that is congruent with the supervised counseling experiences in which student’s career goals. Curriculum options are: students are required to integrate and apply the (1) School Counseling K-12; or (2) Community knowledge and skills acquired throughout the Counseling. program. Students seeking certification as a (NOTE: CREDIT HOURS FOR ALL THE school counselor are placed in school settings at FOLLOWING COURSES ARE GIVEN IN the elementary/middle and high school levels PARENTHESES.) where they can participate in all activities that a professional school counselor is expected to GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING perform. Other students are placed in SCHOOL PROGRAM (K-12) appropriate agencies where they can participate CORE COURSE/COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS in all activities expected by a community counselor. Application to take the practicum EDGC 601 Introduction to Guidance & Counseling (3) must be filed with the department one semester EDGC 604 Theories and Techniques of Counseling (3)

82

EDGC 605 Individual and Group Appraisal (3) COURSES EDGC 606 Clinical Applications of Counseling (3) EDUC 620 Human Growth and Development (3) EDGC 631 Career and Life Development (3) EDGC 601 Introduction to Guidance EDGC 640 Group Processes in Counseling (3) EDGC 643 Counseling Children and Adolescents (3) & Counseling (3) EDGC 645 Cross Cultural Perspectives This course is an overview of the field of in Counseling (3) guidance and counseling, providing knowledge EDGC 660 Crisis Management in Counseling (3) EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal and Professional Issues of the historical and philosophical foundations in Counseling (3) of guidance and counseling and their EDGC 677 Practicum in School Counseling (3) implications for professional practice. EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral Research (3) EDGC 697 Advanced Practicum in Counseling (3) Professional activities and ethical practices of EDGC 698 Seminar in Guidance and Counseling (2-6) counselors and other helping professionals in Elective (3) both educational and non-educational settings are explored. Exploration of how personal COMMUNITY COUNSELING values interact and impact upon counseling are CORE COURSE/COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS examined.

EDGC 602 Introduction to Community Counseling (3) EDGC 604 Theories and Techniques of Counseling (3) EDGC 604 Theories & Techniques of EDGC 606 Clinical Applications in Counseling (3) Counseling (3) EDGC 612 Marriage and Family Counseling (3) The course focuses on counseling theories and EDUC 620 Human Growth and Development (3) EDGC 631 Career and Life Development (3) techniques, with emphasis on their applicability EDGC 640 Group Processes in Counseling (3) to specific counseling settings and counselor EDGC 645 Cross Cultural Perspectives in Counseling (3) orientation. EDGC 655 Social Diversity in Counseling (3) EDGC 660 Crisis Management in Counseling (3) EDGC 612 Marriage & Family EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in Counseling (3) Counseling (3) EDGC 679 Practicum in Community Counseling (3) This course focuses on counseling theory and EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral Research (3) techniques as related to families and couples, EDGC 698 Seminar in Guidance and Counseling (2-6) EDGC 699 Advanced Practicum in Community with an emphasis on the unique aspects of Counseling (3) marriage and family relationships. Analysis of Elective (3) family dynamics and the use and interpretation ELECTIVE COURSES of genograms are presented.

The student may select additional electives to complete degree requirements from the following offerings upon approval by EDGC 660 Crisis Management in the advisor. Counseling (3) This is an overview of applied therapeutic EDSP 481 Characteristics and Programming for the Gifted (3) counseling in general and crisis intervention in EDGC 655 Social Diversity in Counseling (3) particular. There is an emphasis on intervention EDGC 612 Marriage and Family Counseling (3) EDGC 665 Special Topics (1) strategies that work when people are in crisis. (maximum 6 credits) Counseling and counselor issues that will be EDGC 610 Introduction to Advanced Psychology (3) effective in any crisis are explored. Topics such SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional Individuals (3) as suicide, sexual assault, posttraumatic stress EDSP 491 Characteristics and Programming for the disorder, and bereavement and grief are Learning Disabled (3) addressed. EDSP 498 Foundations of the Education of Exceptional Children (3) EDGC 609 Special Problems in Guidance and EDUC 620 Human Growth & Counseling (1-3) CDSP 628 Computer Application in Education (3) Development (3) EDGC 646 Organization and Administration This course is a general overview of life-span of Guidance Program (3) development from conception through late SOWK 455 Substance Abuse Issues and Services (3) HUEL 460 The Family and Aging (3) adulthood. The scientific study of the EDGC 798 Research Project (1-3) quantitative and qualitative ways people change SPED 630 Current Legal and Advocacy Issues over time is examined. The use of theory and in Special Education (3) other information through application of

83 scientific principles in the study of a child may on special topics that are cutting edge in the field be included. of counseling and/or completion of program skills and requirements. All courses will be EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral listed as 665 with a letter to delineate which Research (3) course was taken (e.g. 665a-technology in This course introduces the various methods and counseling; 665b-gerontological counseling; techniques of educational research. It provides 665c-Adlerian counseling; 665d-seminar II). intensive experience both in reading, analyzing and interpreting educational research and in EDGC 610 Introduction to Advanced writing abstracts, reports on research and Psychology (3) seminar papers. This is a survey course which reviews major EDGC 640 Group Processes in psychological concepts of human development Counseling (3) and behavior. The intent of this course is to The study of the dynamic processes that occur in provide a foundation to students with a minimal groups and their application to group counseling background in psychology and the social is the focus of this course. It examines group sciences who intend to enter the field of stages, leadership styles and the importance of counseling. Emphasis is given to personality verbal and non-verbal communication in a theory, abnormal psychology, and adjustment. laboratory setting. Social and cultural issues such as race, gender and social class are also EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal and addressed. Actual involvement in group process Professional Issues is required. in Counseling (3) The study of the role of the counselor in relation EDGC 643 Counseling Children and to ethical and legal issues and dilemmas is Adolescents (3) explored. Emphasis is place on the dynamic This course examines counseling theory and interactions and processes between counselor, techniques as related to children and individuals, and institutions. Topics such as adolescents. It emphasizes how to plan and standards, licensure, accountability, liability, and implement counseling strategies appropriate to professional development will be addressed. the developmental stages and need of each group. EDGC 631 Career and Life Development (3) EDGC 605 Individual and Group This course is the study of topics on: career Appraisal (3) development theories, the relationship between The course focuses on the following topics: career choice and life style, sources of understanding of group and individual occupational and personal/social information, educational and psychometric approaches to career decision-making processes and career appraisal, use and interpretation of both development explanation techniques. standardized and non-standardized appraisal data, and planning and administering testing EDGC 698 Seminar in Guidance and programs. Counseling (3) The opportunity to research professional issues EDGC 645 Cross-Cultural Perspectives in is provided, culminating in an approved seminar Counseling (3) paper. This course examines barriers in effective cross- cultural counseling. There is an emphasis on EDGC 606 Clinical Applications of understanding cultural characteristics on visible Counseling (3) racial/ethnic groups. Issues of racial identity Students conduct the initial stages of counseling world view and bias awareness are addressed. with individuals, who present a variety of personal, educational, and vocational concerns. EDGC 665 Special Topics (1) Students will establish realistic goals with the This course number and title are intended to be a client and evaluate the extent to which goals mechanism for students to take 1 credit courses were reached. Students will describe their own

84 well formulated theory of counseling. EDGC 609 Special Problems in Guidance PREREQUISITE: Must obtain the and Counseling (1-3) permission of the Coordinator of the This course consists of individual projects Guidance and Counseling Program to enroll geared to specific needs of students. It allows in this course. students to study independently in topical areas related to counseling. Specific requirements EDGC 655 Social Diversity in related to each independent study are approved Counseling (3) on an individual basis. This course is study of the nature, PREREQUISITE: Written permission of characteristics, and needs of socially diverse adviser is required. client groups seeking counseling. Socially EDGC 646 Organization and diverse groups will include those with differing Administration of Guidance life-styles, physical disabilities, learning Program (3) disabilities, the gifted and talented, the elderly, This course examines the evolution of content- the obese and women. An emphasis will be based comprehensive guidance programs and placed on societal oppression, treatment, why guidance programs are an integral part of discrimination, and specific counseling issues the school curriculum. It provides the student related to these socially diverse groups. with experience in developing and implementing a comprehensive program. EDGC 677 Practicum in School Counseling (3) EDGC 679 Practicum in Community This course assists counselor trainees in Counseling (3) acquiring a broad and varied background of This course assist community counselor trainees knowledge, skills and abilities, as well as certain in acquiring a broad and varied background of personal characteristics, in order to perform their knowledge, skills and abilities, as well as certain roles effectively and efficiently. The trainee personal characteristics, in order to perform their must demonstrate under supervision the ability roles effectively and efficiently. to integrate and apply theories and techniques in PREREQUISITE: Must obtain the providing direct counseling services for permission of the Coordinator of the individuals and groups and to participate in Guidance and Counseling Program to enroll appropriate professional activities in the in this course. practicum setting. PREREQUISITE: Must obtain the permission of the Coordinator of EDGC 699 Advanced Practicum in the Guidance and Counseling Program to Community Counseling enroll in this course. (3) This course is an advanced group supervision EDGC 697 Advanced Practicum in experience (taken in conjunction with the second School Counseling (3) part of practicum placement) which seeks to This course is an advanced group supervision provide a capstone experience that prepares experience (taken in conjunction with the second students for a career as a professional counselor. practicum placement) which seeks to provide a capstone experience that prepares students for a SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR career as a professional counselor. GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING

EDGC 602 Introduction to Community SCHOOL PROGRAM (K-12) Counseling (3) This course focus on planning, implementation, 1ST YEAR administration, and evaluation of human service systems affecting communication. Major FALL organization theories, management styles, administrative techniques and study of relevant EDGC 601 Introduction to Guidance & issues in human services delivery in a Counseling community setting are explored. EDGC 604 Theories and Techniques of

85

Counseling ** Comprehensive exams should not be taken EDUC 620 Human Growth and before this time. Development

JANUARY SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR COMMUNITY COUNSELING EDGC 665 Special Topics in Counseling 1ST YEAR SPRING FALL EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral Research EDGC 602 Introduction to Community EDGC 640 Group Processes in Counseling Counseling EDGC 631 Career and Life Development EDGC 604 Theories and Techniques of Counseling 2ND YEAR EDUC 620 Human Growth and FALL Development

EDGC 645 Cross-Cultural Perspectives in JANUARY Counseling EDGC 643 Counseling Children and EDGC 665 Special Topics in Counseling Adolescents EDGC 605 Individual and Group Appraisal SPRING

JANUARY EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral Research EDGC 665 Special Topics in Counseling EDGC 640 Group Processes in Counseling EDGC 631 Career and Life Development SPRING** 2ND YEAR EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in Counseling FALL EDGC 660 Crisis Management in Counseling EDGC 645 Cross-Cultural Perspectives in SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional Counseling Individuals or Elective EDGC 612 Marriage and Family Counseling 3RD YEAR EDGC 665 Substance Abuse Counseling or G,H,I Elective FALL JANUARY EDGC 606 Clinical Applications of Counseling EDGC 665 Special Topics in Counseling EDGC 677 Practicum in School Counseling EDGC698 Seminar in Guidance and SPRING** Counseling EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in Counseling SPRING EDGC 660 Crisis Management in Counseling EDGC 697 Advanced Practicum in School EDGC 655 Social Diversity in Counseling Counseling Elective 3RD YEAR * For full-time student

86

FALL Students may not enroll in the program for certification only. EDGC 606 Clinical Applications of Counseling EDGC 679 Practicum in Community ACCREDITATION Counseling UMES’ Teacher Education and School EDGC 698 Seminar in Guidance and Counseling Programs are accredited by the Counseling National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and approved by the SPRING Maryland State Department of Education (MSDE). EDGC 699 Advanced Practicum in Community Counseling PROGRAM GOALS

* For full-time student The overall goal of the Special ** Comprehensive exams should not be taken Education Program is to prepare students to before this time. become effective special educators for mild and moderately disabled students in grades 1-12 and *************************************** to meet the certification and professional For further information on this program, standards of the Maryland State Department of please contact: Education, the Council for Exceptional Children, and the principles of the Interstate New Teachers Graduate Program Coordinator Assessment Support Consortium (INTASC). To Guidance and Counseling accomplish this goal, there are four major Department of Education objectives: Hazel Hall University of Maryland Eastern Shore 1. To help each student develop and refine the Princess Anne, MD 21853 personal and interpersonal qualities and skills Email: [email protected] necessary to function intellectually, emotionally, and socially with others in the capacity of SPECIAL EDUCATION teacher or facilitator;

The Department of Education provides a 2. To prepare teachers and leaders who are Master of Education (M.Ed.) program in Special knowledgeable of research, theory and practice Education with emphasis on students with mild related to effective classroom and program and moderate disabilities in grades 1-12. The management; Special Education Program is a Maryland state- approved program at both the undergraduate and 3. To develop teachers and leaders who are graduate levels. committed, continuous learners, and contributors The graduate program is designed to to the enhancement of the teaching profession; develop and refine the graduate student skills as and classroom teachers, inclusion teachers, resource teachers, teacher consultants, academic coaches, 4. To prepare teachers and leaders who or as specialists in alternative educational demonstrate sensitivity and effective settings. Students must complete the M.Ed. interpersonal skills in working with culturally degree with certification if not already diverse populations. certified in special education. They may opt for coursework leading to certification in grades CANDIDATE COMPETENCIES 1-8, 6-12, or both. The course of study varies with the Candidate competencies and outcomes experience and qualifications that individual are consistent with those of the Council for students bring to the program. Exceptional Children (CEC), the major professional organization representing special

87 educators, the Interstate New Teachers knowledge and skills across Assessment and Support Consortium (INTASC), environments, settings and the lifespan. and those of the Maryland State Department of 5) Learning Environments and Social Education (MSDE). The following competencies Interactions are related to the ten CE standards: • create learning environments and active 1) Foundations engagement for individuals with ELN • understand principles and theories, that foster cultural understanding, safety relevant laws and policies; diverse and and emotional well-being and positive historical points of view, and human social interactions; issues that have influenced and continue • foster environments in which diversity is to influence the field of special valued; education; • shape environments to encourage • understand how issues influence independence, self- motivation, self- professional practice; direction, personal empowerment, and • understand the impact of issues of self-advocacy of individuals with ELN; human diversity; and • help general education colleagues • understand the relationships of integrate individuals with ELN in organizations of special education. regular environments; 2) Development and Characteristics of Learner • use direct motivational and instructional • demonstrate respect for students; interventions; • understand the similarities and • intervene with individuals with ELN in differences in human development; crisis; and • understand how exceptional conditions • provide guidance and direction to para- can interact with the domains of human educators and others. development; and 6) Language • use knowledge to respond to the varying • understand typical and atypical language abilities and behaviors of individuals development; with exceptional learning needs (ELN). • enhance language development and 3) Individual Learning Differences teach communication skills to • understand the effects that an individuals with ELN; exceptional learning condition can have • are familiar with augmentative, on an individual’s learning; alternative, and assistive technologies; • are active and resourceful in seeking to • provide effective language models; and understand how primary language, • facilitate understanding of subject culture, and familial backgrounds matter for individuals with ELN whose interact with the individual’s primary language is not English. exceptional condition; and 7) Instructional Planning • provide individualized instruction for • develop long-range individualized individuals with ELN. instructional plans; 4) Instructional Strategies • translate individualized plans into • possess a repertoire of evidence-based shorter-range goals and objectives; instructional strategies to individualize • emphasize explicit modeling and instruction; efficient guided practice; • promote positive learning results in • modify instructional plans based on general and special education curricula; ongoing analysis of the individual’s • appropriately modify learning learning progress; environments for individuals with ELN; • facilitate instructional planning in a • enhance the learning of critical thinking, collaborative context; problem-solving, and performance • develop a variety of individualized skills; and transition plans; and • emphasize the development, maintenance and generalization of

88

• use appropriate technologies to support instructional planning and individualized instruction. 8) Assessment • use multiple assessment types of ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS assessment information; • understand the legal policies and ethical REGULAR ADMISSION principles of measurement and assessment; Admission to the Special Education • understand measurement theory and Program is based on criteria specified in the practices; requirements of admission to the UMES • understand the appropriate use and Graduate School. These standards were devised limitations of various types of to ensure that students accepted into the assessment; Graduate School were qualified and had a • assure nonbiased, meaningful reasonable chance of successfully completing a assessments and decision making; graduate degree.

• conduct informal and formal Admission criteria include: assessments of behavior, learning,

achievement and environments; A. Baccalaureate degree from an • identify supports and adaptations accredited institution; required for individuals with ELN;

• regularly monitor the progress of B. 3.0 grade point average (GPA) or better individuals with ELN; and on a 4.0 scale in undergraduate work; • use appropriate technologies to support their assessments. C. Three letters of recommendation from 9) Professional and Ethical Practice individuals who can evaluate the applicant's • attend to legal matters along with potential for graduate studies and offer insight as serious professional and ethical to the professional dispositions of the candidate; considerations; and • engage in professional activities that benefit individuals with ELN; D. Maryland passing scores on the Praxis I. • view themselves as lifelong learners and regularly reflect on and adjust their PROVISIONAL ADMISSION practice; • are sensitive to the many aspects of Applicants who possess an overall GPA diversity of individuals with ELN and of between 2.75 to 2.99 may be admitted and their families; and given provisional status provided they have • keep current with evidence-based best passing scores on the PRAXIS I. These students practices. must maintain a 3.50 average in the first nine 10) Collaboration approved credit hours, six of which must be in • routinely and effectively collaborate Special Education graduate level core courses. with families, other educators, related Provisional status students may be service providers, and personnel from required to take undergraduate prerequisites in community agencies in culturally the areas of education and psychology to responsive ways; remediate content deficiencies before being • are a resource to their colleagues in admitted to regular status. Provisional status understanding the laws and policies students may also be asked to come for a relevant to individuals with ELN; and personal interview before being admitted to the • use collaboration to facilitate the program. successful transitions of individuals with ELN across settings and services. POLICY ON APPLICANT REJECTION

89

The University may review a number of To remain in good standing in the M.Ed. different factors to determine whether to admit Special Education Program, including the an applicant to a graduate program, including eligibility to earn certification, each student must but not limited to academic achievement, meet and maintain the following performance personal and professional references, scores on criteria: admission examinations, writing samples, personal interviews, character and integrity, A. Earn an overall grade point average of 3.0 personality, and potential to perform as a or higher; and graduate student and in the applicable B. Earn no more than one "C" in all courses. profession. Applicants should consider C. Earn no grade in a course lower than a “C” licensing/registration/credential requirements of at any time during the program a profession in which past personal history or conviction/criminal record may restrict In addition, an internship will be completion of a degree program (the required for students applying for initial professional phase) and the eligibility to practice certification in Special Education. A in a profession if graduated from a program. professional portfolio is developed as part of the internship experience. Prior to taking the APPLICATION DEADLINES internship and seminar (i.e., EDSP 400, EDSP 442, EDSP 450), teacher candidates must take Application deadlines for admissions are and pass the PRAXIS II, meeting the minimum as follows: cut-off scores as determined by the Maryland State Department of Education. Fall Semester - May 1 Students must also take and pass a Spring Semester - November 1 written comprehensive examination within the Summer Sessions - April 1 last 6 credits of their program. In addition, they must also complete a seminar paper within the RETENTION AND EXIT REQUIREMENTS last 6 credits of their program. During the course SPED 678, the seminar paper must be approved The course of study will vary with the by the seminar instructor, program coordinator, experiences and qualifications that individual and department chair. students bring to the program. A minimum of 30 semester hours will be required for the M.Ed. For additional and elaborative degree. Students working toward the M.Ed. information on the policies, procedures and degree plus certification will need to complete forms of the program, consult the latest additional hours beyond the 30 semester hours Graduate Special Education Program Handbook. minimum to satisfy the M.Ed. and certification requirements. Undergraduate methods courses SPECIAL EDUCATION COURSES and the internship (i.e., EDSP 400, EDSP 401, (Note: All credit hours are given in EDSP 402, EDSP 403, EDSP 416, EDSP 426, parentheses.) EDSP 442, EDSP 450) may not be applied to the M.Ed. degree. However, these courses will be CORE COURSES: (All students in the part of the student’s overall program if they are program are required to take these courses.) essential to meet certification requirements. No more than 12 hours of coursework at the 400 SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional level can be applied toward the M.Ed. Individuals (3) requirements. EDUC 610 Learning and Instructional All requirements for the Master's degree Design (3) must be completed within a five-year period. EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral This time limit also applies to any transfer work Research (3) from other institutions to be included in the SPED 615 Psychoeducational Assessment student's overall program. (3) EDUC 625 Applied Behavior Analysis (3)

90

EDSP 428 Communication and Counseling. Advisors approve electives before Collaboration Skills in they are taken. Special Education (3) EDSP 430 Technology in Special COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Education (3) (All courses [with the exception of SPED 600, SPED 678 Master's Research Seminar EDUC 612 and EDUC 620] require (3) acceptance into the graduate Special ELECTIVES (Some of these may be required Education program) for those seeking Certification in Special Education.) SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional Individuals (3) SPED 603 Characteristics and This course presents an overview of the major Programming for Individuals types of exceptionalities and their impact on the with Learning Disabilities (3) teaching/learning process. It includes the legal SPED 605 Characteristics and mandates that relate to the field of special Programming for education. Prerequisite: Graduate Standing Individuals with Mental Retardation (3) SPED 603 Characteristics and SPED 607 Characteristics and Programming for Individuals Programming for Individuals with Learning Disabilities with Behavioral Disorders (3) (3) SPED 608 Characteristics and This course presents an overview of learning Programming for the Gifted (3) disabilities. It includes the diagnosis, SPED 630 Current Legal and Advocacy assessment, etiology, academic, social and Issues in Special Education (3) behavioral characteristics as well as history, SPED 638 Current Trends in Special theories, current issues, instructional strategies Education (3) and delivery systems. Prerequisite: SPED 600 SPED 640 Internship in Special Education (3-6) SPED 605 Characteristics and SPED 650 Career Education for the Programming for Individuals Individuals with Disabilities (3) with Mental Retardation EDSP 401 Processes and Acquisition of (3) Reading and Language for This course presents an overview of mental Students with Disabilities (3) retardation. It includes the diagnosis, EDSP 402 Materials for Reading and assessment, etiology, academic, social and Language for Students with behavioral characteristics as well as history, Disabilities (3) theories, current issues, instructional strategies, EDSP 403 Instruction of Reading and and delivery systems. Prerequisite: SPED 600 Language for Students with Disabilities (3) EDSP 404 Assessment, Diagnosis and SPED 607 Characteristics and Remediation of Reading for Programming for Individuals Students with Disabilities (3) with Behavioral Disorders EDUC 612 Advanced Educational (3) Psychology (3) This course presents an overview of behavioral EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth disorders. It includes the diagnosis, assessment, and Development (3) etiology, academic, social and behavioral characteristics as well as history, theories, In addition to elective courses within the current issues, instructional strategies, and major, students are encouraged to select delivery systems. Prerequisite: SPED 600 electives in related areas such as Guidance and Counseling and Rehabilitation SPED 608 Characteristics and Programming for the Gifted

91

(3) (3) This course presents an overview of gifted and This course provides individualized instruction, talented individuals. It includes the diagnosis, direction, and guidance in the research process. assessment, etiology, academic, social and A student-generated, independent, behavioral characteristics as well as history, comprehensive research paper (i.e., seminar theories, current issues, instructional strategies, paper) and a professional portfolio are required and delivery systems. Prerequisite: SPED 600 course products. Prerequisite: SPED 600, EDUC 690, 24 credits of graduate work SPED 615 Psychoeducational Assessment (3) EDUC 610 Learning and Instructional This course presents the selection, Design (3) administration, and interpretation of This course provides advanced skill comprehensive psychoeducational batteries development in the area of individualized designed to assess intellectual, behavioral, programming, including adaptation and achievement, and academic abilities. It includes modification of curriculum, instructional design, design, construction, and implementation of program development, and evaluation. Learning informal procedures. Prerequisite: SPED 600 theory and its application in the classroom are emphasized. Prerequisite: SPED 600 SPED 630 Current Legal and Advocacy Issues in Special Education EDUC 612 Advanced Educational (3) Psychology (3) This course presents an in-depth study of legal This course emphasizes educational implications issues derived from federal and state mandates of research on child development, cognitive in special education. It includes the review of science, learning and classroom instruction. administrative and judicial decisions, analysis of Prerequisite: Graduate Standing due process proceedings, and study of current legal trends in the field. Prerequisite: SPED EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth 600 and Development (3) This course provides advanced study of human SPED 638 Current Trends in Special growth and development using a life-span Education (3) approach. Current research and theories in the This course presents an in-depth analysis of areas of cognitive processes, learning abilities, selected topics in the field of education as they social and psychological processes will be relate to exceptional learners. Prerequisite: examined. Prerequisite: Graduate Standing SPED 600 EDUC 625 Applied Behavior Analysis SPED 640 Internship in Special (3) Education (3-6) This course develops competencies associated This course involves a supervised internship in a with effective individual, group, and classroom setting appropriate to the student's background management. Systematic analysis of behaviors and level of certification. This course may be and the application of behavioral theory in taken twice for up to 6 credits. Prerequisite: special education are presented. Prerequisite: SPED 600 SPED 600

SPED 650 Career Education for EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral Individuals with Disabilities Research (3) (3) This course presents methods and techniques of This course presents a study of pre-vocational behavioral research; experience in reading, and vocational training and career education for analyzing, and interpreting behavioral research, individuals with disabilities. Prerequisite: as well as writing and critiquing abstracts and SPED 600 developing research proposals. Prerequisite: SPED 600 SPED 678 Master's Research Seminar

92

EDSP 401 Processes and Acquisition of effectively reporting these results to parents and Reading and Language for other professionals. Prerequisites: SPED 600, Students with Disabilities (3) EDSP 401, EDSP 402, EDSP 403 This course introduces students to the processes of language development and the relationship EDSP 428 Communication and and role of language acquisition in reading Collaboration Skills in Special development for students with disabilities at the Education (3) elementary and secondary levels. It will analyze This course focuses on the nature of oral and the relationship between oral language written communication theories, models, and development, reading acquisition, and written definitions; the role of the individual and groups language. In addition, the interactive nature of in the communication process; and content and the reading process, including the impact of settings for communication. Emphasis will be on phonemic awareness will be addressed. developing effective communication skills in the Prerequisite: SPED 600 educational setting with a special focus on working with parents and other educators. EDSP 402 Materials for Reading and Prerequisite: SPED 600 Language for Students with Disabilities (3) EDSP 430 Technology in Special This course introduces materials which can be Education (3) used to provide a variety of reading and language experiences to students with This course explores a wide range of assertive disabilities at the elementary and secondary technology applications for students with levels. Both teacher-made and commercial physical, cognitive, communicative, sensory, materials will be discussed. The use of and/or multiple disabilities. Students will children’s literature, community resources, and examine the use of technology in combination parental support will also be explored. with effective instructional strategies to enhance Prerequisites: SPED 600, EDSP 401 learning. In addition, students will examine electronic and print resources for assertive EDSP 403 Instruction of Reading and technology information and review research Language for Students with about current practices for the implementation of Disabilities (3) instructional technology. Prerequisite: SPED This course introduces the instruction of reading 600 skills to students with and without disabilities at the elementary and secondary levels. Content *************************************** includes the development of word attack and For further information on this program, comprehension skills and the teaching of please contact: expository reading in the content areas. Emphasis is placed on the selection, Graduate Program Coordinator organization, and evaluation of instructional Special Education content, strategies and activities. Prerequisites: Department of Education SPED 600, EDSP 401 Hazel Hall University of Maryland Eastern Shore EDSP 404 Assessment, Diagnosis and Princess Anne, MD 21853 Remediation of Reading for Email: [email protected] Students with Disabilities (3) This course provides an in-depth analysis of MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING (MAT) assessment, diagnosis, and remediation of reading problems for students with disabilities at UMES/SU: Collaborative Degree-Granting the elementary and secondary levels. A thorough Program understanding of the diagnostic process is explored as well as remediation techniques for The MAT is a 39 semester-hour comprehension, vocabulary development, and professional degree program designed to prepare word attack skills. Attention is given to students for initial teacher certification. It is an

93

alternative, collaborative degree program offered ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS by Salisbury University (SU) and the University of Maryland Eastern Shore (UMES). Regular Admission Although students must matriculate at The MAT is intended for students who the campus where there is a State-approved have earned a non-teaching baccalaureate degree teacher preparation program in their intended from an accredited institution of higher field, applicants will be admitted to the MAT education in an appropriate content area, who program by a common UMES/SU admission now wish to become teachers in a secondary process. To be admitted to the program all school (grades 7-12). Students may prepare for applicants must: teacher certification in the following State- approved programs at UMES: Agriculture, Art, 1. possess a baccalaureate degree in a content Biology, Business, Chemistry, English, Family & area; Consumer Sciences, Mathematics, Music (vocal and instrumental); Social Studies and Technology. 2. meet the requirements for regular admission to the graduate school; ACCREDITATION 3. take and pass Praxis I; UMES’ Teacher Education and School Counseling Programs are accredited by the 4. possess an undergraduate grade-point National Council for Accreditation of Teacher average of a least 3.0 in the last half of the Education (NCATE) and approved by the undergraduate program, or possess a prior Maryland State Department of Education graduate degree from an accredited (MSDE). institution;

PROGRAM GOAL 5. submit official transcripts from all higher The overall goal of the MAT program is institutions attended; to prepare students to become effective educators and to meet the certification and 6. submit three letters of recommendation that professional standards of the Maryland State address: their personal qualities, e.g., Department of Education. character and academic abilities, problem solving, conceptual thinking, and the writing PROGRAM OBJECTIVES and speaking skills needed to support a To accomplish this goal, there are four rigorous graduate program; and that they major objectives: possess the personal determination and commitment needed to complete this 1. To allow students to build upon the content program; knowledge they have acquired in the baccalaureate degree, adding the professional 7. participate in the individual structured knowledge necessary for a career in teaching. interview session by the SU/UMES Admissions Committee; 2. To prepare teachers who are well-grounded in research, theory, and practice related to effective 8. submit a writing sample essay that is written classroom instruction and school improvements. on campus, in a supervised setting, and that focuses on some current educational issues, 3. To enable teacher candidates to develop and as determined by the MAT joint Admissions demonstrate sensitivity and effective Committee, and interpersonal skills in working with culturally diverse populations. 9. complete the MAT Application Form, including a personal statement of purpose. 4. To nurture educators who are committed, continuous learners, and contributors to the The transcripts and academic credentials enhancement of the teaching profession. of all applicants will be reviewed by the

94

UMES/SU joint MAT Admissions Committee. B. Earn no more than six credit hours of C or Appropriate academic departmental C+ grades and no grade lower than a C; subcommittees will determine whether students possess adequate and current content C. Take and pass PRAXIS II prior to coursework in the intended certification area. beginning the student internship Individuals who lack appropriate course work experience; will be expected to complete the identified course requirements prior to their enrollment D. Pass the comprehensive examination as a in the internship portion of the MAT condition for advancement to candidacy; program. Students holding degrees which are more than five years old, may be required to E. Complete a seminar paper that meets the take additional courses in the major area before identified standards; taking method courses, or before the internship. No additional courses will be taken during the F. Complete the program within three full-time internship. Students must follow the calendar years of advancement to school day and holiday schedule of the school candidacy. system in which their internship occurs. ADVISEMENT SYSTEM Provisional Admission Students in the MAT program have an Applicants who posses an overall on campus advisor throughout their course of undergraduate GPA of between 2.7 and 2.99 study, who is available to serve as mentor and to may be considered for admission to the MAT advise them on academic and career plans. program under Provisional Status. They must Students may not register for classes without maintain a 3.0 or better grade point average in discussing their program with their academic the first nine credit hours. A transcript review advisor and receiving the advisor’s signature on will be conducted after the first nine credit the registration and drop/add forms. hours. Students meeting the 3.0 standard will be granted regular admission status. Those who do APPLICATION DEADLINE not meet the standard will be terminated from All fully completed applications must be the program. submitted to the Graduate School no later than October 1 for Winter Session admission. RETENTION AND EXIT REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for the MAT TRANSFER CREDITS degree are as follows: A maximum of six graduate credits may be accepted for transfer into the program, 1. Course Work provided these credits are as specified (see transfer credits section of this catalog). A minimum of 39 semester hours of course work will be required for the MAT COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION Students in the UMES/SU MAT degree. All requirements must be completed program must obtain passing scores on a within a five-year period after admission to the collaborative comprehensive examination given program. in the Winter Session. Students who do not pass

all parts of the comprehensive examination must 2. Retention wait four months before retaking them. Passage

of the comprehensive examination is a To remain in good standing in the MAT requirement for graduation. program each UMES student must meet and maintain the following performance criteria: SEMINAR PAPER All UMES students must write a A. Earn an overall grade point average of 3.0 seminar paper that demonstrates their ability to or higher; analyze and synthesize educational research. The student’s advisor should be consulted on the

95

process. Seminar papers must be completed and Courses are taught on both campuses; in any approved by designated UMES personnel. semester half of the courses are taught at UMES and the others at SU. INTERNSHIP ______Completion of an internship as a *UMES students must take and pass PRAXIS I fulltime teacher in a Professional Development prior to being admitted to the program School internship is required for completion of **UMES students must take and pass the the degree. PRAXIS II prior to beginning the internship

Sequence of Master of Arts in Teaching Note: The Teacher Educator in the academic Courses and other Requirements department that offers the program in which the student plans to teach must review his/her WINTER TERM* transcripts and indicate what content course EMAT 501 Development and Learning work, if any, must be completed prior to the Applied to Teaching (3) internship. (UMES; SU)

SPRING SEMESTER Course Descriptions EMAT 502 Social and Philosophical (Note: Credit hours for all courses are given Foundations of Contemporary in parentheses) Education (UMES; SU) (3) EMAT 504 Reading in the Content EMAT 501 Development and Learning Area I (UMES only) (3) Applied to Teaching (3) EMAT 505 Methods of Teaching and The course examines theory and research in Assessment (UMES; SU) (3) human development and learning psychology EMAT 515 Research and Technology with application to teaching in contemporary (UMES; SU) (3) middle and secondary schools. Emphasis is placed on translating theory into practice by SUMMER SESSION I integrating field experiences, class work, student EMAT 506 Inclusive Teaching for Diverse projects, assignments, and exams. Populations (UMES; SU) (3) Prerequisite: Admission to the MAT program or consent of the instructor. FALL SEMESTER** EMAT 503 Principles of Curriculum and EMAT 502 Social and Philosophical Instruction (UMES; SU)(3) Foundations of Contemporary EDCI 4XX Content Area Methods (varies Education (3) by content area) (3) The course is an analysis of social and (UMES; SU) philosophical tenets of education with an EMAT 512 Classroom Management (3) emphasis on implications for contemporary (UMES; SU) middle and secondary schools. It examines EMAT 508 Reading in the Content Area II current trends, issues, research and practice. (UMES only) (3) Field experience involving community, educational, and social service agencies are WINTER TERM required. Prerequisite: Admission to the MAT Comprehensive Exam (UMES; SU) program or consent of the instructor.

SPRING SEMESTER EMAT 503 Principles of Curriculum and Instruction (3) EMAT 507- Internship I (UMES; SU) (3) Historical and current influences on curriculum EMAT 509- Internship II (UMES; SU) (3) developments, alignments, and classroom EMAT 511- Internship Seminar (at SU) (3) applications; underlying principles, (UMES; SU) philosophical, and social influences on strategic planning processes and school improvements

96

will all be examined. Technological impacts on provided. This course fulfills the State's Special curriculum and instruction will be emphasized. Education requirement for teachers. Curriculum strands, research studies, and Prerequisite: Admission to the MAT Program products will be reviewed and assessed. and content requirements. Prerequisites: EMAT 502 and EMAT 515 EDCI4XX Secondary School Methods EMAT 504 and 508 Reading in the Content (400 level course number will Areas I and II (3 each) vary according to the content The courses are an analysis of major.) (3) reading/writing/learning processes with an The course prepares prospective teachers to emphasis on skills and strategies to facilitate teach content area in middle and high schools. student comprehension and learning of content Students will integrate content knowledge with in middle and secondary schools. The course basic teaching methodologies of preparing examines research and practice; field objectives, effective questioning, curriculum and experiences are required. Prerequisite: resource evaluations, teacher presentations, Admission to the MAT program or consent of cooperative learning, demonstrations and the instructor. experiments, student projects, classroom management, lesson and unit planning. Students EMAT 505 Methods of Teaching and will be placed with a high school or middle Assessment (3) school teacher for observations and bit teaching This graduate course will focus on both effective experiences. Prerequisites: Successful instructional methods and educational completion of MAT 502, EMAT 503 and assessment procedures. Students will examine EMAT 512 courses. (This is a sample of the general principles related to preparing, planning, course to be offered. A specialized content and delivering instruction. The connection area methods course will be offered in each between assessment and instruction will be area for which one or both institutions emphasized. Both informal and formal [UMES, SU] have a State-approved assessment procedures will be presented, with an program.) opportunity for students to apply instructional and assessment techniques in a clinical field EMAT 507, 509 (Internship I and II) and experience. Prerequisite: Admission to the EMAT 511 (Seminar) (9) MAT Program, completion of the Full-time fourteen weeks clinical internship and professional education sequence, and content concurrent campus seminar provide the intern requirements. with opportunities to actualize the latest educational research and theory into practice. EMAT 506 Inclusive Teaching for Diverse These opportunities include and are not Populations (3) exclusive to: observation, mini-teaching, macro- This research-based course is designed to teaching, whole group lessons and action provide a broad-based survey of special research. The seminar provides a forum for education and multicultural education. One discussing problems encountered during the focus of this course is to provide an overview of internship, and also provides a colloquium for special education and a general exploration of developing strategies to resolve these problems. the types of disabilities, etiology, and The internship will be conducted under the characteristics of persons with disabilities. The direct supervision of a clinical supervisor other focus of this course will be to examine (experienced public school teacher) with various cultural and ethnic groups, their social guidance and support from the University mores, and interaction patterns. Further study supervisor. Prerequisites: Completion of all will focus on the impact diversity has on the coursework in the MAT sequence prior to the education of the "regular" education student and Internship, including content methods, and the impact diversity has on students with achievement of a passing score on the disabilities. Current trends and instructional PRAXIS. strategies for inclusion will be discussed. Research opportunities and field experiences are

97

EMAT 512 Classroom Management (3) state, with particular emphasis on those residing The course provides the student with a repertoire and/or working on the Eastern Shore (and in of strategies to create a classroom environment Western Maryland). The unique and that facilitates optimal learning. Different complementary roles of the UM flagship classroom management theories will be explored mission coupled with the MSU urban doctoral and evaluated for appropriateness in a given mission and the regional doctoral focus of both situation. Special attention is given to BSU and UMES offer great promise for the accommodating diversity, and strategies for addition of UMES in the collaborative effectively communicating with families are partnership. With the participation of the other considered. Prerequisites: Admission to MAT regional comprehensive universities, the MELC program, completion of the professional can respond to the regional need for education education sequence, and content leadership in a timely manner. The MELC has as requirements. its vision developing a Doctorate of Education EMAT 515 Research and Technology (3) whose aim is to produce ethical and humane Students are introduced to the three basic forms leaders for Maryland and the nation’s schools of research: historical, descriptive, and who are: experimental, with an emphasis on incorporating • Sensitive to the diverse needs and them into classroom teaching. ERIC and other diverse peoples who attend our schools databases will be used in library research. The and who will seek to provide an equal course provides a technological base for the and quality education for all children; development of videotapes, portfolios, and a • Instructional leaders able to build an research methodology base for subsequent effective team-oriented approach to courses. Qualitative and quantitative data teaching and learning in order to treatments will be developed within the context maximize the academic achievements of of individual student projects and the evaluation all students; of the research literature. Prerequisite: • Scholar practitioners with reflective, Admission to the MAT program problem solving habits who are able to design, consume, critique and *************************************** implement research relevant to effective For further information on this program, practice; and please contact: • Adaptable to changing environments and problems, to solving new problems, Graduate Program Coordinator and developing adaptive learning Master of Arts in Teaching Program environments. Department of Education Hazel Hall In Maryland, the need for education leaders University of Maryland Eastern Shore with training at the doctoral level has been cited Princess Anne, MD 21853 as a statewide need. Personnel needs in this area Email: [email protected] parallel the projected shortage of teachers, both being impacted by the growing school-aged EDUCATION LEADERSHIP population and projected retirements. Over the next five years, nearly 75% of Maryland’s Introduction current school administrators will become eligible for retirement. As the doctoral degree-granting institution on Maryland’s Eastern Shore, UMES has been Program Revision in Progress invited to join the Maryland Education Leadership Collaborative (MELC), working UMES is seeking national accreditation with the University of Maryland College Park by the National Council for Accreditation of (UM), Bowie State University (BSU) and Teacher Education (NCATE) and approval by Morgan State University (MSU). This doctoral the Maryland State Department of Education program is designed to respond to the (MSDE) for the Education Leadership (EDLD) educational needs of school personnel across the Program. In addition, the program is being

98 modified to align with the standards of the work toward a terminal degree in educational Educational Leadership Constituent Consortium leadership. and the Maryland Instructional Leadership Framework. The intent of this redesign is also to Educational Objectives seek eligibility for state licensure as an Administrator I for doctoral candidates, after Candidates who satisfactorily complete successful completion of this program. the Education Leadership Program will receive In the interim students admitted into and the Doctor of Education degree (Ed.D.) and will those already enrolled in the EDLD program be able to demonstrate the following to: should continue to follow, until otherwise notified, the combined Organizational • Develop leadership skills which Leadership/Education Leadership policies, demonstrate team-oriented approaches procedures and processes found in the several to teaching and learning in order to handbooks and guides issued for the programs, maximize student achievement. as periodically updated, and in the various • Facilitate the development of an subsections of the updated Organizational educational institution’s vision and Leadership program text in this catalog. mission.

• Align the total school culture to student Mission of the Program learning and achievement.

• Monitor and facilitate the alignment of The mission of the Education curriculum, instruction and assessment. Leadership Doctoral Program is to prepare • Improve instructional practices through educators for today’s schools who are purposeful observation and assessment particularly effective instructional leaders and of teachers and staff. applied researchers. The program has a • Ensure the regular integration of commitment to equal educational opportunity. appropriate assessments into daily There is an emphasis on cultivating doctoral classroom instruction. candidates with the knowledge, skills, and • dispositions to respond to the diverse needs and Utilize multiple sources of data to diverse peoples who attend our schools, i.e., to improve classroom instruction and provide an equal and quality education for all student achievement. children. Curriculum, internships and other • Facilitate professional development for program requirements are designed to focus on staff that is focused, sustained, and developing instructional leaders who use best research-based. practices in maximizing student achievement, • Engage all stakeholders in a shared implementing appropriate assessments, and responsibility for school and student facilitating professional development. Program success. requirements are aligned with standards by the • Meet the educational needs of a diverse Educational Leadership Constituent Council and multi-cultural student and from the National Council for Accreditation of community population. Teacher Education and the Maryland • Demonstrate ethical standards in all Instructional Leadership Framework from the research and education leadership Maryland State Department of Education. activities. In addition, as part of the Maryland Education Leadership Consortium (MELC), a Admissions Procedures collaborative program, the UMES Education Leadership Doctoral Program is delivered at the Applicants will be considered for Eastern Shore Higher Education Center, thus admission to the Education Leadership (EDLD) supporting our mission to provide extension and Program in accordance with the general outreach opportunities to our constituents. admission requirements set forth by the UMES Access to and availability of this doctoral degree Graduate School. Applicants must specify on the program on the Eastern Shore will meet the Statement of Purpose application form the expressed needs of local citizens who want to intended strand area (Guidance and Counseling,

99

Special Education, or Career and Technology Education). Applications will be reviewed and Program, Retention, and Exit recommendations concerning admission made to Requirements the Dean of Graduate Studies by the Education Leadership Admissions Committee composed of All students in the Education Leadership as many as four assessors, including one from (EDLD) program must complete a non-credit each of the three strand areas. one weekend orientation seminar, core courses All applicants must satisfy the following (24 semester hours), courses in one of three minimum requirements: strand areas (Career and Technology Education, • An earned baccalaureate and master’s Guidance and Counseling (specifically school degrees from regionally accredited counseling), or Special Education) and three institutions; research methods and statistics courses. • A minimum of a 3.0 grade point average A strand is 12 semester hours of in the master’s degree; content-specific advanced course work. Included • Three years of recent teaching or in the course of study for all EDLD students, successful professional experience in a regardless of their selected strand, will be a school (K-12) setting; supervised integrated internship (3 semester • State certification in one of the three hours) in an educational setting that aligns with strand areas (Career and Technology their strand area. Education, Guidance and Counseling Advancement to candidacy for the (specifically school counseling), and degree occurs after the passing of the Special Education); comprehensive examination, successful • The completed UMES application completion of the required internship activities, materials; and the successful defense of the dissertation • A writing sample (done on-site); proposal. Twelve (12) semester hours of credit • An interview with a panel are awarded for the satisfactory completion of the exit experience (dissertation). The Since the program is a cohort design, comprehensive examination is a minimum of admissions will also be based, to the extent one credit. The sixty (60) credit hours in possible, on a sufficient number of admissions in addition to the comprehensive examination each of the three strand areas in the program so required for the degree, can be earned within a as to maintain a continuity of strand course three-year cohort sequence. Any applicable offerings. transfer credit for core, strand or research The Education Leadership Program methods/ statistics course requirements, up to 12 represents a terminal degree program for semester hours, must comply with the transfer of students in mid- or advanced career stages. credit provisions of the UMES Graduate School Applicants represent a variety of professional and be approved by the ORLD/EDLD Program experiences and educational backgrounds. Director and the Graduate Dean during the first semester of matriculation. Application Deadline The program will include the following elements: As a cohort-based program, there is one • An entry level (orientation) set of admission period per year (Fall). The application experiences to outline roles, deadline is April 1. Students are responsible to responsibility, timeline expectations, ensure that completed applications and and to build a sense of cohesiveness for supporting materials, including letters of the group. recommendation and official transcripts, are • A set of core courses to include topics received in the UMES Graduate School by the such as organizational behavior, politics application deadline. and governance, policy and planning, instructional issues, technology, personnel and financial management.

100

• A set of advanced coursework in the EDLD 610 Educational Policy and Planning strand area. ACOL 624 Fundraising, Lobbying, and • A set of courses designed for Negotiating Skills development of additional research and ORLD 617 Personnel Development, data analysis skills. Management, and Evaluation • A supervised internship experience ORLD 603 Politics, Organizations, and Leaders: based on the student’s background and Legal and Ethical Issues career objectives EDLD 612 Leadership in Curriculum, • The creation of an exit experience that Instruction and Technology highlights, through public presentation GVOL 621 Managing Public Financial of research or special projects, the Resources accomplishments of the student. B. Specialization in Leadership Students enter the Education Leadership (Students select one strand area) Program as members of a doctoral cohort. Since (12 semester hours) this program is designed to meet the needs of students who are employed full time, courses Guidance and Counseling will be offered in a nontraditional scheduling • EDGC 642 Advanced Group format on Friday evening, Saturdays and Processes Sundays. Classes are five weeks in duration, and • EDGC 644 Advanced Clinical generally meet twice. The remaining three (3) Applications and Supervision weeks are devoted to individual projects and • EDGC 646 Organization and research. Students must pursue coursework with Administration of Guidance the cohort. Students who become out of Programs sequence with the cohort may join the next • EDGC 656 Seminar on Diversity cohort as space permits. The cohort will complete twenty-seven (27) semester hours Career and Technology Education toward core and strand courses during the first • CTED 600 Career and Technology year of enrollment in the program: three (3) Content, Methods and Strategies courses in each of the fall, spring, and summer • CTED 602 Career and Technology semesters (9 credit hours per semester). In the Instructional Organization and second year, the remaining strand courses and Management the research methods and statistics courses will • CTED 615 Administration and be completed. All requirements are scheduled Leadership for completion by the third year of the program. • CTED 630 Special Problems in Career Additional time to complete the program and Technology Education may be granted in accordance with the policies and procedures of the UMES Graduate School. All students must maintain a “B” or better grade Special Education in all program courses with a letter grading • SPED 630 Legal and Advocacy Issues system (A to F) and a grade of “S” in research, in Special Education internship and comprehensive examination • SPED 638 Current Trends in Special credits with a “S/F” grading system. Education The program specifics for the Doctor of • SPED 631 Interagency Collaboration Education degree in Education Leadership are as in Special Education follows: • SPED 655 Seminar in Special

Education: Administration and A. Core Domains of Leadership Supervision (24 semester hours)

C. Research Methods and Statistics (9 ORLD 602 Theories and Processes of semester hours) Organizations • ORLD 611 Quantitative Research ACOL 623 Academic Leadership

101

• ORLD 612 Statistical Applications of expertise in a desired area (may be and Interpretations related to the internship). This person • ORLD 613 Statistics and Information may be a reader in a non-voting status if Management he/she does not have the terminal degree. D. Integrated Internship (3 semester hours) • Dean’s Representative: Assigned by the • EDLD 898 Doctoral Internship Dean of Graduate Studies.

E. Exit Experience (12 semester hours) Comprehensive Examination • EDLD 899 Doctoral Dissertation The EDLD doctoral program holds Advisor and Research Advisory Committee written comprehensive examinations twice a year, in June and January. To be eligible to sit Upon admission to the Education for the comprehensive examination, the student Leadership Program, students will be assigned to must be in “good academic standing” that is, the an academic advisor. This person will be student must have obtained an A or B in all core, responsible for advising on all aspects of the research and strand courses and have student’s progress through the program. successfully completed the internship and be Students should also consult for registered for ORLD 700 (1 to 6 credit hours as information, forms, specific policies and needed). The comprehensive examination format procedures the ORLD/EDLD program manuals is as follows: on the Research Advisory Committee Process and the Processes Leading to Graduation. . Examination questions covering core, After passing the comprehensive strand and research coursework as well examination (see the section below), the student as the internship, will be submitted by will select a Research Advisory Committee the ORLD/EDLD faculty. (RAC), which must be approved by the . The examination will be monitored by a ORLD/EDLD Program Director and the Dean of proctor who cannot be a grader. Each Graduate Studies. The committee will include at student will be assigned a number so least five (5) members selected from the that “graders” (ORLD/EDLD faculty) following categories who must have UMES will not know whose examination they Graduate Faculty Status to be a voting member: are grading. In other words, the • RAC Chair: Select from ORLD/EDLD comprehensive examination uses a adjunct and full-time faculty, as well as double-blind technique. At least three UMES full-time faculty. Previous graders will assess each question; their doctoral committee chair experience is scores will be averaged. Averages will preferred. not be rounded to the next whole • RAC Strand/Core Faculty: Select from number. ORLD/EDLD adjunct and full-time . The student may hand-write the faculty, UMES faculty, or faculty examination (exam booklet/paper will affiliated with another accredited be provided) or submit answers via a university who have expertise in the UMES university provided computer student’s area of interest. (with only word processing capability). • RAC Research Faculty: Select from Students are allowed to bring only a ORLD/EDLD adjunct and full-time pencil/pen to the exam room. The faculty, UMES faculty, or faculty student must inform the ORLD/EDLD affiliated with another accredited Administrative Assistant two weeks university who have expertise in before the examination date whether research design and/or statistics. s/he will use pencil/pen or computer. After this time, the student is not • RAC Associate (optional): While allowed to waver from this test-taking possibly not having a terminal doctoral decision unless, on the day of the degree, this person is selected because examination, there are technical

102

difficulties regarding the use of 20 points or higher on the research computers. question; 8 points or higher on the . Room assignment for the exam will be internship question; and, 16 points or emailed to the student from the higher on each core question. ORLD/EDLD Administrative Assistant . Comprehensive exam questions are two (2) weeks before the examination designed to assess the student’s date. knowledge about broad foundational . Exams are scheduled to be taken in an 8 concepts as well as the ability to hour time block (3 hours in the morning integrate this knowledge in a manner [9:00 am—12:00 noon]; a one-hour that “graders” perceive as indicative of lunch break [12:00 noon to 1:00 pm]; doctoral status. “Graders” will expect and 4 hours in the afternoon [1:00 pm— that the student will cite references 5:00 pm]). Testing will begin at the according to the 5th or latest edition APA specified times (9:00 am and 1:00 pm). style manual (author, date) throughout If the student arrives at a later time, s/he his/her writing. There is no required will not be provided extra time to length for a comprehensive examination complete the examination. answer; passing has to do with quality— . The exam proctor will distribute two not quantity. questions at 9:00 in the morning (one . Students will be informed in writing of strand question and one research their comprehensive examination score question); after lunch, the proctor will as well as a summary of graders’ distribute three questions at 1:00 in the comments. Usually, this process takes afternoon (one internship question and about 2-3 weeks. two core questions). At the end of the . If a student does not pass the morning session, the strand question and comprehensive examination, s/he must research question and answers will be again register for one (1), and up to six submitted to the proctor; at the end of (6), credit hours(s) in ORLD 700 until the afternoon session, the internship the next sitting date for the question and the two core questions and comprehensive examination. Only after answers will be submitted to the proctor. passing the comprehensive examination The student cannot revisit submitted will a student be eligible to register for responses. dissertation credit hours (EDLD 899) . Where students may be provided a and initiate the Dissertation Initial choice among the questions to answer, Meeting (IM) process. e.g., one of two questions, students who . In the event of failing ANY or ALL of mistakingly respond to both questions the five questions, the student may will have only the first of the two retake the failed section(s) ONLY once. responses graded. A student may not If the student fails the re-taken part the respond to both questions to attempt to second time (or fails to take the failed improve the total score for the question. examination section(s) within one year), . Points for each question are as follows: his/her admission status is terminated. o The strand question is worth 25 . The second examination attempt will be points; given no earlier than four months after o The research question is worth the first examination and no later than 25 points; one calendar year from the date of the o The internship question is worth initial examination. 10 points; o Core questions are worth 40 Doctoral Internship points total (20 points each). . The student must pass EACH question Students are expected to document at by at least an 80 percent margin. In least 90 contact hours in the internship other words, the student must score 20 experience that is approved by three (3) points or higher on the strand question; ORLD/EDLD faculty members and the

103

ORLD/EDLD Program Director. This field- 4. Summary of proposed research based, supervised experience should culminate (background, purpose of the study, in a scholarly product. The internship must be proposed methods) completed and evaluated before the 5. Discussion of proposal manuscript comprehensive examination can be attempted. sections and the proposal defense, An internship question is included on the including appropriate forms comprehensive examination. 6. Tentative proposal manuscript/ defense dates The Initial Meeting The RAC Chair will make closing remarks The Initial Meeting (IM), a meeting and dismiss the meeting. closed to everyone other than the EDLD student and his/her Research Advisory Committee The Proposal Defense (RAC), takes place when the student has passed the comprehensive examination and has the The student and his/her Research written approval from the Dean of Graduate Advisory Committee (RAC) will agree upon a Studies regarding membership of the student’s dissertation subject and accompanying research RAC. The purpose of this meeting is to provide design. The Proposal manuscript will include the opportunities for the RAC to become familiar first three chapters (Introduction, Review of the with each other personally and professionally as Literature, and Methods) of the final dissertation well as to review and summarize the student’s (usually five chapters: Introduction, Review of progress toward completion of the EDLD the Literature, Methods, Results, and program degree requirements. All members of Conclusions/Discussion). A qualitative proposal the RAC must attend the IM either in person or and dissertation may contain more than three or through audio/video (A/V) technology in the five chapters respectively. The student will case of an RAC member at a distant location. follow the APA Style Manual (6th or latest The use of A/V technology must be prior edition) regarding referencing. approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies. The student must have completed the Three (3) members must be physically present at Initial Meeting to defend his/her proposal. The the IM. In case of an emergency, the Dean of Proposal Defense, administered by the RAC, is Graduate Studies may substitute the excused an oral examination of the research proposal. All RAC member with the Dean’s Representative to members of the RAC must attend the Proposal the RAC so that the IM may take place. The Defense either in person or via prior approved RAC chair is responsible for taking minutes of audio/video technology. If an emergency arises the meeting, copies of which will be forwarded among a committee member, the Dean of to each RAC member, the student, the Graduate Studies may substitute that member ORLD/EDLD program director, the Dean of with the Dean’s Representative to the RAC so Graduate Studies, and a copy will be placed in that the Proposal Defense may take place. At the student’s file. After the RAC Chair opens the least three (3) RAC members must be physically IM with welcoming and introductions, the present for the proposal defense. student should be able to discuss and present During the Proposal Defense—the oral evidence pertaining to the following agenda examination—the RAC examines the student on items (RAC members may ask questions at any all aspects of the proposed dissertation research time): as well as whether the student has the proper motivation, technical and intellectual capacity, 1. Curriculum vitae and resources to complete the research in partial 2. The student’s transcript, the internship’s fulfillment of the requirements for the Doctor of scholarly product, and the passing of the Philosophy degree. comprehensive examination. Following the completion of the 3. Perceived strengths, areas for growth, Proposal oral examination process, the RAC will and working style for future progress hold a closed meeting in which decisions will be toward graduation made concerning the final form of the proposal. The student will be called back into the room to

104

hear the RAC decision. RAC consensus is candidate’s RAC, and the Dissertation Defense desired; however, the student passes the must be held in UMES facilities. At the proposal with at least four of five (or 80%) completion of the defense, the RAC will hold a affirmative votes. The student is required to meeting (without the candidate) to discuss bring ORLD/EDLD Form B to the proposal decisions regarding the candidate’s pass/fail defense. It is expected that the RAC will work status and any recommendations for the final with the student to make any required changes. form of the dissertation manuscript. The student When the RAC recommends substantive will be called back into the room to hear the changes in the proposal, the student will not RAC decision. The RAC committee has the move forward to submit to the UMES following alternatives regarding the pass/fail Institutional Review Board (IRB) the request for status for the candidate: approval of human subjects data collection until 1. Accept the dissertation without any all corrections have been made. After passing recommended changes and sign the the Proposal Defense, the student is allowed to appropriate form. submit materials as needed to the UMES 2. Accept the dissertation with Institutional Review Board (IRB). recommendations for changes, and, After passing the Proposal Defense, the EXCEPT FOR THE RAC CHAIR, sign student is admitted to candidacy provided that the appropriate form. After the s/he submits the application for Admission to candidate makes the recommended Candidacy. This application form may be changes, the RAC chair will review the obtained from the UMES Graduate School. The dissertation and, upon his/her approval, time line for Admission to Candidacy is five sign ORLD/EDLD Form E. years after enrollment in the program. 3. Recommend revisions to the dissertation If the student fails the Proposal Defense, manuscript and NOT sign ORLD/EDLD s/he must re-defend the research proposal. A Form E until the candidate has made the second failure or failure to re-defend within one changes and submitted the revised year (but no sooner than 30 working days) of the dissertation manuscript for RAC first proposal defense results in cancellation of approval. Then, the RAC committee will admission. sign form E if they approve of the changes. The Dissertation Defense 4. Recommend revisions and convene a second meeting of the Dissertation The ability to undertake independent Defense. The second defense may take research and provide sufficient evidence of place no fewer than 6 months and no scholarship is demonstrated by submission of an later than 12 months after the first original dissertation, which is required of all defense. Candidates may be examined candidates for an Ed.D. degree. A minimum of no more than twice. After failing the 12 dissertation hours is required to complete the second attempt, the candidate’s EDLD doctoral degree program. Prior to admission to the graduate program is admission to candidacy, the student may register terminated. for no more than six (6) dissertation hours. After 5. Rule the dissertation manuscript and registering for all 12 required hours, the defense unsatisfactory; therefore, the candidate must register for 1 dissertation hour student fails and may not re-defend. per semester and summer session, including the semester or session in which s/he defends his/her Before or after recommended changes, dissertation. In other words, the candidate must the candidate fails if two (2) of five (5) RAC be continually enrolled in dissertation hours members do not sign ORLD/EDLD Form E. In until graduation. The candidate has up to four addition, the ORLD/EDLD Program Research (4) years to successfully defend his/her Coordinator may over-ride any RAC pass/fail dissertation from the time s/he was admitted to decision. Circumstances for an over-ride could candidacy. include a) a dissertation manuscript not in The Dissertation Defense MUST be compliance with ORLD/EDLD specified physically attended by ALL members of the outline/style, b) failure of the student to comply

105 with IRB human subjects protection passing the course at the time of a requirements or c) acts of plagiarism and faulty legitimate emergency. If the “I” grade data handling and other examples of academic has not been completed satisfactorily dishonesty that were found. These problems within six (6) months from the would go back to the student and the RAC with conclusion of the 5-week course in appropriate action to be taken as warranted, e.g., which the instructor granted the “I,” the if an academic honesty or IRB issue and/or student’s registration for the next revisiting the dissertation manuscript for sequence of courses is subject to hold. revision and a subsequent review following the All “I” grades must be completed for the above five pass/fail alternatives. student to sit for the comprehensive Although not an ORLD/EDLD examination. An “I” becomes a “W” at requirement, the doctoral candidate may request the end of one year if not removed and, a Public Seminar (open to the public) to serve as thereby, must be repeated. a dress rehearsal for the Dissertation Defense. 6. Academic dishonesty (e.g., plagiarism, The request should be submitted to the improper citation, fabrication, and/or ORLD/EDLD program Director. manipulation of facts and data, cheating, and so on) will not be tolerated in the ORLD/EDLD Programs Grading and ORLD/EDLD programs and will be Retention Policies subject to actions and penalties prescribed in the campus’ academic The grading policy for the ORLD/EDLD honesty policy. program is that students must receive a grade of 7. Students enrolled in internship, either “B” or “A” in each program course (core, comprehensive examination and strand and research) with a letter grading system research credit courses with an “S/F” (A, B, C, D, & F) and a grade of “S” in grading system—898 internship credit, comprehensive examination, internship and 700 comprehensive examination credit, research credit courses with a “S/F” grading and 899 dissertation credit—must earn a system. grade of “S” to continue with the progress to degree. A failing grade in The retention policy for the ORLD/EDLD any of these credit courses at any time is programs is as follows: subject to review by the program to 1. A student who receives a grade of “C” determine whether the student should be in any core, strand or research continued in the program or dismissed. methods/statistics course must repeat that course. 2. The statistics course pre-requisite is that Altered Timelines for the Program students must earn a final grade of “A” or “B” in ORLD 612 before proceeding Completion of the EDLD degree to ORLD 613. program requirements within the recommended 3. After receiving two final “C” grades three-year time frame is contingent on (whether receiving two consecutive “C” successful completion of all coursework in grades in the process of repeating one sequential order and the required examinations. course or whether, throughout the Unsatisfactory performance on or delays in duration of the program, receiving two completion of the coursework, the final “C” grades in any two different comprehensive examination, the internship, the courses), the student will be dismissed research proposal defense or the final from the program. dissertation examination, and subsequent re- 4. A student who receives a final course examinations of any of the above, and leaves of grade of “D” or “F” at any time in the absences all necessarily extend the duration of program will be dismissed from the the student’s retention and graduation in the program. program. Consequently, students in the EDLD 5. A grade of “I” (Incomplete) is given in Program may need to commit additional time any course only to students who are and resources beyond the recommended three-

106 year time frame and sequence in accordance ORLD 617 Personnel Development, with the policies and procedures and timelines Management, and Evaluation for doctoral degrees of the UMES Graduate (3) School. The course covers leadership strategies required in recruitment, development, and in-service, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS effective use of personnel staff, and the (Credit hours are in parentheses) evaluation techniques which will promote a Core Domains of Leadership: highly motivated professional delivery system.

ORLD 602 Theories and Processes of ACOL 624 Fundraising, Lobbying, Organizations (3) and Negotiating Skills (3) The course examines theories, methods, and Grant writing, development of political practices that influence organizations. Emphasis networks, advocacy strategies, practices for is placed on Education performance outcomes raising and allocating resources, elements of and how implementation impacts emerging mediation and negotiation, and techniques for global markets. Also explored will be the empowerment and caucusing are to be reviewed. human, conceptual, and technical skills required of all policymakers working collaboratively EDLD 612 Leadership in Curriculum, within organizations to achieve individual, Instruction and Technology organizational, and societal goals. (3) The course provides a comprehensive coverage ACOL 623 Academic Leadership (3) of K-12 curriculum philosophy, curriculum Topics include a history of academic leadership, planning, instruction, and design. Modes of leadership styles, group dynamics, supervisory inquiry for designing curriculum that meets the models and approaches. Organizational decision needs of students, educators, parents, and processes within academic settings and community are investigated. The course multicultural perspectives will be emphasized. balances theory, practice, and conventional Attention will be given to accountability, wisdom from a range of disciplines and administration, finance, law, human resources, contexts. logistics, operations and management, marketing, strategic planning and public policy. GVOL 621 Managing Public Financial Resources (3) EDLD 610 Educational Policy and The role of leadership in fiscal policy Planning (3) development and management will be The course examines the historical, political, and addressed. Public budgeting and related sociological antecedents of educational policy financial management processes at the and addresses theory, analysis, development, international, national, state and local levels will implementation, and evaluation of policy. be explored. Specific focus will vary according Influences on and evolution of educational to the needs and interests of students. Finance, policy and policy leadership are also examined. markets, and investments will be baseline program components. ORLD 603 Politics, Organizations, and Leaders: Legal and Ethical Specialization in Leadership: Issues (3) The impact of ethics as well as the responsible behavior of leaders in organizations are studied. Policies, practices, and their legal implications; resource identification and the need for human services, along with the impact of technology on human rights, will all be explored. Ethics regulations for research on human subjects, including IRB requirements, will be presented

107

Guidance and Counseling Integrative instructional techniques for mathematics, science, English, social studies, EDGC 642 Advanced Group Processes and Career and Technology Education are (3) explored to design meaningful instructional The course focuses on the development of group units. Student assessment techniques, such as process facilitation skills. Analysis, intervention, rubrics and electronic portfolios, are also and sculpting of group dynamics will be discussed in relationship to instructional design. explored. The opportunity to co-lead a group process lab may be offered. Critical incidents CTED 602 Career and Technology and special problems in group development will Education Instructional be examined from a theoretical as well as Management and practical perspective. Organization (3) EDGC 644 Advanced Clinical Instructional organization and student, Applications and Supervision classroom and facilities management techniques (3) are examined in this course. Topics such as Advanced techniques in counseling will be meeting the needs of a diverse group of students, explored. Models of supervision will be studied. performance-based instruction, utilizing instructional technology, modular labs, EDGC 646 Organization and discipline, teacher responsibilities and liability, Administration of Guidance and types of instructional management plans are Programs (3) covered. All aspects of facilities design of This course examines the evolution of content- Career and Technology Education labs, work based comprehensive guidance programs and areas, and classrooms are covered. The why guidance programs are an integral part of organization and management of a safe work the school curriculum. The course will also environment and the use of this environment to provide experience in developing and support and enhance instruction are emphasized. implementing a comprehensive program. Total school environment and school climate are discussed in the context of delivering an EDGC 656 Seminar in Diversity (3) integrative educational program to all students. In-depth study and discussion of diversity issues Students learn how to individualize instruction, in counseling will be conducted in a seminar develop leadership in students, utilize format. Topics will include bias awareness, race, instructional technology, develop and manage ethnicity, gender, ability, sexual orientation, student leadership organizations, and serve as a socioeconomic status, among others. facilitator of instruction and learning. Public relations, communication techniques, and CAREER AND TECHNOLOGY recruitment strategies are also covered. EDUCATION CTED 615 Administration and CTED 600 Career and Technology Leadership (3) Education Content, Methods, This course examines the roles, responsibilities and Strategies (3) and qualifications of a variety of administration This course examines the philosophy, historical and leadership positions in education. Specific perspective, mission, vision, goals, content, Career and Technology Education leadership methods, and instructional strategies in the areas positions at the school-level, central office or of Career and Technology Education. National county level, state education department of and state content standards are used to determine education, college and university, and federal appropriate methods and strategies to design and level are examined, in addition to other deliver instruction. Instructional analysis, administrative positions at these levels. backward mapping, dimensions of learning and Practicing professionals in these positions are other techniques are used to design curriculum. invited to present seminars on issues in their Core technologies and content organizers for area. Facilitative leadership, instructional career clusters are analyzed. Unit plans using leadership, staff development, public relations, advanced instructional strategies are developed. student and staff diversity, instructional

108 technology, ethics, environmental climate, strategic planning, funding, and other administrative and leadership issues specific to SPED 631 Interagency Collaboration in Career and Technology Education are explored Special Education (3) and researched. This course presents an extensive overview of the collaborative efforts between public and CTED 630 Special Problems in Career private agencies involved in the delivery of and Technology Education services for individuals with disabilities. Local, (3) state, and federal agencies will be included from There are many problems and issues facing the the areas of social services, rehabilitation, health Career and Technology Education field today. care, justice, housing, labor and employment, as This action research-based course allows the well as education. The roles of the agencies and student to identify a topic, issues or problem in the nature of the collaboration will be explored. their classroom, school, school system, or state Prerequisite: Students must have taken SPED and develop a solution or options to solve the 600 or comparable course. issue or problem. The student uses research methods to review the literature, clearly define SPED 655 Seminar in Special Education the problem, collect data, determine possible Administration and solutions, and make recommendations. A Supervision (3) seminar structure allows the student to present This course presents an extensive overview of the research paper through a PowerPoint the nature and roles of the special education presentation. Other present day issues facing administrator and supervisor using a seminar Career and Technology Education are discussed format. Topics related to research-based best with the group of students enrolled in this practices, policies, procedures and challenges in course. Other products may be developed as a the field will be highlighted, using local, result of this course, including curriculum, state/regional, and national leadership models. recruiting materials, instructional models, and Prerequisite: Students must have taken SPED position papers. 600 or comparable course.

SPECIAL EDUCATION Research Methods and Statistics

SPED 630 Current Legal and Advocacy ORLD 611 Quantitative Research (3) Issues in Special Education This course is introduction to the field of (3) quantitative research through the development of This course presents an in-depth study of legal knowledge base and application of research issues derived from federal and state mandates skills and methodologies needed to select, read, in special education. It includes a review of and interpret relevant professional literature. administrative and judicial decisions, analysis of Ethics regulations for research on human due process proceedings, and a study of current subjects, including IRB requirements, will be legal trends in the field. Prerequisite: Students presented. Research reports are emphasized. must have taken SPED 600 or comparable course. ORLD 612 Statistical Applications and Interpretations (3) SPED 638 Current Trends in Special The course covers fundamentals of research and Education (3) case study design, focusing on implementation This course presents an in-depth analysis of strategies that address organizational policies selected topics in the field of education as they and practice. There is also a study in paradigm relate to the education of individuals with shifts and analysis of literature in the field of disabilities. Prerequisite: Students must have study. Cultural and technological influences, taken SPED 600 or comparable course. how public, private and corporate systems are altered by interpretative data, are also covered. In order to enroll in ORLD 613, the student must earn of grade of “A” or “B” in ORLD 612.

109

to the human endeavor. The dissertation will be ORLD 613 Statistics and Information conducted in accordance with the policies and Management (3) procedures of the UMES Graduate School. The course covers the study and use of statistics Repeatable credit. in a diverse, global society and the effective use of derived information to provide for orderly *************************************** transitions in institutional governance. The student may not enroll in this course unless For further information on this program, h/she has earned a grade of “A” or “B” in ORLD please contact: 612. EDLD Program Director DOCTORAL INTERNSHIP Education Leadership Program Spaulding Building EDLD 898 Doctoral Internship (3) University of Maryland Eastern Shore The doctoral internship is an experiential-based Princess Anne, MD 21853 learning opportunity completed as a field http://www.umes.edu/EDLDLeadership/ experience related to current or future professional interests. Activities must be ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP performed on site in concert with fellow professionals. Insight through engagement of Introduction Guidance and Counseling agencies, Career and Technology agencies and/or Special Education The success of academic organizations, agencies must be available. New learning is an governmental agencies, and health and human essential component of this experience that will service organizations is dependent on the yield a scholarly product that has been availability of persons well qualified to provide supervised by an expert in the field and effective leadership. Consequently, The approved by the student’s research advisory University of Maryland Eastern Shore (UMES) committee. offers a graduate program leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION Organizational Leadership. The doctoral program in Organizational Leadership focuses ORLD 700 Comprehensive Examination on the professional development of persons to (1-6) lead all operations in specific organizational This is a required course for students eligible to settings. Students who satisfactorily complete sit for the comprehensive examination and for the Organizational Leadership course of study those who must retake any part of the will receive the Doctor of Philosophy degree and comprehensive examination. Prerequisite: be prepared to: Successful completion of all core, research and • Plan, guide, direct and evaluate policy, strand courses and the internship. Repeatable program, and personnel development in credit. academic, governmental, and health and human services organizations; DOCTORAL DISSERTATION • Serve as leaders who possess knowledge and skills needed to facilitate the EDLD 899 Doctoral Dissertation (1-12) organizational change required to The doctoral dissertation in the Education develop, maintain, and increase Leadership Program is a self-directed, analytical, organizational effectiveness; and comprehensive product of scholarly inquiry • Employ ethical standards in all which will stand as a model within the field of leadership processes; professional literature. This project, • Select and use information management demonstrating excellence, will be the center systems, including statistical packages piece of the three (3) year academic experience and technologies that support and that will add to the body of knowledge relative to leadership in specific settings and contribute

110

enhance organizational structures and reform initiatives. Because the program is a cohort design, admissions also will be based, to the extent Mission possible, on a sufficient number of admissions in each of the three strand areas of the program, so The mission of the Organizational as to maintain a continuity of strand course Leadership Program is the professional offerings. development of persons toward mastery of the knowledge, skills, and dispositions supportive of The Organizational Leadership Program exemplary leadership in specific settings: is a terminal degree program for students in mid academic organizations, governmental agencies, to advanced career stages. Applicants represent a and health and human services organizations. wide variety of professional experiences and The Organizational Leadership Program educational backgrounds. accomplishes this mission through advanced Students who enter the program must learning of the concepts relative to effective have earned baccalaureate and master’s degrees leadership in these specific settings. from U.S. regionally accredited educational Additionally, the Organizational Leadership institutions or the degree equivalent in another Program contributes to the growing body of country and demonstrate successful employment knowledge pertaining to effective leadership in in an organization that relates to the specified specific settings through scholarly inquiry, and strand major. Applicants, particularly those serves the academic, governmental, and health demonstrating nontraditional career paths, must and human services organizations throughout the clearly articulate on the Statement of Purpose Delmarva Peninsula Region through high quality application form the purposes for pursuit of the engagement. degree consistent with previous educational background and professional experiences and well-considered career plans. Admission Application Deadline Applicants will be considered for admission to the Organizational Leadership As a cohort-based program, there is one Program in accordance with the admission admission period per year (Fall). The application requirements set forth by the UMES Graduate deadline for the Fall semester is March 1. School. Applicants must specify on the Students are responsible to ensure that Statement of Purpose application form the completed applications and supporting materials, Strand Area (Academic Organizations, including letters of recommendation and official Governmental Agencies, or Health and Human transcripts, are received in the UMES Graduate Services) for consideration. Applications will be School by the application deadline. reviewed and recommendations concerning admission made to the Dean of Graduate Studies Program, Retention, and Exit by the Organizational Leadership Admissions Requirements Committee composed of as many as four assessors, including one from each of the three All students in the Organizational content strands Leadership program must complete core courses All applicants must satisfy: (30 semester hours) and courses in one of the • all general requirements for full three strand areas: Academic Organizations, admission to graduate programs; Governmental Agencies, or Health and Human • an on-site interview that assesses Services Organizations. A strand is 12 semester oral/written presentation skills; hours of content-specific course work. Included • a written evaluation of work in the Ph.D. course of study for all performance by a current or recent Organizational Leadership students, regardless supervisor (one of the required of the elected strand, will be a supervised letters of recommendation). internship (6 semester hours) in an organization

111 that aligns with the elected strand. Provided that The program specifics for the Doctor of the candidate submits the Application for Philosophy degree in Organizational Leadership Candidacy form to the UMES Graduate School, are as follows: the candidate advances to candidacy after successfully completing all course work; 1. Learning completing the internship, including the scholarly product; passes the comprehensive a. Core Course Requirements (30 examination; completes the initial dissertation semester hours) committee meeting; and, successfully completes Organizational Leadership as a the Dissertation Proposal Defense. Twelve (12) Field of Inquiry semester hours of credit are awarded for the • History and Philosophy of satisfactory completion of the dissertation. The Organizations comprehensive examination is a minimum one • Theories and Processes of credit. The sixty (60) credit hours in addition to Organizations the comprehensive examination required for the • Politics, Organizations, and degree, can be earned within a three-year cohort Leaders: Legal and Ethical sequence. Any applicable transfer credit for Issues core, strand or research methods/statistics course • National and International requirements, up to 12 semester hours, must Organizational Research and comply with the transfer of credit provisions of Development the UMES Graduate School and be approved by Research and Statistics the Organizational Leadership Program Director • Qualitative Research and the Graduate Dean during the first semester • Quantitative Research of matriculation. • Statistical Applications and Students enter the Organizational Interpretations Leadership Program as members of a doctoral • Statistics and Information cohort. Because this program is designed to Management meet the needs of students who are employed Professional Services full time, courses will be offered in a • Personnel Development, nontraditional scheduling format on Friday Management evening, Saturdays and Sundays. Classes are and Evaluation five weeks in duration, and generally meet • twice. The remaining three (3) weeks are Public Relations and devoted to individual projects and research. Marketing in the Non-Profit Students must pursue coursework with the Sector cohort. Students who become out of sequence b. Strand Course Requirements (12 with the cohort may join the next cohort as space semester hours) permits. The cohort will complete twenty-seven Academic Organizations (27) semester hours of the core courses during • Advanced Learning Theory the first year of enrollment in the program: three • The Adult Learner (3) courses in each of the fall, spring, and • Academic Leadership summer semesters (9 credit hours per semester). • Fundraising, Lobbying and In the second year, the remaining core course Negotiating Skills and four (4) strand courses will be completed. Government Agencies The remaining requirements are scheduled for • Managing Public Financial completion in the third year of the program. Resources Additional time to complete the program may be • Policy Development and necessary in accordance with the policies and Leadership procedures of the UMES Graduate School. The • Policy Analysis Seminar program’s grading and retention policies are • Public Leadership Seminar listed in a subsequent subsection of this ORLD Health and Human Services program text. • Organizational Behavior in Health and Human Services

112

• Comparative Health and degree, this person is selected because Human Services Policy of expertise in a desired area (may be • Budgeting for Health and related to the internship). This person Human Services may be a reader in a non-voting status if Organizations he/she does not have the terminal • Policy Analysis for Health degree. and Human Services • Dean’s Representative: Assigned by the Organizations Dean of Graduate Studies. 2. Engagement: Doctoral Internship (6 semester hours) Comprehensive Examination 3. Inquiry: Dissertation Research (12 semester hours) The ORLD doctoral program holds written comprehensive examinations twice a Advisor and Research Advisory Committee year, in June and January. To be eligible to sit for the comprehensive examination, the student Upon admission to the Organizational must be in “good academic standing,” that is, the Leadership (ORLD) Program, students will be student must have obtained an A or B in all core, assigned to an academic advisor. This person research and strand courses and have will be responsible for advising on all aspects of successfully completed the internship and be the student’s progress through the program. registered for ORLD 700 (1 to 6 credit hours as Students should also consult for information, needed). The comprehensive examination format forms, specific policies and procedures the is as follows: ORLD program manuals on the Research • Examination questions reflecting Advisory Committee Process and the Processes coursework in core, strand and research, as Leading to Graduation. well as the internship, will be submitted After passing the comprehensive from the ORLD faculty. examination (see the section below), the student • The examination will be monitored by a will select a Research Advisory Committee proctor who cannot be a grader. Each (RAC), which must be approved by the ORLD student will be assigned a number so that Director and the Dean of Graduate Studies. The “graders” (ORLD faculty) will not know committee will include at least five (5) members whose examination they are grading. In selected from the following categories who must other words, the comprehensive have UMES Graduate Faculty Status to be a examination uses a double-blind technique. voting member: At least three graders will assess each • RAC Chair: Select from ORLD adjunct question; their scores will be averaged. and full-time faculty, as well as UMES Averages will not be rounded to the next full-time faculty. Previous doctoral whole number. committee chair experience is preferred. • The student may hand-write the • RAC Strand/Core Faculty: Select from examination (exam booklet/paper will be ORLD adjunct and full-time faculty, provided) or submit answers via a UMES UMES faculty, or faculty affiliated with university provided computer (with only another accredited university who have word processing capability). Students are expertise in the student’s area of allowed to bring only a pencil/pen to the interest. exam room. The student must inform the • RAC Research Faculty: Select from ORLD Administrative Assistant two weeks ORLD adjunct and full-time faculty, before the examination date whether s/he UMES faculty, or faculty affiliated with will use pencil/pen or computer. After this another accredited university who have time, the student is not allowed to waver expertise in research design and/or from this test-taking decision unless, on the statistics. day of the examination, there are technical • RAC Associate (optional): While difficulties regarding the use of computers. possibly not having a terminal doctoral

113

• Room assignment for the exam will be • Comprehensive exam questions are emailed to the student from the ORLD designed to assess the student’s knowledge Administrative Assistant two (2) weeks about broad foundational concepts as well before the examination date. as the ability to integrate this knowledge in • Exams are scheduled to be taken in an 8 a manner that “graders” perceive as hour time block (3 hours in the morning indicative of doctoral status. “Graders” will [9:00 am—12:00 noon]; a one-hour lunch expect that the student will cite references break [12:00 noon to 1:00 pm]; and 4 hours according to the 5th or latest edition APA in the afternoon [1:00 pm—5:00 pm]). style manual (author, date) throughout Testing will begin at the specified times his/her writing. There is no required length (9:00 am and 1:00 pm). If the student for a comprehensive examination answer; arrives at a later time, s/he will not be passing has to do with quality—not provided extra time to complete the quantity. examination. • Students will be informed in writing of • The exam proctor will distribute two their comprehensive examination score as questions at 9:00 in the morning (one strand well as a summary of graders’ comments. question and one research question); after Usually, this process takes about 2-3 weeks. lunch, the proctor will distribute three • If a student does not pass the questions at 1:00 in the afternoon (one comprehensive examination, s/he must internship question and two core questions). again register for at least one (1), and up to At the end of the morning session, the six (6), credit hours(s) in ORLD 700 until strand question and the research question, the next sitting date for the comprehensive and answers will be submitted to the examination. Only after passing the proctor; at the end of the afternoon session, comprehensive examination will a student the internship question and the two core be eligible to register for dissertation credit questions and answers will be submitted to hours (ORLD 899) and initiate the the proctor. The student cannot revisit Dissertation Initial Meeting (IM) process. submitted responses. • In the event of failing ANY or ALL of the • Where students may be provided a choice five questions, the student may retake the among the questions to answer, e.g., one of failed section(s) ONLY once. If the student two questions, students who mistakenly fails the re-taken part the second time (or respond to both questions will have only fails to take the failed examination the first of the two responses graded. A section(s) within one year), his/her student may not respond to both questions admission status is terminated. to attempt to improve the total score for the • The second examination attempt will be question. given no earlier than four months after the • Points for each question are as follows: first examination and no later than one o The strand question is worth 25 calendar year from the date of the initial points; examination. o The research question is worth 25 points; Doctoral Internship o The internship question is worth 10 points; Students are expected to document at o Core questions are worth 40 least 90 contact hours in the internship points total (20 points each). experience that is approved by three (3) ORLD • The student must pass EACH question by faculty members and the ORLD Program at least an 80 percent margin. In other Director. This field-based, supervised words, the student must score 20 points or experience should culminate in a scholarly higher on the strand question; 20 points or product. The internship must be completed and higher on the research question; 8 points or evaluated before the comprehensive examination higher on the internship question; and, 16 can be attempted. An internship question is points or higher on each core question. included on the comprehensive examination.

114

The RAC Chair will make closing remarks The Initial Meeting and dismiss the meeting.

The Initial Meeting (IM), a meeting The Proposal Defense closed to everyone other than the ORLD student and his/her Research Advisory Committee The student and his/her Research (RAC), takes place when the student has passed Advisory Committee (RAC) will agree upon a the comprehensive examination and has the dissertation subject and accompanying research written approval from the Dean of Graduate design. The Proposal manuscript will include the Studies regarding membership of the student’s first three chapters (Introduction, Review of the RAC. The purpose of this meeting is to provide Literature, and Methods) of the final dissertation opportunities for the RAC to become familiar (usually five chapters: Introduction, Review of with each other personally and professionally as the Literature, Methods, Results, and well as to review and summarize the student’s Conclusions/Discussion). A qualitative proposal progress toward completion of the ORLD and dissertation may contain more than three or program degree requirements. All members of five chapters respectively. The student will the RAC must attend the IM either in person or follow the APA Style Manual (5th or latest through audio/video (A/V) technology in the edition) regarding referencing. case of an RAC member at a distant location. The student must have completed the The use of A/V technology must be prior Initial Meeting to defend his/her proposal. The approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies. Proposal Defense, administered by the RAC, is Three (3) members must be physically present at an oral examination of the research proposal. All he IM. In case of an emergency, the Dean of members of the RAC must attend the Proposal Graduate Studies may substitute the excused Defense either in person or via prior approved RAC member with the Dean’s Representative to audio/video technology. If an emergency arises the RAC so that the IM may take place. The among a committee member, the Dean of RAC chair is responsible for taking minutes of Graduate Studies may substitute that member the meeting, copies of which will be forwarded with the Dean’s Representative to the RAC so to each RAC member, the student, the ORLD that the Proposal Defense may take place. At program director, the Dean of Graduate Studies, least three (3) RAC members must be physically and a copy will be placed in the student’s file. present for the proposal defense. After the RAC Chair opens the IM with During the Proposal Defense—the oral welcoming and introductions, the student should examination—the RAC examines the student on be able to discuss and present evidence all aspects of the proposed dissertation research pertaining to the following agenda items (RAC as well as whether the student has the proper members may ask questions at any time): motivation, technical and intellectual capacity, and resources to complete the research in partial 1. Curriculum vitae fulfillment of the requirements for the Doctor of 2. The student’s transcript, the internship’s Philosophy degree. scholarly product, and the passing of the Following the completion of the comprehensive examination Proposal oral examination process, the RAC will 3. Perceived strengths, areas for growth, hold a closed meeting in which decisions will be and working style for future progress made concerning the final form of the proposal. toward graduation The student will be called back into the room to 4. Summary of proposed research hear the RAC decision. RAC consensus is (background, purpose of the study, desired; however, the student passes the proposed methods) proposal with at least four of five (or 80%) 5. Discussion of proposal manuscript affirmative votes. The student is required to sections and the proposal defense, bring ORLD Form B to the proposal defense. It including appropriate forms is expected that the RAC will work with the 6. Tentative proposal manuscript/defense student to make any required changes. When the dates RAC recommends substantive changes in the proposal, the student will not move forward to

115

submit to the UMES Institutional Review Board following alternatives regarding the pass/fail (IRB) the request for approval of human subjects status for the candidate: data collection until all corrections have been made. After passing the Proposal Defense, the 1. Accept the dissertation without any student is allowed to submit materials as needed recommended changes and sign the to the UMES Institutional Review Board (IRB). appropriate form. After passing the Proposal Defense, the 2. Accept the dissertation with student is admitted to candidacy provided that recommendations for changes, and, s/he submits the application for Admission to EXCEPT FOR THE RAC CHAIR, sign Candidacy. This application form may be the appropriate form. After the obtained from the UMES Graduate School. The candidate makes the recommended time line for Admission to Candidacy is five changes, the RAC chair will review the years after enrollment in the program. dissertation and, upon his/her approval, If the student fails the Proposal sign ORLD form E. Defense, s/he must re-defend the research 3. Recommend revisions to the dissertation proposal. A second failure or failure to re-defend manuscript and NOT sign ORLD form within one year (but no sooner than 30 working E until the candidate has made the days) of the first proposal defense results in changes and submitted the revised cancellation of admission. dissertation manuscript for RAC approval. Then, the RAC committee will The Dissertation Defense sign form E if they approve of the changes. The ability to undertake independent 4. Recommend revisions and convene a research and provide sufficient evidence of second meeting of the Dissertation scholarship is demonstrated by submission of an Defense. The second defense may take original dissertation, which is required of all place no fewer than 6 months and no candidates for a Ph.D. degree. A minimum of 12 later than 12 months after the first dissertation hours is required to complete the defense. Candidates may be examined ORLD doctoral degree program. Prior to no more than twice. After failing the admission to candidacy, the student may register second attempt, the candidate’s for no more than six (6) dissertation hours. After admission to the graduate program is registering for all 12 required hours, the terminated. candidate must register for 1 dissertation hour 5. Rule the dissertation manuscript and per semester and summer session, including the defense unsatisfactory; therefore, the semester or session in which s/he defends his/her student fails and may not re-defend. dissertation. In other words, the candidate must Before or after recommended changes, be continually enrolled in dissertation hours the candidate fails if two (2) of five (5) until graduation. The candidate has up to four RAC members do not sign ORLD form (4) years to successfully defend his/her E. In addition, the ORLD Program dissertation from the time s/he was admitted to Research Coordinator may over-ride any candidacy. RAC pass/fail decision. Circumstances The Dissertation Defense MUST be for an over-ride could include a) a physically attended by ALL members of the dissertation manuscript not in candidate’s RAC, and the Dissertation Defense compliance with ORLD specified must be held in UMES facilities. At the outline/style, b) failure of the student to completion of the defense, the RAC will hold a comply with IRB human subjects meeting (without the candidate) to discuss protection requirements or c) acts of decisions regarding the candidate’s pass/fail plagiarism and faulty data handling and status and any recommendations for the final other examples of academic dishonesty form of the dissertation manuscript. The student that were found. These problems would will be called back into the room to hear the go back to the student and the RAC with RAC decision. The RAC committee has the appropriate action to be taken as warranted, e.g., if an academic honesty

116

or IRB issue and/or revisiting the student’s registration for the next dissertation manuscript for revision and sequence of courses is subject to hold. a subsequent review following the above All “I” grades must be completed for the five pass/fail alternatives. Although not student to sit for the comprehensive an ORLD requirement, the doctoral examination. An “I” becomes a “W” at candidate may request a Public Seminar the end of one year if not removed and, (open to the public) to serve as a dress thereby, must be repeated. rehearsal for the Dissertation Defense. 6. Academic dishonesty (e.g., plagiarism, The request should be submitted to the improper citation, fabrication, and/or ORLD program Director. manipulation of facts and data, cheating, and so on) will not be tolerated in the ORLD Program Grading and Retention ORLD program and will be subject to Policies actions and penalties prescribed in the campus’ academic honesty policy. The grading policy for the ORLD 7. Students enrolled in internship, program is that students must receive a grade of comprehensive examination and either “B” or “A” in each program course (core, research credit courses with an “S/F” strand and research) with a letter grading system grading system—898 internship credit, (A, B, C, D, & F) and a grade of “S” in 700 comprehensive examination credit, comprehensive examination, internship and and 899 dissertation credit—must earn a research credit courses with a “S/F” grading grade of “S” to continue with the system. progress to degree. A failing grade in The retention policy for the ORLD any of these credit courses at any time is program is as follows: subject to review by the program to determine whether the student should be 1. A student who receives a grade of “C” continued in the program or dismissed. in any core, strand or research methods/statistics course must repeat Altered Timelines for the Program that course. 2. The statistics course pre-requisite is that Completion of the ORLD degree students must earn a final grade of “A” program requirements within the recommended or “B” in ORLD 612 before proceeding three-year time frame is contingent on to ORLD 613. successful completion of all coursework in 3. After receiving two final “C” grades sequential order and the required examinations. (whether receiving two consecutive “C” Unsatisfactory performance on or delays in grades in the process of repeating one completion of the coursework, the course or whether, throughout the comprehensive examination, the internship, the duration of the program, receiving two research proposal defense or the final final “C” grades in any two different dissertation examination, and subsequent re- courses), the student will be dismissed examinations of any of the above, and leaves of from the program. absences all necessarily extend the duration of 4. A student who receives a final course the student’s retention and graduation in the grade of “D” or “F” at any time in the program. Consequently, students in the ORLD program will be dismissed from the Program may need to commit additional time program. and resources beyond the recommended three- 5. A grade of “I” (Incomplete) is given in year time frame and sequence in accordance any course only to students who are with the policies and procedures and timelines passing the course at the time of a for doctoral degrees of the UMES Graduate legitimate emergency. If the “I” grade School. has not been completed satisfactorily within six (6) months from the conclusion of the 5-week course in which the instructor granted the “I,” the

117

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (Credit hours are in parentheses) RESEARCH AND STATISTICS

Core Requirements: ORLD 610 Qualitative Research (3) The course is an introduction to the field of ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP AS A qualitative research through the development of FIELD OF INQUIRY knowledge base and application of research skills and methodologies needed to select, read, ORLD 601 History and Philosophy of and interpret relevant professional literature. Organizations (3) Ethics regulations for research on human The course traces the development, rationale, subjects, including IRB requirements, will be and purpose for organizations. Information presented. Research reports are emphasized. obtained will serve as the foundational building block for understanding and obtaining an ORLD 611 Quantitative Research (3) essential perspective of current organizational This course is introduction to the field of interactions. quantitative research through the development of knowledge base and application of research ORLD 602 Theories and Processes of skills and methodologies needed to select, read, Organizations (3) and interpret relevant professional literature. The course examines theories, methods, and Ethics regulations for research on human practices that influence organizations. Emphasis subjects, including IRB requirements, will be is placed on organizational performance presented. Research reports are emphasized. outcomes and how implementation impacts emerging global markets. Also explored will be ORLD 612 Statistical Applications and the human, conceptual, and technical skills Interpretations (3) required of all policymakers working The course covers fundamentals of research and collaboratively within organizations to achieve case study design, focusing on implementation individual, organizational, and societal goals. strategies that address organizational policies and practice. There is also a study in paradigm ORLD 603 Politics, Organizations, and shifts and analysis of literature in the field of Leaders: Legal and Ethical study. Cultural and technological influences, Issues (3) how public, private and corporate systems are The impact of ethics as well as the responsible altered by interpretative data, are also covered. behavior of leaders in organizations are studied. In order to enroll in ORLD 613, the student Policies, practices, and their legal implications; must earn a grade of “A” or “B” in ORLD resource identification and the need for human 612. services, along with the impact of technology on human rights, will all be explored. Ethics ORLD 613 Statistics and Information regulations for research on human subjects, Management (3) including IRB requirements, will be presented. The course covers the study and use of statistics in a diverse, global society and the effective use ORLD 604 National and International of derived information to provide for orderly Organizational Research and transitions in institutional governance. The Development (3) student may not enroll in this course unless s/he This course will provide the student with a study has earned a grade of “A” or “B” in ORLD 612. of American organizational structures, along with a comparison of emerging influential PROFESSIONAL SERVICES cultures which impact international markets, and global performance. ORLD 617 Personnel Development, Management, and Evaluation (3) The course covers leadership strategies required in recruitment, development, and in-service,

118

effective use of personnel staff, and the mediation and negotiation, and techniques for evaluation techniques which will promote a empowerment and caucusing are to be reviewed. highly motivated professional delivery system. A study of North American economics will be the foci of this course. ORLD 618 Public Relations and Marketing in the Non-Profit GOVERNMENT AGENCIES Sector (3) Topics include interdisciplinary approaches to GVOL 621 Managing Public achieving harmony in making systems and Financial Resources (3) organizations apparently seamless, publicly The role of leadership in fiscal policy attractive, economically sound, and development and management will be professionally ethical. addressed. Public budgeting and related financial management processes at the STRAND REQUIREMENTS: international, national, state and local levels will be explored. Specific focus will vary according ACADEMIC ORGANIZATIONS to the needs and interests of students. Finance, markets, and investments will be baseline ACOL 621 Advanced Learning program components. Theory (3) The course is a pedagogical search that will GVOL 622 Policy Development and examine learning across the lifespan with an Leadership (3) emphasis on working with the unique cultural Policy analysis and development, interaction of aspects of diverse students in an academic public policy and administrative agencies within setting. Barriers to effective learning will be international, national, state and local explored and solutions will be offered. governments will be demonstrated. Topics include historical, legal, administrative, public ACOL 622 The Adult Learner (3) bureaucracy and related issues. Strategic This course of study will examine the cognitive, planning will be presented and theoretical personality and social development of the adult. perspectives of change will be researched. Learning styles, career development, motivation, application of learning theories to GVOL 623 Policy Analysis Seminar this population, multicultural education, (3) assessment, lifelong learning programs, and Topics will explore how formal governance other relevant psycho-instructional issues will be structures and institutional processes influence addressed. and constrain policy choices and leadership decisions. Attention will be given to business, ACOL 623 Academic Leadership government and education interaction. Strategic (3) management processes will be analyzed, as well Topics include a history of academic leadership, as methods of determining organizational leadership styles, group dynamics, supervisory effectiveness. models and approaches. Organizational decision processes within academic settings and GVOL 624 Public Leadership Seminar multicultural perspectives will be emphasized. (3) Attention will be given to accountability, This course is designed to provide students with administration, finance, law, human resources, an overview of the important role public logistics, operations and management, leadership plays in institutional life, and its marketing, strategic planning and public policy. implications for devising and implementing public policies. It examines the actions of ACOL 624 Fundraising, Lobbying, political, urban, and top executive leadership at and Negotiating Skills (3) all levels of government in the United States. Grant writing, development of political The emphasis is on the following issues: The art networks, advocacy strategies, practices for of leadership; leaders and the leadership process; raising and allocating resources, elements of managerial leadership; the power of vision,

119

crisis and controversies in leadership; leadership The relationship between policy analysis and values; the leader-follower relationship; the role policy-making along with emerging professional of race and gender in leadership; and cross and ethical issues will be addressed. cultural leadership in a global age. DOCTORAL INTERNSHIP HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES ORGANIZATIONS ACOL, GVOL, HSOL 898 (1-6) The doctoral internship is an experiential-based HSOL 621 Organizational Behavior learning opportunity completed as a field in Health and Human experience related to current or future Services (3) professional interests. Activities must be performed on site in concert with fellow The course is designed for students preparing to professionals. Insight through engagement of assume the role and duties of a leader, academic organizations, governmental agencies, supervisor, or governing board member of a and/or health and human services agencies must health or human services organization. This be available. New learning is an essential course will review theory and investigate component of this experience that will yield a specific methods of behaviors of health care and scholarly product that has been supervised by an human services organization leaders. expert in the field and approved by the student’s research advisory committee. Repeatable credit. HSOL 622 Comparative Health and COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION Human Services Policy (3) ORLD 700 Comprehensive Examination The course is a comparative analysis of different (1-6) types of health and human service systems in the This is a required course for students eligible to United States and other nations, examining sit for the comprehensive examination and for differences in financing, cost, utilization, those who must retake any part of the staffing, services provided, and relations with comprehensive examination. Prerequisite: other social institutions. Successful completion of all core, research and strand courses and the internship. Repeatable HSOL 623 Budgeting for Health credit. and Human Services Organizations (3) DOCTORAL DISSERTATION

The course is designed to provide a working ACOL, GVOL, HSOL 899 (1-12) knowledge of theory and analytical techniques The doctoral dissertation in the Organizational of financial decision making in a medical or Leadership Program is a self-directed, analytical, human service setting. Emphasized are methods and comprehensive product of scholarly inquiry of medical reimbursement, cost behavior and which will stand as a model within the field of analysis, price setting and rate analysis, expense professional literature. This project, and capital budgeting, capital financing, and demonstrating excellence, will be the center strategic financial planning. Implications of piece of the three (3) year academic experience health and welfare reform are explored. that will add to the body of knowledge relative Particular emphasis will be placed on Medicare, to leadership in specific settings and contribute Medicaid, and third party payers. to the human endeavor. The dissertation will be conducted in accordance with the policies and HSOL 624 Policy Analysis for Health procedures of the UMES Graduate School. and Human Services Repeatable credit. Organizations (3) The course is an overview of the basic principles and elements of policy analysis. The course focuses on the activities and elements of policy analysts in health and human services settings.

120

Science. Students with undergraduate GPA’s of *************************************** at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale and those students with For further information on this program, weaker preparation in Computer Science may be please contact: offered Provisional Admission. This status is usually changed to Regular Admission as soon ORLD Program Director as the student completes prerequisite Organizational Leadership Program requirements and/or achieves a 3.0 or better Spaulding Building cumulative GPA. Students whose computing University of Maryland Eastern Shore background is weak may be directed to take Princess Anne, MD 21853 undergraduate computer science or mathematics http://www.umes.edu/ORLDLeadership/ courses as a condition for entering the graduate program. Courses required for Regular MASTER OF SCIENCE IN Admission must be completed as early as APPLIED COMPUTER SCIENCE possible, generally within the first year.

The Department of Mathematics and In addition to the University of Computer Science offers a Master of Science Maryland Eastern Shore’s general admission (Thesis or Non-thesis option) in Applied requirements, applicants must have: Computer Science. This program provides advanced understanding, knowledge and 1. A bachelor’s degree in Computer research opportunities related to computer Science or Information Sciences or a science that prepare the students for applying bachelor’s degree and specified their skills in business, industry, academia, background course determined by the government agencies, consultancy, etc. The Department Graduate Committee primary emphasis is reflective of current theoretical and applied computing in multi- 2. An undergraduate GPA of at least 2.5 on disciplinary applications. a 4.0 scale for Provisional admission, The graduate program in Applied which may also be conditional on some Computer Science (APSC) culminates in a course requirements (of computer Master of Science (M.S) degree. It is designed to science or mathematics) to be met, meet the needs of students such as: determined by the Departmental A. Those who are already in the workforce Graduate Committee. and wish to update or improve their knowledge of current computer science (many of these Admission to the program is determined students will have completed their by the Departmental Graduate undergraduate or graduate work in fields other Committee. than computer science); and B. Those who have recently completed an Course Requirements for Graduation undergraduate degree program and wish to enhance their interests, understanding and Student must earn a minimum of thirty research opportunities in Computer Science and (30) credit hours with thesis option or thirty its application in multi-disciplines or with three (33) with non-thesis option to graduate specific focus. from the program, not including any Provisional Admission course requirements. All courses that Admission Criteria are to count towards graduation must be passed with a minimum grade of “B”, and students must Admission to this program adheres to also pass at least five of these courses with a the general criteria for admission to the UMES grade of “A”. Graduate School. The general GRE is also The time limit for completing the M.S. required but, in view of the wide variety of degree is five years from the first enrollment in fields from which students come, the Computer the graduate program. This includes any Science subject-matter GRE is not employed in Provisional Admission course or other admission consideration for Applied Computer requirements to be met. Any exception to the

121 time limit must be approved by the UMES Graduate School. In the Thesis option, the student is Application Deadlines required to take a minimum of eight graduate level courses (24 credits) and six credits for The application deadlines for Thesis (CSDP699). The thesis must be admissions are as follows: supervised by a member of the graduate faculty member as a thesis advisor and the initial thesis Fall Semester - April 15 (March 1 for proposal must be defended with an oral international applicants) presentation (see below) and approved by student’s thesis committee (three members Spring Semester – October 15 (August 1 for including advisor). The thesis must be international applicants) submitted to the department in a bound form after its defense orally which will take place Summer Sessions – April 15 (December 1 for after the thesis research is completed. A student international applicants) is required to submit at least one journal/conference paper from his/her thesis Only under extenuating circumstances work before its defense. will applications be accepted after a deadline In the Non-thesis option, the student is date has passed. This is particularly true for required to take a minimum of ten graduate level international applicants who are overseas and courses (30 credits) and a 3-credit hour research need a longer time period in which to be project (CSDP698) that must be approved by the reviewed for admission, receive the I-20 form if project advisor. A copy of the resulting scholarly admitted and to obtain the visa for study in the paper must be submitted to the department. U.S.

Cooperative Education Program Internship Computing Resources

Students seeking internship in industry The Department has a Sun Lab are required to take CSDP 698 (Master’s consisting of 21 Sun Blade 150 workstations and project) or CSDP 699 (Master’s thesis), and all Sun V1280 server and two Computer required lecture courses. Students must register Laboratories consisting of high-end Pentium for the appropriate cooperative education credit computers. Users have access to a wide variety to undertake the internship. The internship of Windows and UNIX Microcomputers, plus should provide learning experience in computer special purpose facilities for graphics. These applications useful to strengthen the Master’s computer facilities and several other campus project or Master’s thesis. wide computer facilities are available for all students. Transfer Credit Students in both the undergraduate and graduate Computer Science courses benefit from i. Students desiring to transfer graduate the wide variety of computing resources made credit need to apply for this privilege available at the University of Maryland Eastern during their first semester at UMES. Shore as a member of the University System of ii. Students need to remember that an Maryland. Both Unix-based and Windows-based absolute limit of six credits of transfer systems provide a rich computing environment (two courses) is allowed; both for majors and for students in service iii. In general, transfer requires an exact courses. match with the contents of local courses Library facilities are extensive and are as offered at UMES and will be supplemented each year. Opportunities exist for determined by the Department’s student participation in faculty research projects. Graduate Committee. While computer laboratory facilities are open and available all day and evening, most graduate courses are scheduled in the early evening so

122 that those working during the day can participate. CSDP 605 Software engineering, 3 credits Curriculum Topics include (not limited to); A formal study I. Core computer science courses: of the software development process, lifecycle models, requirements definition specifications, CSDP600 Advanced programming languages, design, implementation, validation, verification, 3 credits maintenance and reuse, team work on a project. Topics include (not limited to); Advanced topics in programming language theory, design and II Elective courses: implementation, in depth understanding of data types, binding, scope and extent, abstraction, Select any three for Thesis option and five for extensibility and control mechanisms, formal Non-thesis option semantics and program verification, alternative programming language paradigms CSDP 606 Artificial Intelligence (AI), 3 credits CSDP 601 Analysis and design of algorithms, Topics include (not limited to); Principles of 3 credits knowledge-based search techniques, automatic Topics include (not limited to); NP deduction, knowledge representation using completeness and approximation algorithms, predicate logic, semantic networks, design techniques for efficient algorithms such connectionist networks, frames, rules, as amortized analysis, dynamic programming applications in problem solving, expert systems, and greedy algorithms. Computational game playing, vision, natural language geometry, graph algorithms, primality and other understanding, learning, robotics, number-theoretic algorithms, specialized data LISP/PROLOG programming structure techniques such as augmenting data structures, combinational graph reduction and CSDP610 Parallel Computing, 3 credits functional repetition Topics include (not limited to); Motivation for parallel computation and survey of different CSDP 602 Database Management System, 3 models. Fundamental techniques used in parallel credits algorithms. Implementation on parallel machines Topics include (not limited to); A study of the and simulation on clusters of workstations. theoretical foundations of database management Distributed computed versus parallel computing systems. Design and implementation of model for distributed computing. Examples of alternatives for various database models, distributed programming environment. including, but not limited to, hierarchical network and relational models, comparison of CSDP 611 Theory of computation, 3 credits the reliability, security and integrity of various Topics include (not limited to); Grammars, database systems. Implementation of simple automata, Turing machines, decidability and database system. complexity, language hierarchies, normal forms, NP completeness and reducibility with CSDP 603 Advanced Operating system, 3 applications from various areas of computer credits science Topics include (not limited to); Structure and functions of operating system, inter-process CSDP 612 Advanced Software Engineering, 3 communication techniques, high-level credits concurrent programming, virtual memory Topics include (not limited to); A formal study system, basic queuing theory, security, of selected aspects of contemporary software distributed system, design and implementation development methodology, definition of user of operating systems. requirement, formal specification of solutions, design and implementation techniques, validation and testing, verification, maintenance and reuse.

123

CSDP 618 Advanced Graphics, 3 credits CSDP 613 Computer security, 3 credits Topics include (not limited to); Introduce to Topics include (not limited to); Computers and advanced raster graphics architecture, advanced network security, Public-key and private-key geometric and raster algorithms, advanced 3D cryptography, authentication, digital signatures, modeling and rendering techniques, advanced key exchanges, key management, certification animation, virtual reality techniques, advanced authorities, distributed trust models, file system image transformation such as image warping security, mail system security, and web security, and morphing techniques, and the advanced intruders. Trojan-horse, viruses, covert channels, applications such as motion capture in movie projects involve the use of available security industry, existing and emerging standard for 3D tools. model storage and compression, image synthesis and scientific visualization. CSDP 614 Trusted Computing Technology, 3 credits CSDP 619 Artificial neural networks, 3 Topics include (not limited to); Introduction to credits modular arithmetic, RSA, El-Gamal, Diffie- Topics include (not limited to); Introductions to Hellman and Blue-Blum-Shub public key various aspects of artificial neural networks, cryptosystems, authentication and digital with emphasis on elements of design of trainable signatures, anonymity protocols, protocol systems. Topics include linear and nonlinear failures neurons, multi-layer networks, back-propagation CSDP 615 Bioinformatics, 3 credits algorithms, unsupervised learning algorithms, Topics include (not limited to); The primary Hopfield networks, and advanced neural objective of this course is to expose students to network architectures and training algorithms. the computational methods and software tools often used in bioinformatics research. CSDP 620 Secured E-commerce, 3 credits Bioinformatics is a new research field where Topics include (not limited to): Introduction to computational models and methods are the concepts and issues of electronic commerce. developed to analyze and interpret biological Topics include comparison of e-commerce data and systems. Major topics in this course procedures, payment mechanisms, applications include sequence alignment and analysis, gene in different industry sectors, security, the structure and prediction, motif recognition, challenges of starting and maintaining an structure modeling and prediction for RNA and electronic business site, as well as a comparison protein sequences, protein identification in with traditional business practices. Students proteomics, and haplotyping and phylogenetic create an e-commerce Web site using such tools trees. The applications of machine learning and as Dreamweaver. data mining algorithms in bioinformatics will also be introduced and studied. CSDP 651 Computer Architecture, 3 credits Topics include (not limited to): Structure of CSDP 616 Data mining security, 3 credits computer system using processors, memories, Topics include (not limited to); Introduction to input/output devices as building blocks, principles and implementation techniques for computer system instruction set design and information security and privacy in data mining. implementation including memory hierarchies, It deals with techniques used to automatically microprogramming, pipelining and search large volumes of data for patterns to multiprocessors, issues and tradeoffs involved in detect security breaches, fraud, tampering, etc. the design of computer system architectures with using tools such as classification, association respect to the design of instruction sets, rule mining, and clustering. Techniques will be applications of hardware description language compared and application areas for the (HDL) in the design of computer systems. techniques will be addressed. Other topics include security vulnerabilities and privacy breaches, design of defensive countermeasure and privacy-preserving mechanisms.

124

CSDP 668 Advanced topics in databases, 3 is to be submitted, the draft will be reviewed by credits the Graduate School for general thesis format Topics include (not limited to); Parallel and applicable to all graduate programs. distributed database system architectures, distributed database design, client/server Proposal Document Format of thesis/project: database systems, selected topics from new development in extended relational databases, The thesis/project proposal is a written multimedia databases, information retrieval document and must follow the outline below. systems, object-oriented databases, temporal databases. Title Page: High level abstract description of work undertaken. CSDP 697 Special Topic course, 3 credits Introduction: CSDP 698 Master’s Project, 3 credits A detailed discussion on the work undertaken that can be reasonably understood by faculty CSDP 699 Master’s Thesis, 6 credits in at least members not working in this research area. two semesters, 3 credits each Thesis/project statement: For Further information on this program, please Precise and concise statement of the contact: Graduate Program Coordinator: Dr thesis/project, e.g. proposed hypothesis to be Gurdeep S. Hura; Department of Mathematics tested, the thesis to be defended, the project to and Computer Science be defended, questions to be answered, etc. Kiah Hall University of Maryland Eastern Shore Methods: Princess Anne, MD 21853 Describe the methods and framework to be used Phone: 410 651 7740 to accomplish the thesis/project statement e.g. Fax: 410 651 7673 proposed algorithms, procedures, controls, e-mail: [email protected] sample size, experiments, simulation, expected Web site: www.umes.edu/MCS results, its significance, and future extension that might give new technological development, etc. Computer Science Thesis/Project The thesis/project must contain original Schedule: theoretical/experimental results/ simulation A complete schedule for the completion of findings that are suitable for publication in a thesis/project. refereed journal/conferences/workshops. Interpretation of findings/results: A detailed General guidelines for Master’s discussion on the interpretation and analysis of Thesis/project proposal: the results/findings that have been presented via charts/graphs and its comparison with existing A student in consultation with his/her thesis results reported by other researchers. advisor should decide the thesis topic and submit a thesis/project proposal to the thesis committee Conclusion and future work: Statement of (comprising of thesis advisor and two graduate your work, difficulties encountered and faculty members from within or outside the presentable results. Discussion on this proposed department who are familiar with the related work can be extended with appropriate work). It is required that student should do the justification. above at least one full semester before the thesis is defended and it should be completed before Bibliography: A fairly complete annotated other work on the thesis or project is started. The bibliography of the area of proposed work in the department will not approve the defense of the thesis/project. thesis/project if the student fails to submit and have his/her proposal approved by the thesis committee using the above guidelines. If a thesis

125

Artifacts: A description of any artifacts besides requirements and expectations for the finished the write-up of the thesis or project (as product and explain what will be done to assure appendix) i.e. code, user’s manuals, etc. the quality of the work. The annotated bibliography should convince the committee and Signatures: A standard acceptance page readers that the student is well acquainted with including the date and all the members of techniques/methodologies needed to do the work thesis/project committee and the Graduate and these techniques/methodologies have been coordinator. used to solve similar problems. The contributions should reflect the importance of I. Requirements for Thesis Option: the work. It is important to discuss how the work Proposal for Paper thesis: The following are will be disseminated to others. the general questions (not limited to) that need to be addressed for each of the chapters of the General comment: If the document does not thesis. satisfy the above mentioned standards or similar standards for traditional theses, the department Introduction: will not approve it. Feedback and correction is Necessary background an integral part of student’s education and must Statement of the problem be done in consultation with the advisor. Why is this problem interesting? Significance and application of the problem Thesis/Project Proposal Presentation: Oral presentation audience: CS faculty members Thesis statement: who may not be acquainted with the topic. What is the proposed solution? A 15 minute oral presentation of the proposed What does the solution do? thesis/project must be carefully organized and Why does the proposed solution solve the given to the members of thesis/project problem? How is your proposed solution committee and the invited public. During the different than others? proposal presentation, a student must answer committee members’ questions on topics such as Method: methodology used, organization and literature How to address the problem and its solution? surveys. After the presentation, the student and Combination of proof, implementation and the public leave the room while the committee experimentation. Presentation of results or makes a decision on the proposal acceptance. simulation for the solution. Interpretation of the The result will range from unqualified solution. How does this solution different than acceptance to unqualified rejection. The the existing ones? Proof of real contribution students will work on his/her approved proposal for his/her MS project. Annotated bibliography Complete and appropriate General comments: A simple restatement of A thorough literature survey in the pertinent area the proposal document will not be acceptable. The central ideas of this document should be Artifacts presented, but should be augmented by examples Code, user’s manual, any other relevant chart or and explanations. The presentation will offer the basic conceptual information opportunity to students to practice and improve upon making a good presentation in future. II. Requirements for Non-thesis option: The above guidelines will be followed for the Proposal for Project: thesis/project proposal. Similar guidelines will Necessary background for the proposed work be followed after the student has completed with convincing argument that the project will Thesis/Project work offer a significant contribution that can generate a scholarly work. The project statement should Thesis/Project Defense Instructions (also precisely and concisely describe the work. The check the Graduate School’s Established methods section should describe the Procedures for Conduct of the Master’s

126

Thesis Examination listed in the Graduate School catalog): Graduate Faculty (Associate) Before scheduling: Create and write up the Thesis/project under the Boyd, Eddie supervision of your thesis/proposal advisor. Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics Receive verbal agreement from your advisor and and Computer Science, the members of the committee that the B.S., Grambling State University, M.S., North thesis/project is in final form and has their Texas State University, Ph.D., Oklahoma State approval. University

7-9 days before the presentation: Casavant, Albert E. Provide copies of your final thesis/project for Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics each of the three members of the thesis/proposal and Computer Science committee. B.Sc., Brown University, M.S., Ph.D., Arrange for a date, time and place for the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champagne defense of your project/thesis. Make sure that all three committee members can attend your Johnson, Robert A. Jr., defense. Other faculty are welcome to attend. Associate Professor, Department of Mathematics The department secretary can schedule a room and Computer Science for you and post the announcement of your B.S., University of Louisiana, Lafayette, M.S., defense Southern University, Ph.D., St. Louis University Reserve at least 45 minutes for your defense. Your presentation should not exceed beyond 15- Malik, Bashir Malik 20 minutes. Remaining time will be reserved for Associate Professor, Department of Mathematics questions from the audience and committee and Computer Science members B.S., University of Khartoum, Ph.D., University of Essex, England Defense day or after: Seaton. Daniel Obtain signatures of all the committee members Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics and the graduate coordinator on the acceptance and Computer Science page in your thesis/project.. B.S., Frostburg University, M.S., Shippensburg A copy of the published paper/scholarly work University, Ph.D., Virginia Tech. must be left with the Department Chair. Leave the signed copy of your thesis/project Williams, Mark with the department chair. Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science Graduate Faculty (Regular) B.A., Oakland University, M.S., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati Chapin, Jr., Edward William Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics Other Teaching Faculty in Graduate and Computer Science, Programs B.S., Trinity College at Hartford; M.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Princeton Lu, Fletcher University Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science Gurdeep Singh Hura B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Waterloo, Professor, Department of Mathematics and Ontario, Canada Computer Science, BS (Jabalpur University, India); MS (University Lu, Yi of Roorkee, India); Ph.D. (University of Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics Roorkee, India) and Computer Science

127

B.S., Hangzhou University, China, M.S., ACCREDITATION University of Windsor, Canada, Ph.D., Wayne State University The UMES teacher education and school counseling programs are accredited by Song, Yinglei the National Council for the Accreditation of Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics Teacher Education (NCATE) and approved by and Computer Science the Maryland State Department of Education B.S., Tsinghua University P.R. China, M.S., (MSDE). The M.Ed. in Career and Technology Ohio University, Ph.D., University of Georgia Education is part of the teacher education programs at UMES. Wooley, George Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and PROGRAM GOAL AND OBJECTIVES Computer Science B.S., Prairie View A&M University, M.S., The overall goal of the graduate George Washington University program in Career and Technology Education is to prepare individuals to become master Yoo, Sehwan teachers, administrators, and leaders who are Lecturer, Department of Mathematics and committed to developing, instructing, Computer Science coordinating, and directing quality programs in B.S., Myonji University, Korea, Ph.D., Career and Technology Education. The University of Kansas at Lawrence following program objectives assist in accomplishing this goal: CAREER AND TECHNOLOGY • Provide opportunities for teachers to gain EDUCATION professional knowledge and skills required for the M.Ed. degree and PROGRAM DESCRIPTION Advanced Professional Certification. • Prepare individuals to build upon the The Department of Technology offers a content knowledge they have acquired in Master of Education Degree Program (M.Ed.) in their related baccalaureate degree by Career and Technology Education (CTED). The providing additional professional program is intended to refine the student’s knowledge and content necessary for knowledge and skills to become master advancing careers in teaching and classroom teachers, resource teachers, administration. specialists, supervisors, and administrators in • Prepare teachers and leaders who are Career and Technology Education. The program knowledgeable of research, theory and is also designed to prepare teachers and practice related to effective management educational leaders to qualify for Advanced of classroom and laboratory instruction. Professional Certification (APC) in Maryland. • Develop teachers and leaders who are committed, continuous learners, and Students are admitted to the M.Ed. contributors to the enhancement of the program at the University of Maryland Eastern teaching profession. Shore (UMES). Coursework is offered at • Prepare teachers and leaders who UMES, the Maryland Center for Career and demonstrate sensitivity and effective Technology Education Studies located at the interpersonal skills in working with Baltimore Museum of Industry (BMI), and other culturally diverse populations. satellite sites throughout Maryland. The program offers strands in Technology Education and Career and Technical Education. The course of study may vary with the experience, qualifications, and career development needs that individual students bring to the program.

128

classroom, laboratory and professional PROGRAM COMPETENCIES needs. • Application of theory and best practices Students who complete the M.Ed. in classroom laboratory situations program in Career and Technology Education through field experiences. will be expected to demonstrate successful achievement in the philosophy, mission, vision, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS goals, and evolution of Career and Technology Education. They will develop the following Students who enter the M.Ed. program professional competencies: must possess an earned baccalaureate degree in • Knowledge and application of Maryland one of the areas of Career and Technology State voluntary curricula and standards- Education: agriculture, business education, based curriculum in Career and family and consumer sciences, health Technology Education areas. occupations, technology education, trade and • Development of administrative and industrial education, or a related content area. leadership skills in Career and Matriculating students must meet all Technology Education. requirements for regular admission to the UMES • The ability to conduct research on graduate program. In some cases, provisional important topics and issues in education admission will be granted. and specifically Career and Technology Applicants must fulfill the following for Education. regular admission: • Application of research and inquiry for the improvement of classroom and • Complete the graduate school application laboratory instruction. and related paperwork for degree • Understanding of the learner’s physical, program. cognitive, and emotional development and the implications for learning and • Possess an undergraduate cumulative instruction. grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0, • Knowledge of the social contexts in or possess a prior graduate degree. which education occurs, the • May require a writing sample essay that philosophical perspectives which focuses on current educational issues, as influence teaching and learning, and an determined by the graduate faculty understanding of personal beliefs related admissions committee. to the role of the teacher and the learner. • Skills and knowledge necessary to assist • Submit official transcripts from all higher learners with special needs and diverse education institutions attended. cultural backgrounds in an instructionally integrated setting. • Submit three letters of evaluation/ • Ability to organize and manage a recommendation that address: classroom and laboratory on the basis of research, best practices, expert opinion, • Personal qualities, e.g. character personal attributes, and student learning and academic abilities, problem needs. solving, conceptual thinking, and • Development and application of a variety the writing and speaking skills of teaching/learning strategies and needed to support a rigorous techniques. graduate program. • Appropriate use of a variety of approaches to assess and evaluate • Personal determination and instructional outcomes. commitment needed to complete the • Use of instructional technology, program. including computers and media, for

129

• Students must achieve passing scores includes at least 30 semester hours of graduate which meet established Maryland State credit with a cumulative “B” (3.0) or higher standards on the core battery of the grade point average. Six (6) credits are required PRAXIS teacher examinations. in a capstone research experience. Of the remaining 24 credits, six (6) are required in Transcripts and academic credentials of all Career and Technology Education and six (6) applicants will be reviewed by the Department are required in professional education. Twelve of Technology’s graduate admissions (12) elective credits are selected with approval committee. Individuals who lack appropriate of the graduate advisor based on the student’s coursework will be expected to complete the previous educational experience and future identified course content requirements prior to career goals. Overall, eighteen (18) credits are their enrollment in the capstone research portion required at the 600 level or higher and a of the program. maximum of twelve (12) credits can be completed at the 400 level in designated courses. APPLICATION DEADLINES Students will take a written comprehensive examination and complete an action research In general, application deadlines for seminar paper within the last six credits of their admissions are as follows: program. Students who have completed 27 credits of coursework and have passed the Fall Semester May 1 comprehensive examination will be advanced to Spring Semester November 1 master’s degree candidacy. Summer Sessions April 1 A maximum of six (6) graduate credits However, applications will be accepted and will be accepted for transfer into the program reviewed at any time throughout the year. from non-USM institutions, provided these Applications take about a month to process and credits are directly related to the program and approve. meet the criteria for transfer of credit. No more than six (6) credit hours of “C” grades will be PROGRAM OF STUDY acceptable in the program. Students must complete the program The M.Ed. program combines Career within three calendar years of advancement to and Technology Education content with master’s degree candidacy, but no later than professional education, research, and leadership their five-year admission period. Full-time theory and practice. Graduate level scholarship candidates in the Career and Technology and research-based content will be presented Education M.Ed. program will be expected to throughout the program. The essential elements complete the program in one academic year of teaching and assessment, leadership, and including one summer. Part-time students, who educational research will guide instructional attend uninterrupted, will be expected to decision-making throughout the program. complete the program in three years. This is a 30 credit masters program. There are six required courses (18 credits) The following represents the typical dealing with teaching content and methods, program of study for students pursuing the instructional organization and management, M.Ed. in the Technology Education or Career administration and leadership, and educational and Technical strand. research. The four elective courses (12 credits) that are selected by the student are based on their Typical M.Ed. Program of Study career needs and goals. TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION STRAND

RETENTION AND EXIT REQUIREMENTS Course # Core Required Credits

Students enrolled in the M.Ed. program CTED 600 Technology Education Content, complete a state-approved program of study that Methods and Strategies (3)

130

CTED 602 Technology Education Instructional Management and EDTE 499 Research and Organization (3) Experimentation in Career and Technology Education (3) CTED 615 Administration and Leadership in CTE (3) SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional Individuals (3) EDUC 610 Learning and Instructional Design (3) EDCI 409 Methods of Teaching Reading in the Content Areas I (3) CTED 640 Research in Career and Technology Education I (3) EDCI 410 Methods of Teaching Reading in the Content Areas II (3) CTED 650 Research in Career and Technology Education II (3) EDUC 612 Advanced Educational Total Required Credits 18 Psychology (3)

Possible Electives EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth and Development (3) Selection of elective courses is based on previous education experience and career goals. CTED 610 Teaching Adult and Post- Elective courses will vary for each individual, Secondary Education and require the approval of the graduate advisor. Programs (3)

EDTE 482 Core Technologies I (3) Typical M.Ed. Program of Study CAREER AND EDTE 483 Core Technologies II (3) TECHNICAL EDUCATION STRAND

EDTE 488 Foundations of Technology (3) Course # Core Required Credits

CTED 630 Special Problems in Career and CTED 601 Career and Technical Education Technology Education (3) Content, Methods and Strategies (3) Total Elective Credits 12 CTED 603 Career and Technical Education TOTAL CREDITS 30 Instructional Management and Organization (3) Additional graduate electives offered by UMES include: CTED 615 Administration and Leadership in CTE (3) EDTE 437 Student Performance Assessment (3) EDUC 610 Learning and Instructional Design (3) EDTE 440 Integrating Math and Science in Occupational CTED 640 Research in Career and and Technology Education (3) Technology Education I (3)

CTED 650 Research in Career and EDTE 450 Mentoring: Expectations Technology Education II (3) And Responsibilities (3) Total Required Credits 18

131

Development (3) Possible Electives CTED 610 Teaching Adult and Post- Selection of elective courses is based on Secondary Education Programs previous education experience and career goals. (3) Elective courses will vary for each individual, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS and require the approval of the graduate advisor. CTED 600 Technology Education EDTE 445 American Industry and Global Content, Methods, and Competition (3) Strategies (3) This course examines the philosophy, mission, EDTE 467 Instructional Analysis and vision, goals, and evolution of Technology Curriculum Development (3) Education within the context of the Designed World. The Maryland State Technology CTED 480 Coordination of Work-Based Education Voluntary Curriculum, teaching and Learning Programs (3) learning strategies, foundations of technology, core technologies, performance-based CTED 630 Special Problems in instruction, and student assessment are also Career and Technology covered. Integrating core academic knowledge Education (3) and skills, and the professional roles and Total Elective Credits 12 responsibilities of Technology Education teachers within the total school community at TOTAL CREDITS 30 the secondary level are also discussed. CTED 601 Career and Technical Additional graduate electives offered by Education Content, Methods, UMES include: and Strategies (3)

This course examines the philosophy, mission, EDTE 437 Student Performance vision, goals, and evolution of Career and Assessment (3) Technical Education. Teaching and learning

strategies, performance-based instruction, Skills EDTE 440 Integrating Math and Science for Success, assessment, blended instruction, in Occupational and Technology work-based learning, school-to-careers, and Education (3) student equity issues will be covered.

EDTE 450 Mentoring: Expectations And CTED 602 Technology Education Responsibilities (3) Instructional Management

and Organization (3) EDTE 486 Instructional Media This course covers planning, implementing, Development (3) evaluating, and marketing Technology

Education programs. Particular attention will be SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional given to the organization and classroom Individuals (3) management of a safe laboratory environment.

Ground rules, student grading systems, program EDCI 409 Methods of Teaching Reading and instructor effectiveness, and a classroom in the Content Areas I (3) management system are addressed. The safe and

effective use of tools, equipment, and materials EDCI 410 Methods of Teaching Reading will be covered, as well as a review of the in the Content Areas II (3) Technology Education teacher’s responsibilities.

EDUC 612 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)

EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth and

132

CTED 603 Career and Technical Education Instructional Management CTED 630 Special Problems in Career and Organization (3) and Technology Education (3) This course covers planning, implementing, Master’s and APC students who desire to pursue evaluating, and marketing Career and Technical a special research problem or project under the Education programs. Particular attention will be direction of their advisor may register for this given to the organization and management of a course. The course may be repeated twice with safe work environment. Ground rules, student different topics and approval of the advisor. grading systems, program and instructor effectiveness, and a classroom management CTED 640 Research in Career and system are addressed. The safe and effective use Technology Education I (3) of tools, equipment, and materials will be Students are introduced to the three basic forms covered, as well as a review of the CTE of research: historical, descriptive and action teacher’s responsibilities. research. Emphasis is placed on incorporating research into classroom teaching and leadership. CTED 607 Coordination of Work-Based A variety of databases will be used. The course EDTE 480 Learning Programs (3) provides a base for action research methodology. A variety of work-based learning programs will Qualitative and quantitative data treatments will be covered including cooperation work be developed within the context of individual experience, internships, mentorships, job student projects and the evaluation of the shadowing, and apprenticeship. Mission, trends research literature. and current practices in these programs will be discussed. Methods and techniques of CTED 650 Research in Career and coordination in comprehensive and part-time Technology Education II (3) programs at the secondary and adult levels are Students will complete and present their action covered. research papers. Students will also write a journal article based on their paper for possible CTED 610 Teaching in Adult and Post- publication. Prerequisites: Successful Secondary Education completion of CTED 640. Programs (3) Methods and techniques for teaching adult learners in secondary and in post-secondary EDUC 610 Learning and Instructional occupational and technical programs are Design (3) covered. The needs, interests and motivation of Advanced skill development in the area of the mature learner are analyzed. Secondary and individualized programming, including post-secondary educational settings will be adaptation and modification of curriculum, compared instructional design, program development, and evaluation are covered in this course. Learning CTED 615 Administration and Leadership theory and its application in the classroom are in CTE (3) emphasized. This course covers the theories and concepts of educational administration and leadership in EDUC 612 Advanced Educational Career and Technology Education. Societal Psychology (3) forces that affect educational administration, Application of psychology to learning processes tasks of administration, role requirements, and theories are examined. Topics covered administrative processes, division of include individual differences, measurement, responsibility, organizational variables, the motivation, emotions, intelligence, attitudes, administrator as an instructional leader, and problem solving, thinking, and communicating professional organizations are discussed. in educational settings.

EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth and Development (3)

133

This course is an advanced study of human EDTE 445 American Industry and growth and development using a life-span Global Competition (3) approach. Current research and theories in the This course is an analysis of American industry areas of cognitive processes, learning abilities, in relation to current and future competitive and social and psychological processes will be trends. Personnel organizations, personnel examined. needs, production, quality and competition in selected manufacturing and construction SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional enterprises are covered. Individuals (3) This course is an overview of the major types of EDTE 450 Mentoring: Expectations and exceptional abilities and their impact on the Responsibilities (3) teaching/learning process. The legal mandates This course is an introduction to mentoring, and that relate to the field of special education are covers selecting mentors, mentor/teacher covered. responsibilities, teacher observation, problems of beginning teachers, mentoring techniques, EDCI 409/410 Methods of Teaching Reading assessment, and portfolio development. This in the Content Areas I and II course is designed to prepare experienced (3 credits each) teachers who are interested in becoming mentors These courses teach the fundamentals of reading or helping teachers in the secondary school. instruction including current theories and methods of reading instruction. These courses EDTE 467 Instructional Analysis and also present an overview of reading programs K- Curriculum Development (3) 12 and consider the integration of reading into the student’s areas of specialization at the This advanced curriculum design course covers middle and secondary school levels. These how to design a standards-based unit of courses emphasize the identification of requisite instruction based on an instructional analysis in reading skills, the assessment of reading skill a content area in order to develop curriculum levels (instructional and independent), the materials. Students learn how to design, development of strategies and materials for implement, and evaluate Career and Technology reading mastery, and the remediation of reading Education curriculum. Emphasis is placed on difficulties. the integration and utilization of national and state content standards. Based on these EDTE 437 Student Performance standards and the backward mapping process, Assessment (3) goals, objectives, indicators, student learning This course examines how to identify and utilize activities, instructional materials, and appropriate student performance criteria to assessment instruments are designed. measure student achievement in the cognitive, psychomotor and affective domains. A variety of EDTE 481 Facilities Organization assessment instruments will be evaluated and and Management (3) developed to document student mastery of Basic elements of designing, creating, and instructional objectives. managing Career and Technology Education learning environments, both classroom and EDTE 440 Integrating Math and Science laboratory facilities, are covered in this cover. in Occupational and Room layout, selection of tools, supplies, Technology Education (3) equipment, safety and layout arrangements will The purpose of this course is to provide teachers be studied. with techniques and methods to assist students in improving their math and science skills within EDTE 482 Core Technologies I (3) the context of their curriculum. Math and Core technologies are the building blocks of all science techniques and problem applications are technology systems within the context of the covered for specific Career and Technology designed world. Mechanical and structural Education (CTE) areas. technologies are examined with regard to common components, simple controls, basic

134

system design, safety, and applications. An overview of materials technology will include an EDTE 488F Foundations of Technology (3) examination of ferrous and non-ferrous This course focuses on the development of materials, common industrial forms, and the knowledge , skills and dispositions regarding the primary and secondary processing of industrial following aspects of technology: 1) its evolution, materials. The course includes an introduction to 2) systems, 3) core concepts, 4) design, and 5) biotechnology with instructional units devoted to utilization. It addresses the three dimensions of genetics, environmental biotechnology, and the technological literacy: knowledge, ways of future of biotechnology. Topical investigations thinking and acting, and capabilities with the and modular activity packages are utilized to goal of students developing the characteristics of enhance understanding of the core technologies. a technologically literate citizen. It examines strategies designed to engage students in EDTE 483 Core Technologies II (3) exploring and deepening their understanding of Core technologies are the building blocks of all “big ideas” regarding technology and makes use technology systems within the context of the of a variety of assessment instruments to reveal designed world. Electrical, electronic, optical, the extent of understanding. The nature of a fluid, and thermal technologies are examined technology education experience with its with regard to common components, simple performance-based instruction and assessment controls, basic system design, safety, and will be explored with special attention given to applications. The context for the study of these the program’s potential to invigorate student core technologies is the design and development interest and achievement. . of technology systems to solve practical problems. Communication skills are developed EDTE 499 Research and through the documentation of the design and Experimentation in Career development process. Topical investigations and and Technology Education (3) modular activity packages are utilized to This advanced course focuses on solving enhance understanding of the core technologies. technological issues through the problem- solving method. Students identify a EDTE 484 Information Systems (3) technological problem, determine possible This course will provide students with solutions, collect data, write a research report, knowledge and skills related to communication and present their findings. Emphasis is placed on systems, application of computers, computer inquiry, utilizing resources, analyzing and controlled robots and machines, imaging, synthesizing data, and developing solutions. publishing, audio systems, video systems, and This course may be repeated twice using telecommunications. Students learn how to different problems with the permission of the integrate instruction on information systems into graduate advisor. teaching/learning strategies. These strategies include: ingenuity challenges, topical ************************************ investigations, product generation, modular For further information on this program, please activity packages, research and experimentation, contact: and engineering design and development. Dr. Gerald F. Day EDTE 486 Instructional Media Coordinator of Graduate Studies Development (3) Department of Technology Students will develop instructional materials in University of Maryland Eastern Shore this course. The course covers commercially 1425 Key Highway available sources and teacher-developed Baltimore, MD 21230 materials including web pages, WebQuests, (410) 659-5332 computer-generated materials, PowerPoint (410) 659-7629 fax presentations, and the use of instructional Email: [email protected] technology devises and equipment. Dr. Leon Copeland Chairman

135

Department of Technology 2. All applicants must successfully complete the University of Maryland Eastern Shore following prerequisite courses with a grade of 11931 Art Shell Plaza “C” or higher. Princess Anne, MD 21853-1299 Email: [email protected] Course Semester Hours

PHYSICAL THERAPY Zoology with Lab OR Biology with Lab 4 Doctor of Physical Therapy Human Anatomy and Physiology with Lab (or THE PROGRAM its equivalent) 8 Mathematics (Trigonometry or higher) 3-4 The Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) Physics with Lab 8 degree program constitutes the initial Psychology (General, Abnormal or Child) 3 professional preparation for students desiring to Sociology 3 become physical therapists. Graduates of the Chemistry with Lab 8 program will be prepared to carry out the Histology with Lab OR Cell Biology with Lab expanding responsibilities as autonomous health or Microbiology with Lab 4 care providers practicing prevention, (Other upper level Science Courses may be examination, and intervention in acute care and considered) and, rehabilitation settings, and in educational and Statistics 3 research environments. The DPT Program will also prepare students to contribute to the field of 3. A cumulative 3.0 grade point average over all physical therapy through research and other course work earned and a 3.0 average in the scholarly activities in addition to the utilization science and math courses earned that are a of these activities. prerequisite to the program (including any courses taken during the spring and the summer ACCREDITATION preceding the fall admission).

The DPT Program is designed to meet 4. Demonstration of knowledge concerning the the Standards of Practice of the American physical therapy profession by submitting: Physical Therapy Association and the a. an essay detailing the reasons the Accreditation Standards set forth by the applicant desires to become a physical therapist. Commission on Accreditation in Physical b. Documentation of first-hand Therapy Education. observation and/or work experience related to the practice of physical therapy. This experience The DPT Program has been granted must be substantiated in writing by a accreditation status by the Commission on registered/licensed physical therapist. Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. 5. Submission of three (3) letters of ADMISSIONS POLICY recommendation addressing both the applicant’s moral character and potential as a physical The Physical Therapy Admissions therapist. Committee selects students for admission. Applicants must meet the following criteria to 6. A personal interview with at least one gain admission to the DPT Program: member of the Physical Therapy Admissions Committee may be required. 1. A Bachelor’s degree from U.S. institutions of higher education accredited by a regional 7. Prerequisite science courses completed 10 accrediting association or the degree equivalent years prior to the date of admission will not be in another country is required. accepted.

Due to certain factors (i.e., number of available clinical sites), the number of qualified

136

students who can be accepted into the DPT experiences, students develop problem-solving Program is limited. The Department of Physical and clinical decision-making skills. Select Therapy Admissions Committee will consider clinical affiliations provide students with clinical such criteria as cumulative GPA, mathematics experience in specialty areas of physical therapy and science GPA, prior experience and personal practice. interview scores in making its decision for The independent study/electives admissions. component allows students to pursue advanced study in areas of individual interest under the ACCEPTANCE POLICY guidance of the physical therapy faculty. Each student is required to complete six credits in Upon acceptance to the DPT Program, independent study/electives which are approved the student will be notified of acceptance and by the student’s academic advisor. given two weeks to return the acceptance letter. The Research/Critical Inquiry A non-refundable acceptance fee of $300.00 component consists of one didactic course in must accompany the acceptance letter. On research methods and the completion of an admission, this acceptance fee will be credited extensive independent research project under the toward tuition. direction of a research advisor. The research project incorporates all phases of the scientific APPLICATION DEADLINE inquiry process from the formulation of research questions or hypotheses and literature review Applicants who plan to complete the through data collection and analysis of the Bachelor of Science Degree and all prerequisites results. The student must select a research for the DPT Program before the end of August advisor by the end of the first year of enrollment in any year may apply to the program beginning in the program. Final project requirements September 1 of the year prior. include a written document and an oral 1. Early admission decisions will be made presentation. Students are encouraged to publish on applications received September 1 to and/or present their research to professional December 1. Once the complete organizations such as the American Physical application is received by the Therapy Association and the American College Department, the student will receive of Sports Medicine. notification within one month. Each student is initially assigned an 2. Normal admission decisions will be Academic Advisor who is responsible for made on applications received by advising the student on all aspects of the February 1 of the following year. student’s progress throughout the program All 3. If space is available, applications students must maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA. received after these dates may be The program is full-time continuous enrollment. considered for admission. RETENTION IN PROGRAM 1. Didactic Program Phase GENERAL PROGRAM COMPLETION

REQUIREMENTS 1.1. The grading scale for the Physical

Therapy Department is as follows: The program requires completion of A - 90-100% didactic course work, clinical internships, B - 80-89% independent study, and a research project as C - 75-79% partial fulfillment for the doctorate degree. D - 65-74% Core didactic courses include F - 0-64% foundational sciences, clinical medicine, [Students must have a 75% average in the physical therapy procedures, and patient didactic and the laboratory components of management. courses for successful completion.] The Clinical Education component 1.2. A final grade of D in any course provides students with the opportunity to apply (lecture and/or lab) during the DPT their didactic knowledge and skills to clinical situations. Through clinical education

137

Program will result in the student 1.10. Students are expected to be able to being placed on academic probation. meet the essential technical standards 1.3. Students attaining probationary of performance required by the status twice during the DPT Program Department of Physical Therapy. are subject to automatic academic dismissal from the program. 2. Clinical Practicum and Affiliation Phase 1.4. A final grade of D in any two courses during the DPT Program (lecture 2.1. Clinical Affiliation assignments are and/or lab) results in an automatic dependent upon faculty academic dismissal from the recommendation, Department program. Chair approval, and availability of 1.5. A final grade of F in any course clinical sites. (lecture and/or lab) results in 2.2. No student may enter the final 16 automatic academic dismissal from weeks of full-time clinical the program. affiliations during the 3rd year of the 1.6. A student who receives a final grade program with a final grade of D or of D in a course (lecture and/or lab) incomplete in any course or a will be referred to the faculty who cumulative GPA below 3.0. will make recommendations to the Admission to the final 16 weeks of Department Chairman as to how this fulltime clinical affiliation is by grade may be removed and the time approval of the Physical Therapy limit for removal. Failure to remove faculty. the grade in a specified time limit 2.3. Each clinical affiliation or practicum may result in dismissal from the must be passed. A student receiving program. a failing grade during a clinical 1.7. Students engaging in any unethical affiliation or practicum is practices as outlined by the policies automatically dismissed from the of the University of Maryland DPT Program. Eastern Shore, Code of Conduct of 2.4. Students not completing a clinical the American Physical Therapy affiliation or practicum for personal Association, and State or Federal reasons may be required to repeat an laws may be dismissed from the affiliation or practicum of the same program. length or make-up the time lost at the 1.8. Students must maintain a cumulative same affiliation or practicum. grade point average (GPA) of “B” or 2.5. A student may only repeat or makeup better over all graduate courses taken a clinical affiliation or practicum and must satisfy all departmental and upon approval of the faculty of the UMES Graduate School Department of Physical Therapy. requirements. A graduate student has 2.6. Students are expected to be able to two semesters in which to bring the meet the essential technical standards cumulative GPA back to a 3.0 (“B”) of performance required by the if it falls below that level (note for Department of Physical Therapy. the Physical Therapy program, the Year I Summer is an academic 3. Readmission semester). The admission of all students is continued at the discretion 3.1. Students who have been dismissed of the faculty, the Department and for academic reasons and students the Dean of Graduate Studies. (See who have had to withdraw for Section on Termination of personal reasons may seek Admission in this catalog). readmission by submitting a letter of 1.9. All courses must be completed in request to the department. sequence. 3.2. The request for readmission will be reviewed by the Department of

138

Physical Therapy faculty. A student Examination, Evaluation, and may be readmitted only once to the Differential Diagnosis (1) program. PHYT 621 Physical Therapy in the Acute Care Setting (3) REAPPLICATION TO THE PROGRAM PHYT 651 Clinical Practicum I – Acute Care Focus (1) An applicant who has been unsuccessful PHYT 789 Research Project (1) in obtaining admission into the program may reactivate his or her file by written request to the Total: 14 Credits department by February 1. Entry-Level Doctorate in Physical Therapy YEAR 2 Course Sequence* FALL YEAR 1 PHYT 615 Clinical Medicine III – FALL Orthopaedics (3) PHYT 623 PT Procedures I – PHYT 601 Advanced Human Anatomy Physical Agents (2) Lecture (4) PHYT 627 PT Procedures II – Soft Tissue PHYT 607 Advanced Human Anatomy Lab (2) Techniques (2) PHYT 605 Life Span Development and PHYT 630 PT Procedures III Embryology (3) Musculoskeletal (3) PHYT 670 Introduction to Health Care Systems PHYT 624 Therapeutic Exercise I-Basic and Patient Care (2) and Essentials (3) PHYT 600 Advanced Human Physiology (3) PHYT 616 The Integumentary System and Wound Management (2) Total: 14 Credits PHYT 789 Research Project (1) ______PHYT 652 Clinical Practicum II (1) WINTER PHYT 658 Clinical Judgment and No Classes Integration Seminar (1) ______Total: 18 Credits SPRING WINTER PHYT 602 Neuroscience (4)

PHYT 603 Exercise Physiology (3) PHYT 660 Clinical Affiliation I** (6 weeks) (3) PHYT 604 Analysis of Human Movement (4)

PHYT 612 Clinical Medicine I- Total: 3 Credits Pathophysiology (3) PHYT 681 Research Methods I (3) SPRING Total: 17 Credits PHYT 631 Prosthetics and Orthotics (2) PHYT 626 PT Procedures IV – SUMMER Electrophysiology (3) PHYT 625 Therapeutic Exercise II (2) PHYT 622 Tests and Measures (3) PHYT 672 Patient and Community Health PHYT 614 Clinical Medicine II– Education and Promotion (2) Neuropathology (2) PHYT 632 Therapeutic Exercise III-Exercise PHYT 671 Interpersonal Communication Testing and Prescription for and Psychosocial Aspects of Special Populations (2) Disability (3) PHYT 675 Physical Therapy PHYT 620 Introduction to Clinical Administration (3)

139

PHYT 789 Research Project (1) PHYT 636 Patient Management – PHYT 653 Clinical Practicum III (1) Musculoskeletal-III (3) PHYT 658 Clinical Judgment and PHYT 659 Advanced Clinical Judgment and Integration Seminar (1) Integration (1) PHYT 674 Professional Development and Total: 17 Credits Practice Issues In P.T. (1) PHYT 789 Research Project (1) SUMMER Total: 13 Credits

PHYT 606 Pharmacology, Laboratory SUMMER Values, and Medical Imaging For the Physical Therapist (2) PHYT662 Clinical Affiliation III **(8 weeks) (4) PHYT 789 Research Project (1) PHYT663 Clinical Affiliation IV **(8 weeks) (4)

Total: 3 Credits Total: 8 Credits ______YEAR 3 *Course numbers and sequence subject to change. Student must complete 6 credits of FALL PHYT649 Independent Study or electives during the three years of the program prior to the PHYT 642 Patient Management- third summer. Neuromuscular I (2) PHYT 637 Patient Management- **Upon approval of the Department of Pulmonary (2) Physical Therapy Faculty PHYT 634 Patient Management- Musculoskeletal I (2) TOTAL CREDITS: 130 PHYT 640 Patient Management-Pediatrics I (2) PHYT 789 Research Project (1) COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHYT 661 Clinical Affiliation II ** (8 weeks) (4) PHYT 600 Advanced Human Physiology PHYT 659 Advanced Clinical Judgment (3) and Integration Seminar (1) This course focuses on the major physiological systems of the human body. Topics in this Total: 14 Credits course will cover function of the cardiovascular, respiratory, musculoskeletal, renal, WINTER gastrointestinal, genitourinary, neurological, lymphatic, endocrine, and immune systems at PHYT 643 Patient Management- the cellular, organ and systemic levels. Neuromuscular II (1) PHYT 635 Patient Management- PHYT 601 Advanced Human Anatomy Musculoskeletal II (1) (4) PHYT 641 Patient Management- This course focuses on the structure and function Pediatrics II (1) of the human body with emphasis on the neuromusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, Total: 3 Credits pulmonary, gastrointestinal, and genitourinary systems. Clinical correlations to the anatomical SPRING structures will be presented.

PHYT 633 Patient Management-Cardiac (2) PHYT 602 Neuroscience (4) PHYT 645 Patient Management Selected This course explores the structure and function Topics II (2) of the central, peripheral and autonomic nervous PHYT 644 Patient Management – systems on an anatomical, physiological and Neuromuscular III (3)

140 neurological basis. Three lecture hours and three and application of pharmacological concepts. laboratory hours per week. The second part of this course will introduce the student to critical laboratory tests and the PHYT 603 Exercise Physiology (3) interpretation of laboratory values. Basic This course provides an overview of exercise hematology will be reviewed focusing on physiology theory and principles and an normal and pathological blood levels. Emphasis examination of the physiological responses to will be placed on the interpretation of laboratory both acute and chronic physical activity. The data and its impact on safe and effective patient role of exercise physiology in the treatment and care. The third part of this course covers the rehabilitation of various populations is principles, procedures and interpretation of highlighted. diagnostic imaging techniques. Emphasis is on plain film radiography, myelograms, CT scans, PHYT 604 Analysis of Human Movement magnetic resonance imaging and nuclear (4) medicine. Emphasis will be placed on exploring This course analyzes normal and abnormal the relationship between medical imaging and motor function based upon principles of physical therapy practice. biomechanics, and musculoskeletal anatomy. The student will be able to perform movement PHYT 607 Advanced Human analyses of functional activities with regards to Anatomy-Lab (2) kinematics and kinetics. The student’s The course focuses on the structure and function anatomical knowledge will be reinforced and of the human body with emphasis on the palpation skills will be taught through hands-on neuromusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, laboratory experiences. pulmonary, gastrointestinal, and genitourinary systems. The students’ understanding of the PHYT 605 Life Span Development and human body in three dimensions will be Embryology (3) facilitated through cadaver dissection. This course emphasizes a holistic study of normal human growth and development from PHYT 612 Clinical Medicine I conception to maturity including embryological Pathophysiology (3) development of the major body systems. This course provides an introduction to general Emphasis will be placed on the components of pathology and the physiological and anatomical sensory and motor development and the changes accompanying disease, injury or development of mature motor patterns. Study abnormal development. Pathophysiology of the will include the four aspects of human behavior following systems are covered: cardiovascular, and development including biophysical, respiratory, musculoskeletal, renal, cognitive, affective, and social. Students will gastrointestinal, genitourinary, lymphatic, also examine physiological and psychosocial endocrine, and immune systems. Current issues involved in the normal aging process. concepts and trends in diagnosis and medical management will be presented throughout the PHYT 606 Pharmacology, Laboratory course. Mechanisms of disease processes will be Values and Medical Imaging examined. for the Physical Therapist (2) PHYT 614 Clinical Medicine The first part of this course provides an IINeuropathology (2) overview of the basic components of This course will emphasize pathology of the pharmacology with emphasis on nervous system (CNS, PNS, and ANS) and the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. A physiological and anatomical changes review of common disease states encountered in accompanying disease, injury, and abnormal clinical practice and their pharmacological development. Current concepts and trends in interventions will be presented. Emphasis will differential diagnosis, medical management, and be placed on exploring the relationship between healthcare interventions are covered. pharmacology and physical therapy practice. Students will be engaged in clinical reasoning

141

PHYT 615 Clinical Medicine III signs, use of assistive ambulatory devices, Orthopaedics universal precautions and sterile procedures. An (3) emphasis is placed on psychomotor performance In this course, emphasis is placed on the of examination and intervention skills and will pathology of the musculoskeletal system, and also include safe procedures in transfers, gait the physiological and anatomic changes training, positioning, and basic patient handling accompanying disease, injury, and/or abnormal skills. Equipment and procedures utilized in the development along with current concepts and acute care setting will be introduced including trends in differential diagnosis and medical and IVs, cardiac monitoring devices, catheters, and surgical management and rehabilitation. respiratory support apparatus. PHYT 616 The Integumentary System & PHYT 622 Tests and Measures (3) Wound Management (2) This course presents examination/evaluation This course will include an overview of the skills pertinent to physical therapy including, structure and function of the integumentary postural assessment, goniometry, specific and system, common dermatologic conditions, and group manual muscle testing, isokinetic testing, the physiology of the normal wound healing sensation testing, limb length and girth process. The etiology and pathophysiology of measurements, and reflex testing. Students will various types of chronic wounds will be apply techniques to specific patient case presented including pressure ulcers, arterial and situations. venous insufficiency ulcers, neuropathic ulcers, and burns. The examination, evaluation, and PHYT 623 PT Procedures I – Physical intervention for each type of pathologic Agents (2) condition will be discussed. Students will The course addresses: 1) the physical principles engage in problem-solving activities through a and physiological effects of physical variety of case study applications. agents/modalities; 2) the ethical use and application of physical agents in the PHYT 620 Introduction to Clinical management of pain, soft tissue trauma, and Examination, Evaluation and edema; 3) the role of physical agents/modalities Differential Diagnosis (1) in prevention of secondary complications and This course will consist of the principles of the their adjunct use to therapeutic exercise and patient management model including movement therapy; 4) the relationship of examination, evaluation, diagnosis, and physical agents/modalities, temperature prognosis. Emphasis will be placed on the regulation and vascular supply, indications and process of obtaining a history, performing a contraindications; and 5) modification in the systems review, and selecting and administering application of physical agents/modalities in tests and measures to gather data. The principles unique patient populations. of differential diagnosis will be introduced with an emphasis on distinguishing between PHYT 624 Therapeutic Exercise I – neuromusculoskeletal and systemic conditions. Basics and Essentials (3) The course will also cover differential diagnosis This course serves as an introduction to the of upper and lower extremity conditions of modality of therapeutic exercise. It includes musculoskeletal and non-musculoskeletal origin principles of aerobic conditioning and the use of with the use of an upper and lower quarter various types of resistance, range of motion, scanning exams. postural, and breathing exercises along with their therapeutic application to specific regions PHYT 621 Physical Therapy in the of the body. Emphasis will be centered on Acute Care Setting (3) providing a foundation of knowledge and skills Students will be introduced to basic physical that can be used to manage a large number of therapy examination, evaluation and intervention patient problems seen in clinical practice. skills to ensure safe patient interactions Students will be able to design safe and effective including gross assessment skills, patient therapeutic exercise programs for a variety of communication, safe and effective patient patient diagnoses. positioning and movement, monitoring of vital

142

PHYT 625 Therapeutic Exercise II lower extremity joints and assessment of (2) accessory motion. The principles of joint This course is a continuation of Therapeutic mobilization as a therapeutic intervention will be Exercise I and includes advanced therapeutic included with a discussion of the history, various techniques for special patient populations in philosophies, grading systems, and techniques. rehabilitation. Special topics techniques such as Joint mobilization techniques specific to the bariatric rehabilitation, pre-prosthetic training, upper and lower extremities will be emphasized. post-surgical protocols, oncology rehabililtation, and selected topics in neurologic physical PHYT 631 Prosthetics and Orthotics therapy will be covered. Therapeutic exercise (2) interventions will also target comprehensive This course focuses on patient management for management of the medically complex patient, individuals requiring the use of prostheses and including lab value and comorbidity analysis. orthoses. Emphasis is placed on the skills of Exercise will be approached from an evidence- examination of limb impairments and evaluation based perspective, with appropriate attention to of the factors that influence the normalization of those contributions from the basic and clinical function. Students will develop plans and sciences. Students will gain exposure to more intervention strategies to maximize the health advanced rehabilitation equipment management care of individuals with various amputations and such as complex seating systems, NeuroCom limb impairments. In addition, students will training, and treadmill unweighting. In addition, learn to proficiently measure appropriate web-based activities will give students the changes in function and communicate the opportunity to discuss patient case studies and to findings to the prosthetist/orthotist and other analyze current evidence for specific members of the health care team. interventions. Problem-based activities in both the laboratory and clinical setting will focus on PHYT 632 Therapeutic Exercise III stimulating effective clinical decision-making. -Exercise Testing and Prescription for Special PHYT 626 PT Procedures IV – Populations (2) Electrophysiology (3) This course basic exercise testing procedures Analysis of the physical and physiological and precautions, as well as exercise prescription principles underlying the application of for selected patient populations. An emphasis is therapeutic electricity in patient/client placed on monitoring patients for normal and management is provided. Basic principles abnormal responses to activity, and specific underlying electrodiagnostic procedures are indications and contraindications to exercise. covered. Populations to be addressed will include individuals with arthritis, diabetes, cancer, PHYT 627 PT Procedures II – Soft Tissue AIDS, and cardiovascular and pulmonary Techniques (2) conditions, among others. This course encompasses practical and theoretical aspects of soft tissue techniques used PHYT 633 Patient Management – in the physical therapy management of Cardiac (2) musculoskeletal impairments. Emphasis is Emphasis during lecture and laboratory placed on examination skills, specific tissue experiences will be placed on cardiovascular examination, and intervention techniques. The structure, physiology, function, and the response potential influence of soft tissue on movement to acute and chronic exercise. Interventions such and pain in mechanical and neurological as medications, surgical procedures, and impairments is discussed. exercise will be highlighted, along with the nature of cardiovascular pathology, PHYT 630 PT Procedures III cardiovascular rehabilitation, prevention Musculoskeletal (3) strategies, and the role of the physical therapist. This course will consist of the principles of upper and lower extremity examination including the special testing of the upper and

143

PHYT 634 Patient Management – pulmonary structure, physiology, function, and Musculoskeletal I (2) pathological conditions. The role of physical The course is the first part in a series of physical therapy in the integration of various therapy management and treatment interventions examination, evaluation and intervention for the musculoskeletal system. Patient procedures in order to provide acute care, examination, differential considerations, rehabilitation, and prevention programs are also treatment interventions, and re-assessment highlighted. procedures will be emphasized throughout the course. Musculoskeletal dysfunctions, with and PHYT 640 Patient Management – without surgical intervention, of the extremities Pediatrics I (2) and evidenced based treatment strategies will be This course will cover examination, evaluation, integrated into clinically relevant scenarios. and intervention procedures for common Anatomy, biomechanics, and special tests will pediatric conditions including primary and be reviewed and applied via classroom secondary neurological, musculoskeletal, education and advanced dissections. developmental, neuromuscular and cardiopulmonary disorders. Influences of PHYT 635 Patient Management – psychosocial, cultural, and environmental Musculoskeletal II (1) factors will be addressed for children with This course is the second part in the series of disabilities and their families/caregivers. physical therapy management and treatment Students will be introduced to current principles interventions for the musculoskeletal system. and legal issues in the provision of pediatric Patient examination, differential considerations, services in community-based and educational treatment interventions, and re-assessment programs including family-centered care, procedures will be emphasized throughout the practice models, and the Individuals with course. Musculoskeletal dysfunctions, with and Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). without surgical intervention, of the extremities and evidenced based treatment strategies will be PHYT 641 Patient Management – integrated into clinically relevant scenarios. Pediatrics II (1) Anatomy, biomechanics, and special tests will This course will focus on screening, be reviewed and applied via classroom examination, and evaluation and planning education and advanced dissections. methods used for pediatric patients. A variety of standardized developmental assessment PHYT 636 Patient Management – instruments will be examined. Students will Musculoskeletal III (3) learn to select, apply, and analyze This course is the third part in the series of developmentally appropriate procedures for physical therapy management and treatment pediatric screening, examination, and evaluation. interventions for the musculoskeletal system. Students will gain experience in the formulation Patient examination, differential considerations, of appropriate plans of care including treatment interventions, and re-assessment Individualized Family Service Plans (IFSPs) and procedures will be emphasized throughout the Individualized Education Plans (IEPs) course. Musculoskeletal dysfunctions of the spine, pelvis and TMJ will be emphasized. PHYT 642 Patient Management – Evidenced based treatment strategies, with Neuromuscular I (2) consideration of surgical procedures, will be This course is the first part in the sequence of integrated into clinically relevant scenarios. management and treatment of the neurologically Anatomy, biomechanics, and special tests will impaired adult. The course explores the be reviewed and applied via classroom theoretical basis of traditional and current education and advanced dissections. approaches for the management of persons with CNS, PNS, ANS and congenital disorders of PHYT 637 Patient Management – traumatic and/or vascular etiology. The primary Pulmonary (2) concerns are: (a) brief review of traditional Emphasis during lecture and laboratory methods, their historical perspectives, strengths experiences will be placed on recognition of and weaknesses; (b)in-depth analysis of

144

Brunnstrom’s method of evaluation and and physical therapy management of the treatment of patients post-CVA and post geriatric client. Normal and abnormal changes in selected vascular disorders of cortical etiology, cognition and mobility will be addressed, along strengths and weaknesses; (c) introduction to with the implications of psychosocial, legal, theories of motor control, motor learning and ethical, and nutritional concerns. Course skill acquisition and their potential application in material will include examination, data skill learning and rehabilitation; (d) current collection, and intervention activities geared issues in “functional” interventions, strategies towards optimizing functional outcomes with and outcome expectations. geriatric clients. Students will have the opportunity to perform community balance PHYT 643 Patient Management – screening activities. Neuromuscular II (1) The course is the second in a sequence of PHYT 649 Independent Study (1-3) courses that explore the theoretical basis of The independent study offers a means for traditional and current approaches of managing students to pursue academic interests beyond the persons with CNS, PNS, ANS disorders of scope of course work in the program under the progressive and non-progressive, acquired direction of a faculty advisor. The content and and/or congenital etiologies. The course focuses methods of study for this course will vary and on the examination, evaluation, diagnosis, are arranged by the student and advisor. Areas of prognosis, and intervention of the adult with study may include cardiopulmonary, impaired motor function and sensory integrity. orthopaedics, neurology, pediatrics, women’s This course will cover the management of health, or other fields of study. Repeatable patients with traumatic brain injury (TBI) in the Credit. Each student is required to complete six acute and chronic phases of rehabilitation. The credits of Independent Study or Electives. In lieu role of the physical therapist as a direct of Independent Study, the student may take caregiver and team member will be discussed. electives offered by a graduate school of the University System of Maryland as approved by PHYT 644 Patient Management – the faculty advisor. Neuromuscular III (3) This course is the third in a sequence of courses, PHYT 651 Clinical Practicum I – which explore the theoretical basis of traditional Acute Care Focus (1) and current approaches of managing persons Students are involved in a practical part-time with CNS, PNS, ANS disorders of progressive clinical experience in the application of physical and non-progressive, acquired and/or congenital therapy procedures while under direct etiologies (e.g., Parkinson’s Disease). The skills supervision of a clinic instructor. Emphasis is on of examination, evaluation, program planning, the management of patients in the hospital and intervention for the patient with setting. The student will directly apply the neurological impairments will be emphasized. knowledge and skills obtained in PHYT 621: Attention will also be directed to the Physical Therapy in the Acute Care Setting. environment into which the patient is being discharged, re-evaluation of status, health care PHYT 652 Clinical Practicum I (1) regulation changes and their implication of care Students are involved in a practical part-time for patients with dysfunctions of the clinical experience in the application of physical neurological system. therapy procedures while under direct supervision of a clinic instructor. Students rotate PHYT 645 Patient Management – through a variety of clinical settings. Selected Topics (2) This course will present examination and PHYT 653 Clinical Practicum III (1) intervention skills for management of patients Students are involved in a practical part-time with unique problems such as the rheumatoid clinical experience in the application of physical diseases, HIV-AIDS, arterial insufficiency, and therapy procedures while under direct vestibular dysfunction. This course will also supervision of a clinic instructor. Students rotate present issues pertinent to the health, function, through a variety of clinical settings.

145

Students will incorporate examination, PHYT 658 Clinical Judgment & evaluative and therapeutic procedures presented Integration Seminar (1) in the classroom and laboratory in direct patient This course combines instruction in clinical care under the supervision of a clinical problem solving through problem synthesis, instructor. 40 hours per week/8 weeks. critical thinking, clinical reasoning, and decision-making. Case studies presented by faculty and students are used to facilitate the PHYT 663 Clinical Affiliation IV (4) development of reasoning and decision-making This clinical session will consist of 8 weeks of skills that are applicable to current health care full-time clinical experience in preparation for issues as well as to clinical practice. Students competency as an entry-level practitioner. integrate didactic knowledge with clinical Students will incorporate examination, applications through the presentation and evaluative and therapeutic procedures presented discussion of actual patient case studies. in the classroom and laboratory in direct patient Repeatable credit. care under the supervision of a clinical instructor. 40 hours per week/8 weeks. PHYT 659 Advanced Clinical Judgment & Integration PHYT 670 Introduction to Health Care Seminar (1) Systems and Patient Care (2) This course will focus on advanced clinical Students are introduced to the role and function problem solving and analysis with an emphasis of the physical therapist in contemporary health on the application of differential diagnostic care with an awareness of ethical principles, skills. Students will develop skills in critical historical foundations of the profession, current analysis of complex medical conditions and in health care issues, and health care economics. formulating appropriate plans for intervention. The patient management model in physical The course is designed to enhance students’ therapy will also be introduced, including patient critical thinking abilities that are particularly examination, evaluation, diagnosis, prognosis, pertinent to the autonomous practioner who intervention and outcomes. The course will practices in states with direct access to physical emphasize the team approach to health care in therapy services. Repeatable credit. both urban and rural areas and will present strategies to promote cultural competency within PHYT 660 Clinical Affiliation I (3) the health care system. This clinical session will consist of six weeks of full-time clinical experience. Students will PHYT 671 Interpersonal Communication incorporate examination, evaluative and and Psychosocial Aspects of therapeutic procedures presented in the Disability (3) classroom and laboratory in direct patient care This course focuses on the psychological, social, under the supervision of clinical instructor. 40 and cultural contexts of patient care emphasizing clinical hours per week/6 weeks. those variables identified as important for managing clients with disabilities. Emphasis will PHYT 661 Clinical Affiliation II (4) be placed on both verbal and non-verbal This clinical session will consist of eight weeks communication skills. Students develop initial of full-time clinical experience. Students will skills in patient interviewing and in establishing incorporate examination, evaluative and a therapeutic therapist-patient relationship. therapeutic procedures presented in the Psychosocial characteristics of various patient classroom and laboratory in direct patient care populations are discussed. Emphasis is placed on under the supervision of a clinical instructor. 40 how personal adjustment to disability influences hours per week/8 weeks. the rehabilitation process. Students explore the various factors affecting the patient, the family, PHYT 662 Clinical Affiliation III (4) and the patient therapist relationship in This clinical session will consist of 8 weeks of situations of chronic illness, disability, and loss. full-time clinical experience in preparation for competency as an entry-level practitioner.

146

training is expected. All research undertaken is PHYT 672 Patient & Community supervised by the student’s research advisor. Health Education & Repeatable credit. Promotion (2) This course will explore the basic principles and *************************************** theories of health care delivery and epidemiology in community based settings. The impact of demographic, cultural, economic and other factors that may affect delivery of health care will also be discussed. The course is For further information on this program designed to promote wellness and prevention contact: through the development of patient and community education programs. Health belief Graduate Program Coordinator models and adult learning theories and Department of Physical Therapy principles will be incorporated in the Hazel Hall development and implementation of health University of Maryland Eastern Shore education programs for individual patients and Princess Anne, MD 21853 local community groups. Email: [email protected]

PHYT 674 Professional Development & REHABILITATION COUNSELING Practice Issues in PT (1) An introduction to job searching skills including MISSION resume writing and interviewing skills, preparing for the National Physical Therapy The Master of Science in Rehabilitation Examination and state licensure procedures are Counseling is a graduate degree in the the focus of this course. The course will also Department of Rehabilitation Services at the include discussion of current and relevant issues University of Maryland Eastern Shore. The facing the physical therapy profession. department offers the Bachelor of Science degree in Rehabilitation Services. The M.S. PHYT 675 Physical Therapy degree program will prepare students for Administration (3) professional employment in counseling and This course addresses of the principles of service provision to individuals with physical, organization, management, and reimbursement mental, developmental, sensory, cognitive, in health care settings. Legal and ethical issues psychosocial, and emotional disabilities. will be discussed including those pertaining to Emphasis is placed on capacity building to health care personnel administration. increase services to underserved populations and rural communities. Underserved populations PHYT 681 Research Methods I (3) include minority, cultural, ethnic and racial This course is designed to be a comprehensive groups, women, and the aging populations. review of basic experimental and non- experimental methods for research using the The number of individuals with a scientific method. Inductive and deductive disability in the United States exceeds 50 approaches will be discussed with emphases on million. The objective of the graduate program casual ordering, theoretical framework is to prepare rehabilitation professionals with the development, hypothesis testing and critical competencies, skills, knowledge and practical analysis of current literature. experiences, to effectively facilitate the rehabilitation and habilitation of individuals with PHYT 789 Research Project (1) disabilities in rural or urban settings. These This course emphasizes problem formulation competencies include an understanding of the suitable for the completion of a doctoral project. policies and procedures relative to physiological, Data collection, hypotheses testing, social, psychological, cultural, political, and argumentation from data, and completion of the economical factors that effect vocational doctoral project by the end of the professional rehabilitation and independent living.

147

difference in counseling about quality of life for The Department of Rehabilitation individuals with disabilities. Services is committed to diversity, equality of opportunity, and the belief that everyone is 2. General Requirements – The entitled to full inclusion and active participation UMES Graduate Program in Rehabilitation in society. The ultimate goal is to graduate Counseling has established a program based on competent rehabilitation professionals, who will the Council on Rehabilitation Education be community leaders, and valued citizens. (CORE) guidelines and State of Maryland professional counselor licensure criteria. All faculty in the Rehabilitation program Emphasis is placed on competencies that prepare are committed to teaching, service, and research graduates for a career path that includes direct for the inclusion of persons with disabilities into service competencies and administrative society. They foster a climate of life-long functions. The universal CORE-based learning, leadership development, scholarly curriculum prepares graduates to apply to be a activity, and solution-based strategies that certified rehabilitation counselor (CRC) and facilitate physical and psychological professional counselor licensure (LPC). Program independence, gainful employment, and a graduates will be prepared for employment in consumer-defined quality of life in both rural the State-Federal rehabilitation system, e.g., and urban communities. Maryland Department of Rehabilitation Faculty have conducted professional Services, Non-governmental Organizations research, published refereed journal articles and (NGOs) such as private foundations and book chapters, and presented before professional associations, and private sector rehabilitation organizations on the state, national and among many venues focused on serving international level. It will be the responsibility of individuals with disabilities and their families. the graduate program coordinator and the Work settings for graduates of the Rehabilitation clinical coordinator to assist in locating Counseling program include federal/state public appropriate internship experiences to meet the rehabilitation, private practice, community goals and program requirements. rehabilitation centers, hospitals, schools, colleges, universities, industry, insurance The Master of Science degree in companies, legal offices, corrections, treatment Rehabilitation Counseling will address the programs, centers for independent living (CILs), critical and compelling need for trained and rehabilitation centers. Additionally, students rehabilitation professionals in the state of will be prepared to comply with the federal Maryland, the mid-Atlantic region and nation. mandate on Comprehensive System of Personnel The graduate program will not only produce Development (CSPD) for the state-federal needed professionals in rehabilitation but also system of vocational rehabilitation. offset the continuing education needs of regional social services personnel. The curriculum is consistent with the standards of the Council on Rehabilitation Characteristics of the Program Education (CORE) and the Standards of Practice as set forth by the Commission on Rehabilitation 1. Educational objectives – The graduate Counselor Certification (CRCC). Graduates program is designed to provide rehabilitation following the ascribed curricula are eligible to education and training to meet the needs of a apply for certification as a Certified diverse and global labor market. The curriculum Rehabilitation Counselor (CRC). For more includes: (1) job placement counseling of people information on rehabilitation counseling with disabilities; (2) infusion of rehabilitation certification visit the CRCC website: technology across the curriculum; and (3) http://www.crc-commission.org preparation of students to work in a variety of allied health and human service professions. 3. Credit and Courses -- The academic Inclusion of assistive/adaptive and other relevant program will require 48 credit hours (16 technology into the curriculum will make a courses) and can be completed in four semesters by full-time students. Although priority will be

148 given to full-time students, part-time students Systems* 3 and non-rehabilitation graduate students may RECN 704 Program Evaluation and register for courses if space is available. The Organizational Development length of time it will take for a part-time student 3 to fulfill requirements for graduation is RECN 705 Counseling Practicum**2 contingent upon how many credit hours they Total 12 take each semester. The course sequence is such that courses are also taken during the Winter and Fourth Semester Summer sessions. This allows students the RECN 710 Master’s Seminar 3 opportunity to take only RECN 712 during their RECN 712 Rehabilitation Counseling final semester. Students are then afforded the Internship*** 6 possibility of doing their Rehabilitation Total 9 Counseling Internship at a location outside of the immediate Princess Anne/Salisbury area. Students must maintain a cumulative grade of B Total credit hours 48 (3.0) in all graduate level courses taken for credit toward a graduate degree. *Indicates courses that require 15-20 clock hours of direct experience. **Indicates the Master of Science Degree in Rehabilitation course requiring 100- documented Counseling Course of Study practical/clinical clock hours. ***Indicates the Internship, 600 clock hours. First Semester Hours RECN 621 Disability and RECN 621 through 625 or advisor’s Rehabilitation Policy 3 consent are prerequisites to other courses. These RECN 622 Theories and Counseling courses must be completed prior to Techniques 3 practical/clinical experiences. RECN 623 Cultural and Ethical Dimensions of Counseling Practical/Clinical Experience 3 RECN 624 Psycho-Social Aspects The four didactic courses that require of Disabilities 3 practical/clinical experiences are identified RECN 625 Medical Aspects of below. The Counseling Practicum is a 100 clock Disabilities 3 hour supervised clinical experience. Details of Total 15 the requirements for the Internship are written in the Syllabus for that course. All clinical Second Semester experiences will be supervised by qualified RECN 641 Vocational Counseling professional personnel, approved and verified by and Job Placement* 3 faculty who have Certified Rehabilitation RECN 640 Assessment and Counseling (CRC). Vocational Evaluation* 3 RECN 642 Case Management of Requiring practical/clinical experience Severe Disabilities 3 within the didactic courses encourages the RECN 643 Research Methods 3 students to get 15-20 clock hours of immediate Total 12 practice and application of the theory and knowledge acquired in the lectures from four Third Semester specific rehabilitation domains. RECN 701 Group and Family Counseling* 3 The four domains below each require RECN 702 Legal Aspects of 15 - 20 clock hours: Rehabilitation 1 RECN641 Vocational Counseling RECN 703 High Tech/Low Tech and Job Placement Rehabilitation RECN640 Assessment and Vocational Evaluation

149

RECN701 Group and Family Counseling RECN 703 High Tech/Low Tech RECN703 High Tech/Low Tech Rehabilitation Systems (3) Rehabilitation Systems Vocational counseling and consultation Services. Job modification and restructuring The practical/clinical experience Techniques. Accommodation and rehabilitation competencies for each of the courses are Engineering. Computer application and outlined below and are consistent with the technology. Environmental and Attitudinal Council on Rehabilitation Education (CORE) Barriers. Environmental barriers for individuals competencies. Students are expected to express with disabilities. Americans with Disabilities and experience, in these four courses, Act. Compliance guidelines Job accommodation knowledge consistent with the following resources competencies.

RECN 641 Vocational Counseling RECN 705 Counseling Practicum (2) and Job Placement (3) The Counseling Practicum is Vocational counseling and consultation exclusively devoted to fulfilling the Council on Services. Planning for vocational services Rehabilitation Education recommendation for Vocational implications of various disabilities. practical experience. This is a 2 semester credit Job placement strategies client job-retention skill hour, 100 clock hour practical experience under development job modification and restructuring the direct supervision of faculty who have techniques. Job and employer development fulfilled requirements to be Certified Job follow-up and post-employment services. Rehabilitation Counselors (C.R.C). The Accommodation and rehabilitation engineering. practicum shall include on-campus and off Supported employment services and strategies. campus audio and video taping of individual and Services to employer organizations Worker's group counseling experiences dealing with Compensation. Worker's compensation laws and rehabilitation counseling concerns which will practices. facilitate the further development of rehabilitation counseling skills. Course RECN 640 Assessment and requirements, competencies, and the Code of Vocational Evaluation (3) Ethics will be made available in the syllabus for Vocational counseling and consultation the course. Services. Assessment of physical-functional capacities of individuals. Occupation and labor RECN 712 Rehabilitation Counseling market information. Theories of career Internship (600 CRC development/work adjustment. Computer -supervised clock hours) (6) application and technology Assessment and A supervised Rehabilitation Counseling Evaluation. Interpretation of assessment results Internship enables the student's socialization into Test and evaluation techniques for assessment the field of rehabilitation counseling and the development of the appropriate professional RECN 701 Group and Family skills, experiences and competencies as outlined Counseling (3) by the Commission on Rehabilitation Education Individual and Group Counseling. Individual (CORE) and the Commission on Rehabilitation counseling practices. Individual counseling Counselor Certification (CRCC). The students theories. Behavior and personality theory. will gain knowledge that will enhance their Human growth and potential. Family counseling ability to help individuals with disabilities find theories. Group counseling practices and and maintain adequate vocational and personal interventions. Group counseling theories. independence. The internship experience will Family, Gender, and Multicultural Issues. take place under the supervision of a qualified Societal issues, trends, and developments rehabilitation, rehabilitation related or allied Psycho-social and cultural impact on family health professional and involve direct Multicultural counseling issues. Gender issues experiences with persons with disabilities. Family counseling practices. Appropriate selected facilities involved in the

150 rehabilitation of individuals who have a on the individual’s belief system, particular physical, mental, developmental, behavioral, or target populations they envision working, and sensory disability will provide an opportunity individual traits, strengths, and weaknesses. for students to apply theories and skills. These Significant time is spent on experiential facilities may include state departments of activities including dyads, triads, and role- rehabilitation, centers for independent living, playing. Ethical, legal, multicultural and psychiatric hospitals or psychosocial programs, research issues are also covered in depth. sheltered workshops, supported employment agencies, and institutions or organizations serving individuals with developmental RECN 623 Cultural and Ethical disabilities, substance abusing persons, the Dimensions of Counseling (3) industrially injured, agriculturally- or rural- This course in rehabilitation counseling related injuries, aged or adult/juvenile offenders. provides theoretical and practical (clinical) Students interested in higher education may opt instruction in multicultural and ethical aspects of to conduct their internship experience in the rehabilitation counseling. Topics include the Services for Students with Disabilities program historical perspectives of multiculturalism and at an approved college or university. cultural diversity in society, theories and models of identity development among diverse groups, Didactic Course Descriptions supervisory issues, practical strategies and a Note: Credit hours are in parentheses review of current research. Ethical issues regarding counseling and direct rehabilitation RECN 621 Disability and service delivery are discussed from both a Rehabilitation Policy (3) generic and multi-cultural perspective centered The purpose of this course is to upon research-based concepts, specific skills and examine, describe and discuss public and private strategies. Direct role-playing and skill building sector policy as it impacts individuals with exercises are employed along with case study disabilities (physical and/or mental impairments methods and lectures. Students are encouraged that effect one or more major life activity). The to develop an awareness of different cultures, philosophy of the course and its approach learned biases and how they may effect the toward policy is presented in the context of counseling relationship. Other topics include systems and a bio-psycho-social approach to independence versus interdependence, and human development with the goal of attaining specific strategies in rehabilitation counseling. maximum quality of life and community The purpose of this course is to provide students inclusion. Topics include terminology, history, with knowledge and skill that will maximize philosophy and legal aspects of rehabilitation access and effectiveness in serving and independent living, the state-federal underrepresented and culturally diverse vocational rehabilitation program, benefit populations, and to develop effective outreach systems, workers compensation, employer-based strategies. disability management, independent living, disability legislation, and ethical issues. RECN 624 Psycho-Social Aspects of Disabilities (3) RECN 622 Theories and Counseling The course covers concepts, skills and Techniques (3) knowledge of the social and psychological This course is a survey and practice course in factors that either directly or indirectly effect the counseling and psychotherapy. The course quality of life, adjustment and full societal covers the theoretical approaches and best participation of individuals with severe practices of counseling with a focus on disabilities. Particular focus is placed on coping individuals with disabilities. The underlying mechanisms, individual, familial, and cultural assumptions of human nature and personality are attitudes, and strategies that seek to facilitate covered in addition to the specific techniques human dignity, productivity and inclusion. The associated with each. Students are encouraged to course will address human growth and potential, develop their own theory and practice of attitudinal barriers and vocational implications counseling centered around a thorough reflection of disability. Physical disability, mental illness,

151

congenital, developmental and emotional RECN 640 Assessment and Vocational disabilities are addressed. The social and Evaluation (3) psychological factors that contribute to This course will provide the students resiliency and minimize vulnerability are with basic statistical concepts: a working emphasized. knowledge of test selection, administration, interpretation of test results and communication RECN 625 Medical Aspects of of findings in a comprehensive evaluation Disabilities (3) report. A major emphasis will be on the This course involves an exploration of application of the procedures and utilization of medical information and disabilities from a the tools of vocational evaluation including: systems perspective. The course incorporates interviews, work related behavioral fundamental medical terminology, medical observations, individual evaluation plans, practitioners, and health care systems. The vocational counseling, standardized tests, work health care and related systems will be explored samples, and situational assessment. Guest in view of their vocational implications, service speakers and visitations to local evaluation provision, and resources for intervention, centers may also be utilized to enhance student treatment, or therapy for individuals with understanding of the evaluation process. disabilities. Case studies of systemically related Between 15-20 clock hours practica of in vivo disabilities and how they are managed through supervised assessment and vocational the medical model will be explored through the evaluation/counseling are required. symptomatology, diagnosis, prognosis, and Prerequisites: RECN 621, 622, 623, 624, 625 treatment phases of the disabilities. Consumer transition from the medical to the service model RECN 642 Case Management of Severe will be discussed. The psycho-social and cultural Disabilities (3) impact of disabilities important to the This is a level survey and practice rehabilitation process will be infused in the course covering case management concepts, curriculum. systems, processes and competencies necessary for the effective delivery of services to RECN 641 Vocational Counseling and individuals with disabilities and their families. Job Placement (3) The instructional approach seeks to concurrently Concepts, principles, and skills related provide didactic and experiential pedagogy. to the employment of individuals with physical, Various models of case management practice mental and congenital or developmental will be presented including the State/Federal disabilities will be explored. Current best system of vocational rehabilitation, workers’ practices are covered within the context of compensation systems, health care case various models, public and private, that seek to management, employer-based disability maximize productivity and life-long career management, and managed care models. An pursuits. Areas of emphasis include: the emphasis is placed on attaining knowledge of vocational counseling process, marketing the range and level of community and approaches and networking strategies for professional resources, services and products working with employers, placement strategies, that facilitate quality of life, independent living theories of vocational development and choice, and work for individuals with disabilities in both labor market surveys and job analysis urban and rural settings. The legal, ethical, assessment of work readiness, job seeking and cultural, social, and psychological aspects of job retention skills, and major occupational case management are integrated into the course. classification systems. Knowledge of job The student will attain essential knowledge and modification and restructuring techniques and its skill in the cost-effective coordination of importance to the employment of people with services, vendor selection criteria, disabilities will be covered. Between 15-20 negotiation/conflict resolution skills, clock hours practica of in vivo supervised documentation, and evaluation techniques in vocational counseling are required. providing quality, professional services. Prerequisites: RECN 621; 622; 623; 624; 625 Prerequisites: RECN 621, 622, 623, 624, 625

152

RECN 643 Research Methods (3) discussed. Prerequisites: RECN 621, 622, 623, This course examines research methods 624, 625 and statistical concepts as they apply to the rehabilitation professional. Students will learn RECN 703 High Tech/Low Tech about quantitative, qualitative, and single- Rehabilitation Systems (3) subject research methods; basic statistical This course will provide an overview of concepts; and the use of the statistical database high/low technology focused on adaptive and SPSS. Students will develop critical thinking assistive rehabilitation technology, including skills and learn to be good “consumers” of aids for daily living. This technology will assist rehabilitation and popular research, as well as individuals with disabilities to achieve their learn to collect, manage and analyze data. maximum potential and provide training to students interested in gaining expertise in the use RECN 701 Group and Family of technology while working with people with Counseling (3) disabilities across the human lifespan. The This course integrates family and group process student will become familiar with advanced theory, interventions and practices, and methods computer technology such as Enabling into an advanced applied course. The course Technologies (Braille/print systems), Dragon addresses both clinical and organizational Dictate (speech input software), adaptive aspects of working with families, groups and devices for computers, computer technology organizations in the rehabilitation process. The such as AlphaSmart, IntelliKeys, Delta Talker student is challenged to develop an and a broad array of computer application understanding of group processes that apply technology available for working with concepts, research and best practice models to a individuals who are blind, deaf, or physically variety of settings, client profiles and disabled. Other technology to be taught will organizational models. Social psychology, include augmentative communication devices, family systems theory, organizational and voice output, e.g. outSPOKEN (enable clinical models are covered in addition to individuals who are blind to access Macintosh). experiential elements that build competencies This course will have a practical application of that are effective in rehabilitation and healthcare knowledge and didactic preparation for settings. Between 15-20 clock hours practica of understanding the value and use of advanced in vivo supervised group counseling are technology. Technology for working with required. people with learning disabilities and a broad range of developmental disabilities will be RECN 702 Legal Aspects of included. Between 15-20 clock hours practica of Rehabilitation (1) in vivo supervised rehabilitation technology are This course provides an overview of required. Prerequisite: RECN 621 civil rights legislation specific to people with disabilities. The course methods will focus RECN 704 Program Evaluation & primarily on case studies exploring relevant Organizational legislation such as the Americans with Disability Development (3) Act (ADA), tort and civil law, and their effect on This course addresses current best the experience of individuals with disabilities. practices in program evaluation. Program Students will learn processes and agencies for evaluations are fundamental to good planning. In filing complaints and develop resources on the order to plan and implement effective, valid and agencies specific to each element and Title of accurate evaluations, an understanding of the ADA. The course will cover public policy, organizational behavior and developmental law, and practice, e.g., worker's compensation, concepts are significant. The increasing and expert testimony. There will also be an emphasis upon outcomes and program efficacy, emphasis on the organizational structure of necessitates knowledge and skill in determining private-for profit systems involved in return on investment, organizational rehabilitation. Additionally, legal issues effectiveness, cost/benefit analysis, research and germane to disability such as commitments, planning as well as determining whether the guardianships, and housing law will be needs of a constituency are being met. This

153 course will focus on organizational factors, and system, worker’s compensation, social security evaluation design and technique. Upon testimony, personal injury liability, and expert successful completion, the student will be able testimony within these systems. to design, implement, and interpret the results of a basic evaluation strategy and possess a basic RECN 714 Marriage and Family understanding of essential organizational Counseling (3) behavior and planning processes. These skills This course is designed to be an are fundamental to effective and progressive introduction course to the topic of marriage and organizational development and service to family counseling. The course will examine individuals with disabilities. Prerequisite: basic concepts of family counseling and special RECN 643 issues related to couples and families. The course will also examine the theoretical models RECN 710 Master’s Seminar (3) and procedures appropriate to a variety of The Master's Seminar will focus on the theories and specific settings. review of current literature, and will include reading and discussion of specific aspects of RECN 715 Psychiatric Rehabilitation: rehabilitation. Topics include, but are not Practice, Assessment and limited, to: adaptive/assistive rehabilitation Management (3) technology, Centers for Independent Living, This course constitutes a basic Supportive Employment, Order of Selection, orientation to the field of psychiatric Ethical Issues, Americans with Disabilities Act, rehabilitation. The course will include historical Disability Management, Job Development, antecedents, philosophical and traditional Assessment, Cultural Diversity and current connections with the field of rehabilitation legislation on disability issues. The outcomes for counseling, assessment, planning and service this class are an increased interest and delivery methods for those intending to work in proficiency in rehabilitation research, oral and rehabilitation focused programs serving persons written presentation and publication. with psychiatric disabilities. This course will Prerequisites: RECN 621, 622, 623, 624, 625, also examine the incidence of etiology of 641, 640, 642, 643, 701 significant dysfunctional behavior patterns in individuals. The following three credit courses will be offered if/when CORE requires a 60 credit RECN 716 Alcohol and Drug Abuse in program for graduation or as the demand from Counseling (3) the community dictates: This course is designed to provide an RECN 713 Introduction to Private overview of alcohol and drug use, misuse and Sector Rehabilitation abuse. Course content includes: historical perspective of drug use/abuse; psychosocial RECN 714 Marriage and Family aspects; pharmacology; prevention strategies; Counseling drug education; treatment and rehabilitation; RECN 715 Psychiatric Rehabilitation: examination of personal alcohol and drug use Practice, Assessment and practices and philosophies; and current issues. Management RECN 716 Alcohol and Drug Abuse in RECN 720 Advanced Counseling Skills, Counseling Techniques and Practice (3) RECN 720 Advanced Counseling Skills, This course is designed to be an Techniques and Practice advanced course in counseling. The course will examine advanced concepts and practices in RECN 713 Introduction to Private Sector current counseling modalites. Students will have Rehabilitation (3) the opportunity to participate in guided This course is designed to explore issues counseling experiences designed to allow them in rehabilitation pertinent to policy, practice, to refine their counseling skills, knowledge and research and legal issues as addressed in the ability. The course will also provide students private sector. Topics include the insurance

154 will exposure to advanced counseling Developmental Psychology, and/or technology and intervention strategies. Introduction to Sociology • A basic statistics course is needed. ADMISSION CRITERIA • Comparable undergraduate courses will be reviewed for equivalencies • Besides the application and required

attachments (see application for APPLICATION DEADLINES graduate admission booklet checklist),

the Graduate Record Examination Fall Semester – May 1 (GRE) [General Test] or Miller Spring Semester – November 1 Analogies Test (MAT) scores may be

submitted as optional support. RETENTION -DISMISSAL – • A Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum REINSTATEMENT/READMISSION 3.0 cumulative GPA on a 4-point scale POLICY is required for regular admission.

Provisional admission will be • A cumulative G.P.A. of 3.0 each considered for students with a GPA of semester is required. 2.5 to 2.99 as long as all other • A maximum of two (2) grades of C in a requirements have been fulfilled. semester or session results in academic • A Personal interview is required. probation. Students have two • By accepting admission into the Master consecutive semesters in which to raise of Science in Rehabilitation Counseling their cumulative GPA to 3.0, or be program, the applicant agrees to: a) subject to academic dismissal. complete pre-requisites, and in the time • A grade of D or F results in academic frame given, b) maintain a 3.0 probation and/or dismissal from the cumulative GPA over all coursework, program. Readmission or reinstatement and c) practice professional conduct in is provisional and contingent upon accordance with UMES policies, repeat of the class with grade of A or B. NRCA/ARCA Code of Ethics, and local • A request to repeat a course because of a and state laws. Failure to maintain a 3.0 deficient grade earned is provisional and cumulative GPA will result in a probationary period or termination as must be a written petition submitted to determined by the Department of the Department Chair with the signature Rehabilitation Services Graduate and recommendation of the Advisor. • Committee and Graduate School policy. Readmission or reinstatement is at the discretion of the Department of • Denial of admission may be made for reasons, which will be outlined for Rehabilitation Services Graduate potential future amelioration. Committee. • Acceptance is based on the listed criteria The successful completion of the above and the availability of limited internship is required. space. These criteria are designed to establish high standards of service and Transfer and Waiver Courses instruction consistent with accreditation recommendations. Students have up to a 6 credit hour limitation for transfer of equivalent courses, Prerequisite undergraduate coursework unless those courses were completed with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in a comparable CORE • An introductory course is needed in accredited program. Evaluation and approval of Human Services, such as the UMES graduate transfer courses will be up to the course REHA 201 - Introduction to Department of Rehabilitation Graduate Rehabilitation, or Introduction to Committee. Psychology, Abnormal Psychology, Additionally, students completing the undergraduate program in the Rehabilitation

155

Services with a cumulative GPA minimum of 3.0 can elect to request exemption from up to 6 credit hours of rehabilitation comparable core courses where they have earned a grade of A in the undergraduate course. See advisor for the courses where waiver(s) are allowable. The credit hour substitutions need to be program/career related and approved by the Academic Advisor.

*************************************** For further information on this program, please contact:

Graduate Program Coordinator Department of Rehabilitation Services Hazel Hall University of Maryland Eastern Shore Princess Anne, MD 21853 Email: [email protected]

156

GRADUATE FACULTY Boucaud, Dwayne, Associate Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Ph.D., State University of Acquah, Emmanuel, Professor, Dept. of New York at Buffalo Agriculture. B.S., University of Maryland Eastern Shore ; M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University Bowers, Cheryl, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Education. B.A., Mount Holyoke College, M.S., Acquah, Sarah, International Student Advisor, Dept. Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania of Agriculture. B.Sc., M.Sc. and Ph.D., Ohio State University Boyd, Jr., Eddie, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., Agnew, Mary, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Grambling State University; M.A., North Texas State Education. B.A., Central Michigan University; University; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University M.Ed., University of New Hampshire; Ph.D., University of Georgia Brooks, Henry M., Associate Professor and Administrator of 1890 Extension Program. B.S., Alade, Ayodele, Professor and Chair, Dept. of M.Ed., Tuskegee Institute; Ph.D., The Ohio State Business, Management and Accounting. B.S., University College (); Ph.D., University of Utah Buzzetto-More, Nicole, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Business, Management and Accounting, B.A., Mount Allen, Arthur, Associate Professor, Dept. of College, M.S., College of New Rochelle (NY), Ph.D., Agriculture. B.S., University of Arkansas at Pine Columbia University Bluff; M.S., Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Casavant, Albert E., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Brown; Alston, David, Jr., Assistant Professor, Dept. of M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois Urbana- Social Sciences. BA., North Carolina Central Champaign University; M.R.P., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., North Carolina State University Chapin, Jr., E. William, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Mathematics and Computer Science. Anderson, Brenda, Assistant Professor, Dept. of B.S., Trinity College; M.S., Ph.D., Princeton Education. B.A., College of Notre Dame of University Maryland; M.S., Morgan State University; Ed.D., The American University Copeland, Leon L., Professor and Chair, Dept. of Technology. B.S., Norfolk State University; M.Ed., Arumula, Joseph O., Professor, Dept. of Virginia State University; Ed.D., Virginia Technology. B.S., (); Polytechnic Institute and State University M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University Coursey, Leon N., Professor and Acting Chair, Dept. Barrett-Gaines, Kathryn, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Queens College; of Social Sciences, B.A., Fordham University (NY), Ph.D., The Ohio State University M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University Dabipi, I. K., Professor and Chair, Dept. of Beatus, Joseph, P.T., Associate Professor, Engineering and Aviation Science. B.S., Texas A&I Department of Physical Therapy, B.S., Downstate University; M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State University Medical College, M.A., Teacher's College, Columbia Univ.; Ph.D., University of Maryland Dadson, Robert B., Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., University of London (England); Bing, Sarah B., Associate Professor, Dept. of M.S., Ph.D., McGill University (Canada) Education. B.A., University of Vermont; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Georgia Day, Gerald, Professor, Dept. of Technology. B.S., NY State University at Oswego; Blakely, Raymond L., Professor and Chair, Dept. of M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Maryland College Park Physical Therapy. B.S., Ohio University; M.Ed., Xavier University; M.A., Ph.D., New York Demissie, Ejigou, Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. University B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State University

157

DeViney, Stanley Jr., Professor, Dept. of Social Jin. Jongdae, Professor , Dept. of Business, Sciences. B.S., Towson University; M.A., Ph.D., Management and Accounting, B.A., MBA, Yon-Sei Rutgers University University (S. Korea), M.S., University of Fllinarls (Urbana Champaign), Ph.D., University of Arizona Dodoo, Joseph N., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Polytechnic of South Bank Johnson, Andrea K., Assistant Professor, Dept. of (England); M.S.,Bedford College, University of Natural Sciences, B.S., University of Miami (Coral London (England); Ph.D., King's College, University Gables), M.S., University of South Florida (St. of London (England) Petersburg), Ph.D., North Carolina State University (Raleigh) Faubion, Clayton, Associate Professor, Dept. of Rehabilitation Services. B.A., University of Texas; Johnson, Linda, Associate Professor, Dept. of M.Ed., Southwest Texas State University; Ph.D., Natural Sciences. B.S. Lincoln University; M.S., University of Arkansas Ph.D., Temple University School of Medicine

Gill, Cynthia Holder, P.T., Visiting Lecturer, Dept. Johnson, Robert A. Jr., Associate Professor, Dept. of Physical Therapy. B.S., Virginia Commonwealth of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., University; B.A., M.Ed., University of Virginia University of Louisiana; M.S., Southern University; Ph.D., Saint Louis University Gong, Tao, Research Analyst, Office of Institutional Research, B.S., M.A., Harbin Institute of Technology Keenan, Richard, Professor, Dept. of English and (China), Ph.D., Tennessee State University Modern Languages, B.S., Temple University, M.A., St. Joseph’s College (PA), Ph.D., Temple University Handwerker, Thomas S., Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., University of Tennessee; M.S., Lankford, Gail, Clinical Coordinator, Dept. of Ph.D., Cornell University Rehabilitation Services. B.A.S.W, Salisbury State University; M.Ed., University of Maryland Eastern Harter-Dennis, Jeannine M., Associate Professor, Shore Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois Larson, Wilbert, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Education. B.S., Augustana College, M.S. Creighton Hashem, Fawzy M., Research Associate Professor, University; Ph.D., University of Nebraska Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., University of Ain Shams (); M.S., Ph.D., University of Cairo (Egypt); Malik, Malik B., Associate Professor, Dept. of Ph.D., University of Maryland Mathematics & Computer Science. B.S., University of Khartoum (); Ph.D., University of Essex Heath, George E., Associate Professor, Dept. of (England) Agriculture. B.S., Virginia State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota Marsh, Lurline, Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., University of the West Indies; M.S., Tuskegee Hoffer,Harry, Coordinator, Organizational University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leadership and Education Leadership Programs, B.A., M.A., Marshall, Ph.D., Union Institute (Ohio) Mattison, Dorothy M., Associate Professor, Dept. of Business, Management and Accounting B.S., Morgan Horton, Nancy, Assistant Professor, Dept. of State University; Ph.D., The George Washington Criminal Justice. B.A., Spelman College, M.P.A., University Texas Southern University; Ph.D., University of Albany May, Eric, Research Associate Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Oregon State University; Hura, Gurdeep Singh, Professor, Department of M.S., Northern Arizona State University; Ph.D., Mathematics and Computer Science, BS (Jabalpur Oregon State University University, India), MS (University of Roorkee, India), Ph.D. (University of Roorkee, India) Mitra, Madhumi, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Presidency College (India); Ishaque, Ali, Associate Professor, Dept. of Natural M.S., University Colleges of Science and Technology Sciences. B.S., University of Science and (India); Ph.D., North Carolina State University Technology (); M.Sc., Ph.D., Free University of Brussels (Belgium)

158

Mollett, Theodore A., Associate Professor, Dept. of Ruby, Douglas E., Associate Professor, Dept. Agriculture. B.S., Oregon State University; M.S., ofNatural Sciences. B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University Ph.D., University of Michigan

Mosley, Thomas, Professor, Dept. of Schwarz, Jurgen, Associate Professor, Depts. of Criminal Justice. B.A., M.A., Memphis State Agriculture and Human Ecology. Ph.D., Food University; Ph.D., Howard University Science and Technology, Cornell University

Nagchaudhuri, Abhijit, Professor, Dept. Seabrook, Barbara J., Assistant Professor, Dept. of of Engineering and Aviation Sciences. B.M.E. English and Modern Languages. B.S., M.Ed., Jadavpur University (India); M.S., Tulane University; Shippensburg State University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Ph.D., Duke University Wilmington College

Nyame, Anthony K., Professor, Dept. of Natural Seaton, Daniel, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Sciences, B.S., University of Science and Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Frostburg Technology (Ghana), M.S., Tulane University, Ph.D., State University; M.S. Shippensburg State University of Georgia University; Ed.D., Virginia Tech University

Nyirenda, Stanley, Director, Institutional Research, Sharma, Dinesh, Associate Professor, Dept. of B.S., University of Malawa, M.S., University of Business, Management and Accounting, B.S., MD Wales, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh University (India); M.S., University of Meerut (India); M.S. University of North Carolina at Okoh, Joseph M., Professor and Chair, Dept. of Charlotte; Ph.D. Chaudhary Charan Singh University Natural Sciences. B.S., University of Lagos (India) (Nigeria); Ph.D., Howard University Shaw, Anugrah, Professor, Dept. of Human Onyeozili, Emmanuel, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Ecology. B.S., Lady Irwin College (India); M.S., Criminal Justice. B.A., University of Baroda (India); Ph.D., Texas Women's (Nigeria); M.A., Clark-Atlanta University; Ph.D., University Florida State University Shorter, George S., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Parveen, Salina, Assistant Professor, Depts. of Agriculture, B.S., University of Maryland Eastern Agriculture. B.S., M.S., University of Dhaka Shore; M.S., Virginia State University; Ph.D., Iowa (Bangladesh); Ph.D., University State University of Florida Sims-Tucker, Bernita, Associate Professor, Dept. of Pitula, Joseph S., Lecturer, Dept. of Natural Education B.A., Mac Murray College; M.A., Sciences. B.S., Rutgers University; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of State University of New York at Buffalo Maryland

Poole-Sykes, Kimberly, Assistant Professor, Dept. Singh, Gurbax, Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. of Education. B.S., University of Maryland Eastern B.S., M.S., Delhi University (India); Ph.D., Shore; M.S., Rh.D., Southern Illinois University at University of Maryland Carbondale Singleton, Jeurel, Lecturer, Dept. of Natural Rabel, Michael, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Sciences. B.A., MSc., University of North Dakota; Physical Therapy, B.S. University of Maryland Ph.D., University of Ottawa (Canada) (Baltimore County), MPT, University of Maryland (Eastern Shore), DscPT, University of Maryland Talley, William, Associate Professor and Chair, School of Medicine Dept. of Rehabilitation Services. B.A., M.A., South Carolina State University; Rh.D., Southern Illinois Rahimi, Maryam, Associate Professor, Dept. of University Rehabilitation Services. B.S., Jundishapour University; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University Treuth, Margarita, Associate Professor, Dept. of Physical Therapy, B.A., University of Arizona Rebach, Howard M., Professor, Dept. of Social (Tucson), M.S., Pennsylvania State University (State Sciences. B.A., University of Louisville; Ph.D., College), Ph.D., University of Maryland (College Michigan State University Park)

159

Verbeke, Karen, Professor and Chair, Dept. of Education. B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Maryland

Waguespack, Yan, Associate Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Beijing Polytechnic University (China); Ph.D., Tulane University

White, Shawn, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Clemson University

Whitley, Niki, Associate Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. A.S., Abraham Baldwin College; B.S., M.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Mississippi State University

Wiley, James, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences & Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., University of Montana; M.S., California State University; Ph.D., University of Miami (?)

Williams, Allen B., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B. S., Jackson State University; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara

Williams, Mark E., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Mathematics and Computer Science, B.A., M.S., Oakland University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Cinncinnati

Yilmaz, Emin, Professor, Dept. of Technology. B.S., M.S., Middle East Technical University (Turkey); Ph.D., University of Michigan

160

INDEX

Academic Advisor ...... 21 Course Numbering System...... 21 Academic Calendar (Academic Schedule) ...... 21 Credit by Examination...... 24 Academic Credentials (international applicants).....15 Criminology and Criminal Justice Academic Honesty (Policy on)...... 41 Graduate Program ...... 75 Academic Probation, Dismissal and Suspension.....12 Criteria for Admission ...... 7 Academic Program at UMES ...... 5 Criteria for Courses to be accepted for Graduate Academic Record (Transcript) ...... 17 Credit ...... 24 Academic Schedule (of classes) ...... 21 Academic Support Services...... 43 Dean’s Representative (doctoral degree)...... 38 Accreditation (UMES)...... 6 Deferment of Admission ...... 11 Admission to Candidacy (doctoral) ...... 32, 34 Degree Requirements (of Graduate School)- Admission to Degree Programs ...... 8 Doctoral (PhD, EdD, DPT)...... 32-34 Admission of Faculty...... 12 Degree Requirements (of Graduate School) - Admission to Graduate School ...... 7 all Master's...... 27-31 Admission, offer of...... 11 Department Chairpersons ...... 1 Admission Time Limits for Degree Programs...... 11 Designation of Full- and Part-Time Graduate Advanced Special Student Status ...... 9 Students ...... 22 Agriculture & Extension Education Developing a Program of Study ...... 21 Graduate Program (discontinued)...... 45 Disclaimer...... 4 Appeals...... 21 Disabilities Services Center...... 43 Applicant Rejection, Policy on ...... 8 Dismissal for Non-Academic Reasons, policy on ...12 Application Deadlines (see Individual Programs Dissertation...... 33,38 and Admission Statuses)...... 14 Dissertation Examining Committee...... 37-38 Application Fee (Graduate School) ...... 14 Dissertation Research ...... 22 Application Forms and Materials ...... 13 Dissertation Submission ...... 41 Application Instructions ...... 13 Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Requirements..34 Application Process ...... 13 Doctoral degree requirements ...... 32-34 Application Status...... 15 (Ph.D., Ed.D., DPT) Applied Computer Science Graduate Program...... 121 Doctoral Programs, accelerated...... 34 Arbitrary and Capricious Grading, Policy on ...... 26 Education Leadership Graduate Program...... 98 Assistantships ...... 19 Exceptions, Waivers, Appeals, Grievances ...... 21 Auditing of Graduate Courses ...... 27 English Proficiency Test (TOEFL)...... 16 Board of Regents ...... 1 Established Procedures for Conduct of the Master’s Calculation of Grade Point Average...... 14 Thesis Examination ...... 35-37 Canceling Registration ...... 25 Established Procedures for Conduct of the Doctoral Career and Technology Education Graduate Dissertation Defense...... 37-41 Program ...... 128 Experimental Courses...... 27 Career Services Office...... 42 Extension of Time Limitation Period ...... 28 Categories of Admission to Degree Programs...... 8 Faculty, Student and Institutional Rights and Certification of Finances (international applicants).16 Responsibilities for Academic Integrity, UMES Change of Degree-Level, Program or Status...... 11 Policy...... 41 Co-Advisement of Student's Dissertation...... 33 Federal College Work Study Program...... 20 Co-Advisement of Student's Thesis...... 30 Federal Loans ...... 20 Collaborative Programs with Salisbury Fees and Expenses...... 17 University ...... 11 Fees Payment...... 17 Combined Instruction, Undergraduate and Fellowships and Traineeships...... 19 Graduate ...... 27 Final Defense (doctoral) ...... 33, 39 Commencement...... 30,34, 41 Financial Assistance ...... 19 Comprehensive Examinations (all degrees)...... 28 Financial Resources (international applicants)...... 16 Computer Resources...... 43 Fisheries Science 67 Continuing Education Students ...... 11 Food and Agricultural Sciences Graduate Program.46 Continuous Enrollment...... 22,28 Food Science and Technology Graduate Program...54 Counseling Services on Campus ...... 42 Full (Regular) Graduate Status ...... 8 Course and Credit Changes ...... 25 Full Time Graduate Student Determination...... 22

161

Golden Identification Card for Senior Eastern Shore...... 1 Citizens (Maryland)...... 20 Officers of the University System of Maryland...... 1 Governance...... 6 Oral Defense (Doctoral) ...... 33,39 Grade Change ...... 26 Oral Examination (Master's)...... 31,36 Grade Point Average ...... 28 Organizational Leadership Graduate Program...... 110 Grade Point Average, Calculation of...... 14 Other Teaching Faculty (in graduate programs)....163 Grade Point Average, Computation of ...... 26 Part Time Graduate Student Determination...... 22 Grades for Graduate Students, GPA...... 12,25 Physical Therapy Graduate Program (Doctoral)....136 Grading Systems...... 26 Practicums ...... 29 Graduate Council and Present Membership ...... 2,6 Prerequisite Courses ...... 27 Graduate Degree Programs (listing) ...... 44-45 Procedures for Oral Examination (Master’s)...... 36-37 Graduate Faculty and Present Membership ...... 6, 157 Procedures for Oral Defense (Doctoral) ...... 39-41 Graduate Fees ...... 18 Provisional Graduate Status...... 9 Graduate Program Coordinators ...... 2 Publication of Dissertation ...... 33 Graduate Record Examinations (GRE)...... 8 Readmission/Reinstatement Process...... 12 Graduate School Address ...... 4 Records, Disclosures of Student (UMES Policy) ....41 Graduate Students...... 6 Records Maintenance and Disposition Graduate Studies Grant Award...... 19 (Graduate School)...... 17 Grievances ...... 21 Refund Statement (UMES)...... 17 Guidance and Counseling Graduate Program...... 81 Registration, Credits and Grades ...... 21 Health Center...... 42 Regular (Full) Graduate Status ...... 8 Health Insurance...... 42 Rehabilitation Counseling Graduate Program...... 147 Immigration Documents (international applicants) .16 Repeating of Courses...... 26 Incomplete Grades Policy...... 25 Request to Correct Academic Record...... 27 In-State Status (Maryland) for Tuition ...... 18 Requirements for Degrees, Masters...... 27-31 Institutional Policies Governing Students...... 41 Research Assurances ...... 31, 35, 38 Inter-Campus Enrollment (Registration) ...... 23 Research Credit Courses, grading system...... 26 International Student Adviser ...... 17 Research Project (DPT) ...... 34 International Student Application for Research Resources (local, regional)...... 44 Admission Process...... 15 Residence Requirements (Doctoral) ...... 32,34 Internships and Practicums ...... 29,33 Residence Requirements (Master's)...... 28 Leave of Absence Policy/Procedure...... 28 Schedule of Classes (see Academic Schedule)...... 21 Letters of Evaluation (recommendation) ...... 7 Scholarly Products...... 29 Library and Services (UMES) ...... 43 Senior Undergraduates (and graduate credit) ...... 23 Marine-Estuarine and Environmental Sciences Student Code of Conduct Policy...... 42 (MEES) Graduate Program...... 58 Special Education Graduate Program...... 87 Maryland Residency (in-state)...... 18 Sponsored Programs Office...... 44 Master of Arts Degree Requirements ...... 30 Student Services Center...... 42 Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) Student Financial Aid (federal) ...... 19 Degree Requirements ...... 31 Students Rights and Responsibilities Master of Arts in Teaching Graduate Program...... 93 (UMES Policy on) ...... 41 Master of Education Degree Requirements...... 31 Supplemental Fees...... 18 Master of Science Degree Requirements...... 30 Termination of Admission...... 12 MAT (see Master of Arts in Teaching Termination of Application Process ...... 15 Degree requirements and Program) ...... 31 Thesis Examining Committee...... 35 Minimum Course Requirements for Graduate Thesis Option Requirements...... 30 Credit ...... 24 Thesis Submission ...... 37 Minimum Registration Requirements...... 22 Time Limitation (Doctoral) ...... 32, 34 Minimum Registration Requirements Time Limitation (Master's)...... 28 (doctoral candidates)...... 22 TOEFL(international applicants)...... 16 MEES (see Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Toxicology Graduate Program ...... 74 Sciences degree program)...... 60 Transcript (Academic Record) ...... 28 Non-Degree Student Status-Undergraduate...... 11 Transcripts for Admission ...... 13 Non-Thesis Option Requirements ...... 31 Transfer of Credit ...... 24 Offer of Admission...... 11 Tuition Per Credit Hour...... 18 Officers of the University of Maryland

162

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Courses...... 23 University Policy on Disclosure of Student Records...... 41 University Policy Statements (general) ...... 41 UMES Campus and Environment ...... 5 UMES Mission ...... 5

Veterans Benefits...... 20 Visiting Graduate Student Status...... 10

Waiver of Application Fees...... 18 Waiver of Regulations, Petition for and Policy ...... 41 Weekend Programs Policy on add, drop, withdrawal, refund...... 18 Winter Session, maximum credit...... 25 Withdrawal and Tuition Refund ...... 17 Withdrawal for Semester/Session...... 25 Withdrawal from the University (permanent)...... 25 Work Study Program (federal) ...... 20

163

164